Cosmetics1.us

Best Beauty Campaigns

Customer Advocacy: How to Get People to Talk About Your Company

Customer Advocacy: How to Get People to Talk About Your Company

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are your customers advocates for your brand or business? Want to improve customer satisfaction and advocacy? To find out how to turn customers into advocates, I interview Joey Coleman. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. Joey Coleman joins us today. He's a customer advocacy consultant and coach who has worked with Hyatt Hotels, NASA, and Zappos. Joey's also a frequent keynote speaker and leads workshops on the customer experience and the customer journey. Joey explores what it takes to turn a customer into an advocate. You'll discover the phases that lead to advocacy. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Customer Advocacy Joey's Story Joey has had an eclectic career. After college and law school, he did business consulting before working as a criminal defense attorney in the courtroom for many years. Then he taught executive education courses and ran a division of a promotional products company. About 15 years ago, Joey started his own brand experience and design firm. This led him to speak on stages all over the world, talking about how to create remarkable experiences that take someone from being a one-time customer to a customer for life. In each of his careers, Joey says, success hinged on two things. First, an understanding of human psychology (why people believe what they believe and why they do the things they do). And second, an ability to use that understanding to persuade people to take a certain course of action, whether it's a sales pitch, brochure, website, infographic, piece of evidence introduced in the courtroom, or a closing argument. Looking back, his entire career has been all about the experience; meaning the experience someone is currently having and how to make it better. While marketing firms build ad campaigns, branding agencies design logos, and graphic design firms execute the visuals, Joey looks at brand experience and how all of the different elements of a business work together. Experience is the through-line that connects everything. Listen to the show to discover how the name of Joey's business, Design Symphony, represents brand experience. Why Customer Advocacy Matters Joey thinks customer advocacy is really the end goal for most organizations. It happens when you reach the point where your customers are such big believers in who you are and what you do that they become your external sales force. Customers drive new business and increase the amount of business they do with you because they've become such raving fans, they can't help themselves. They advocate zealously for you and your business. Joey shares a brief overview of the history of business. In the 1980s, he explains, a movement came out of Japan that became known as the Total Quality Management approach to business. It was all about reducing product defects to as close to zero as possible. Out of this came things like Six Sigma Black Belt, as well as a general belief that when you buy something, it's going to work. The 1990s were all about Just-in-Time manufacturing. For example, companies like Dell shortened the supply chain through building things on demand. As a result, the computer giant could dramatically control inventory, while at the same time push prices lower. Companies started to succeed based on being the lowest-priced player in the game, while at this higher level of quality. In the 2000s, it became all about the Internet era. Businesses built websites and could make everything available globally 24/7. Then in the 2010s, everything that happened over the past three decades came together.

How to Perform a Detailed Analysis of Your Social Media Competitors

How to Perform a Detailed Analysis of Your Social Media Competitors

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want better results from social media? Have you considered researching your competitors? If you're not getting the results you want from social media, a little research and the right tool can help you refine your social media strategy. In this article, you’ll discover how to perform a detailed competitive analysis and improve your social strategy. Why Competitor Analysis? Competitor analysis lets you discover how your competitors use social media. You can see how your competitors position themselves on social media, what they share and how their audience responds. You can also find out what social media networks work best for your competitors, what information you should include in your social profile and page bios and what types of status updates get the most engagement. Listen to this article: While you can gain these insights for free on your own, it takes time to find multiple competitors' social accounts, collect all of the data (followers, engagement, etc.) and then analyze that data. To show how using a tool can help you gather the data more quickly and present it in an easy-to-analyze format, this article uses Rival IQ as an example. Now, let's look at how to do social media analysis and apply what you learn to improve your social media strategy. #1: Create a Landscape With You and Your Competitors To get started, you'll want to sign up for a free 14-day trial of Rival IQ's service. If you're just doing a one-time analysis of your competitors' social media strategy, you should be able to get it done before the free trial period ends. Otherwise, you'll want to choose a plan that best fits your needs. For each company (including your own), you'll be able to analyze and monitor one account per social network (Facebook, Twitter, Google+, Instagram and YouTube). Once you set up your account, create your first landscape by clicking the + button under the Landscape drop-down menu at the top left. In the dialog box that appears, enter the name for your landscape and click the Create Landscape button. Next, enter the website address for your company and select it from the drop-down list if it appears. Then click the Add to Landscape button. This will allow you to compare your social media presence and content against your competitors'. After Rival IQ confirms that your company has been added, continue adding your top competitors. Enter each competitor's website address and click the Add to Landscape button each time. When you're finished adding companies, click Done Adding Companies. When you click Done, your screen will refresh to show your landscape's dashboard. Rival IQ will confirm the accounts it has found for your company and your competitors. If the companies are new to their system, it might take a little while to update, but usually no more than 24 hours. If you know that one of your competitors has an account on a network that Rival IQ didn't find, you can hover over it and suggest it to them. They'll usually add it within 24 hours. In the above example, the only accounts Rival IQ didn't find were the ones that didn't exist for the specified companies. Once everything is set up, you're ready to start your analysis. #2: Find Social Engagement Opportunities Begin your analysis with the social networks where your competitors have profiles and pages. This should tell you at a glance if you're missing a network that might be beneficial for your social media strategy. In this case, you might assume that out of all of the networks, Instagram is the least important because a few of your competitors don't have a presence there. But that might not always be true, which you'll see shortly. In addition to seeing what social networks your competitors are on, check to see which ones they have the largest audiences on. You can do this by clicking the Cross-Channel link in the left sidebar and then clicking on Detailed Metrics at the to...

Content for Business: How to Build Your Business on a Solid Content Foundation

Content for Business: How to Build Your Business on a Solid Content Foundation

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have a great idea for a business? Wondering if content marketing will help move the needle? To discover what it takes to build a content-driven business, I interview Joe Pulizzi. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Joe Pulizzi, founder of the Content Marketing Institute, author of the book Epic Content Marketing and the founder of Content Marketing World, the leading conference for content marketers. Joe's latest book is Content Inc.: How Entrepreneurs Use Content to Build Massive Audiences and Create Radically Successful Businesses. Joe will explore how you can build a sustainable small business with smart content marketing. You'll discover the six steps to take to create a content business in any niche. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Content for Business When and why Joe started the Content Marketing Institute Joe shares how he got into the content marketing industry. He was vice president of custom media (also known as content marketing) at business publishing company Penton Media until 2007. At Penton, Joe and his team helped advertisers who wanted to do something unique tell their stories. For example, if a company like Microsoft wanted to tell a story to an executive audience, Joe and his team would help them create an ongoing newsletter, a magazine, blog series or webinar series. Joe did that for seven years. Joe left Penton at the end of March 2007 and wrote his first blog post titled "Why Content Marketing?" on April 26, 2007. That led up to Joe launching Junta42, which he says was basically the eHarmony for content marketing. The idea was to match brand sites that wanted to outsource some portion of the content process (creation or distribution) with agencies that would pay for the service to get the leads. Joe explains how in 2008, with no money, no paid distribution and about 2,000 subscribers, he decided it was time to build relationships with influencers. He started a research project called The Top 100 Content Marketing Blogs. (I was on the list first for White Papers and then Social Media Examiner.) He notified everybody who was on the list, and it just took off. Fast-forward to 2009, Joe shares, the model was working and they matched up about 1,000 projects. However, they were still having trouble getting companies to pay for a subscription to the service, even though they were driving leads to them. After his best case study (they sent a $1 million+ customer to an agency, and the agency decided not to renew their subscription), it finally hit Joe that this business was not going to work. Although Joe was "in love with his product," he finally figured out the key was to fall in love with your audience and focus on their needs and pain points. His audience was asking for training, education, consulting and speaking. They weren't even ready for a matching service, because they didn't even know how to create a content marketing strategy. Joe pivoted to the education and training concept and launched Content Marketing Institute six months later. That was May 2010. "At that moment we said we were going to create the leading online destination for content marketing, the leading magazine and the leading event," Joe recalls. "And within two years we were able to do that." Listen to the show to hear how Joe and I first connected, as well as the similarities between our projects. Why now is the time to get into a content-driven business Content Inc. is Joe's fourth book. The other three are content marketing–related and f...

How to Curate Your Social Content With Reddit

How to Curate Your Social Content With Reddit

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you looking for new content to share to your fans and followers? Have you considered Reddit as a source for valuable content? Using Reddit will reveal unique and interesting content that helps you stand out from the crowd. In this post you'll discover how to use Reddit for content curation and inspiration. Listen to this article: #1: Find Subreddits in Your Niche Many marketers already know Reddit is useful for discovering content, but browsing its individual communities, called subreddits, can be time-consuming. Fortunately, you can make that task easier if you create a multireddit, which is a custom dashboard of content around a particular topic. First, you need to find subreddits you want to include in your multireddit, and compile a master list of subreddit names, organized by topic. Discover Relevant Subreddits There are thousands of active subreddits, so it's important to find those that share the best content in your niche. Here are some easy ways to search for relevant subreddits: The subreddit search box lets you search for all subreddits related to a keyword (for example, fitness). Use the Reddit site search to find site-wide mentions of your keyword, plus a list of subreddits where the term appears most frequently. You can use advanced search operators to focus your search. You can also combine advanced operators. For example, I did a search for posts with "paleo" in the title on the r/xxfitness subreddit. I then sorted the results by New to see the most recent posts. To perform granular searches, use the Boolean operators AND, OR and NOT (or the minus symbol). You can also group keywords with parentheses. Along with search features on Reddit, you can use metareddit to find subreddits. This third-party directory allows you to filter results by number of subscribers and last post, as in the example here. The results are displayed in a word cloud, where the size of the words correlates to the number of subscribers. Make a List of Subreddits To keep track of the subreddits you find, create a spreadsheet of subreddit names organized by topic. As you find subreddits you want to add to your multireddit, note the subreddit's name after the r/ in its URL (for example, http://www.reddit.com/r/HealthyFood). Here's a list you might create for health and fitness subreddits. #2: Create a Multireddit Once you've found a group of relevant subreddits, organize them as a multireddit. You can include all of the subreddits you found in one big multireddit or create a handful of more specific multireddits. After you log into the site, go to the Reddit front page, and click on the dotted line on the left side. Click the Create button, and type in a name for your multireddit. (Note that you can't use spaces or symbols in the multireddit name.) When you're finished, click Create again. Now that you've created your multireddit, you can begin adding subreddits to it in the upper-right corner of the screen. Type a subreddit name into the Add Subreddit box and click the plus sign (or press Enter) to add it to your multireddit. You can also add a description for the multireddit and choose whether it's public (other redditors can find it) or private (only you can view it). Open the sidebar from the front page to access any multireddits you've created. You can filter the content in your multireddit using the tabs at the top of the page: Hot: Posts that receive the highest engagement (upvotes/comments) New: The most recent posts Rising: Posts that are gaining popularity Controversial: Posts that receive an equal mix of upvotes and downvotes Top: The most popular posts of all time Gilded: Posts that received reddit gold Promoted: Sponsored content You can also search for keywords within your multireddit. For example, if you're looking for healthy recipes to share on your social channels,

9 Visual Tools to Create Awesome Social Media Images

9 Visual Tools to Create Awesome Social Media Images

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to create professional-grade social media visuals? Are you looking for budget-friendly tools to help? Visual content can increase your visibility on social media and support your branding. In this article, you'll discover nine free tools to help you create beautiful visual content for your social media profiles. Listen to this article: #1: Start With a High-Quality, Royalty-Free Image There are now dozens of free image resources out there. Pexels and Unsplash both offer thousands of high-resolution images for free and without the need for attribution. Unsplash focuses more on landscapes, while Pexels focuses on business and technology collections. With Pexels, you get access to a massive library of high-resolution images, which are perfect for a blog article, header, slide deck, or social media post. You can download and post any Pexels image for free. Pexels is also a compilation site, so they collect free images from other free image providers. This makes it a great one-stop resource. #2: Discover the Perfect Color Scheme Adobe Color CC (formerly Adobe Kuler) is Adobe's free color-scheme finder, which helps you determine complementary colors for your visual content. In other words, Adobe Color CC takes the guesswork out of picking colors. To start, paste the hex code of a desired color into one of the five color boxes below the color wheel. Next, select Complementary or Triad from the Color Rule drop-down menu at the upper left to quickly find the colors that will look best with that color. Adobe Color CC also allows you to drop in an image and it will automatically identify its four primary colors. This helps with choosing font colors, contrasting overlays, and icons within your post. #3: Take Advantage of Pre-made Icons With Flaticon, you get free access to over 144,130 (and counting) PNG icons. Looking for an email icon for a Facebook ad or Twitter image? You can choose from over 1,300 email icons and customize both color and size. Looking to create an infographic, cartoony advertisement, or Twitter image? Choose from over 1,800 "Avatar" icons. Flaticon's library is most useful when you need to create a visual post dedicated to an upcoming webinar, podcast, conference, and so on. #4: Reveal Optimal Contrasting Color ColorZilla is a Google Chrome plugin that allows you to see the hex, RGB code, official name, and gradients for any color within a browser window. Use the Color Picker function to find the best contrasting color for a call-to-action button or to emulate a peer's designs. The tool automatically copies the hex code of any "picked" color to your clipboard, making your visual design more efficient. Used in conjunction with Flaticon, you can quickly grab your "Brand Blue" and drop it into the color selector, ensuring you're downloading an icon that's the same color as your website logo. #5: Find Perfect Font Combinations Luckily, you don't have to be an expert in fonts. With Femmebot, you can access 25 of the top font combinations from font experts and see how these combinations look with graphics and images, as well as formatting. Femmebot's font recommendations are a great place to start with visual content. Once you get rolling, you'll quickly find the font combinations that appeal to you (and your audience) the most. #6: Put It All Together in a Visual Content Tool Now that you have your visual tools, you need a platform to actually create the content; one that helps you create something that looks like it came from a professional graphic designer. Below is a simple example of a great-looking social media post from Buffer. Let's see if we can't recreate it using free visual content creation platforms: Canva, Google Drawings, and PicMonkey. Get All of the Help You Need With Canva Canva was built for creating visual social media content. As such, it's a tool that gives you a great result fast.

3 Tips to Use Affiliate Links on Pinterest

3 Tips to Use Affiliate Links on Pinterest

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Pinterest to generate revenue? Have you considered using affiliate links on Pinterest? Because Pinterest users are looking for useful and inspirational products, the platform is a natural place for marketers to share items and services they believe in. In this article, you'll discover how to prepare for and use affiliate links in your Pinterest marketing. Listen to this article: Affiliate Links on Pinterest Now that Pinterest has lifted the ban on using affiliate links, you're free to add as many pins with affiliate links to your Pinterest boards as you want. The key is to prepare your profile and add those pins strategically, so you make money and don't annoy or lose your followers. Here's how to optimize your Pinterest profile and boards to support affiliate pins, properly add your affiliate links, and boost visibility for the boards that have affiliate pins on them. #1: Optimize Pinterest Boards to Showcase Products Before you start adding pins with affiliate links, you need to make sure the boards on your Pinterest profile share a branded look that represents your business. You want the overall look of your Pinterest presence to tell people what you're about at a glance, without them having to do too much reading. For example, Courtney Whitmore of Pizzazzerie is an author, blogger, entertainer, and food stylist. When you visit her Pinterest presence, it's easy to see that she is all about parties, fun, and entertainment. In addition to being sure you use a clear description at the top of your Pinterest profile, you'll want to give each of your boards a title that relates to something your business or brand offers. Remember to use keywords in your board titles (and your pin descriptions) to show up in Pinterest search. Next, populate each board with pins that you know your target audience will be interested in. Beyond supporting a branded look, this approach will help you build a Pinterest profile that's ready to show off the best ideas and tips you have for your audience, making you a go-to resource. Now you're ready to think about which boards are a natural fit for pins of your own products or products for which you're an affiliate. #2: Add Affiliate Product Pins to Your Boards First, choose the product you want to share and decide which board you'll pin it to. For example, if you have an affiliate link for miniature piñatas, you can pin it to a board full of products and decorating ideas for Cinco de Mayo parties. After you pin the product, click the Edit button on the pin. Now you can replace the original link in the Website box with your affiliate link. Click Save and your pin is live with your affiliate link! Rinse and repeat these steps with other products. #3: Increase Exposure for Affiliate Link Pins and Boards After ensuring all of your affiliate links have been added correctly, you'll likely want to increase exposure for them. While you can take advantage of promoted pins to get more eyes on individual affiliate pins, a great option for driving traffic to boards that have affiliate pins is to share them on your other social platforms. Angela Davis from Frugal Living NW has a Pinterest profile that shares ways to save money. She created a fashion board to share her favorite items from the Nordstrom Half-Yearly sale. She added a personal note to each pin description, telling her readers what she loved about the product. Her notes added authenticity and value to the pin. When her board was complete, she hopped over to Facebook to let her readers know about the lookbook she created for the sale. They could find all of her favorite products plus her comments on her Pinterest board. Keep in mind that it's important to promote affiliate product links authentically. Refrain from being salesy and remember that your primary job is to help readers or customers find products that are useful, inspirational,

Measuring Social Media: How to Determine Your ROI

Measuring Social Media: How to Determine Your ROI

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you trying to measure your social media return on investment (ROI)? Do you need to measure the social performance of your business? To learn how to determine the ROI for social media marketing, I interview Nichole Kelly for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Nichole Kelly, author of How to Measure Social Media and the CEO of Social Media Explorer and SME Digital. Nichole shares why so many businesses struggle to determine the ROI of their social media activities and what's really important in your social media measurement. You'll learn the most important steps that all marketers should take when thinking about social ROI. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Social Media Return on Investment (ROI) Why so many marketers struggle with measuring social ROI Nichole believes one of the reasons social ROI is a challenge is because marketers have redefined the metrics used to measure social media. Words such as mentions and retweets are similar to what was measured before. But now people have decided that social media is special, and therefore needs to be measured in a special way. Nichole believes this has set us up for failure. When you try to 1) justify what you are doing and 2) measure the return, you can't compare these two things. It then becomes difficult to compare and optimize whatever the return is. People have played with the return on investment phrase in the social realm. For example, you've likely heard of return on influence, return on engagement and return on conversation. The problem with this approach is that at the end of the day, ROI is a financial return. And whether it is the best measure for success of social media doesn't really matter, because it's the measure of success for business. Listen to the show to find out why you need to translate social media into a positive ROI. The backstory that led Nichole to social media ROI Nichole explains how she spent most of her career in corporate marketing and grew up in the boardroom. In June 2011, there was a study that came out from the Fournaise Report that said 73% of CEOs think marketers lack business credibility. The #1 stated reason was because we talk about trends like social media. Whether you agree with this or not, Nichole noticed that marketers were caught in a trap of trying to measure social media differently. And measuring social media ROI isn't as hard as everyone was making it out to be. So she set out to provide how-to information with step-by-step instructions on translating social media into something that can be compared across channels. Nichole wrote ROI-related articles for Social Media Examiner and discovered there was a never-ending appetite for help figuring out social media ROI. Nichole thinks people are still trying to understand it completely, but they are actually ready to measure now. When Nichole first started, a lot of people were talking about measurement in philosophical terms. We are starting to see companies, and marketers in particular, understand that with social media, it doesn't matter how many fans or followers they have. At the end of the day, if you can compare social media to what you spend on pay-per-click advertising and start measuring it with something simple like cost per click on all of the web traffic you are sending to your site, you have something that justifies a budget. Listen to the show to find out why Nichole feels measuring social media...

Instagram Business Profiles: Why Marketers Should Upgrade

Instagram Business Profiles: Why Marketers Should Upgrade

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you considered moving to an Instagram business profile? Wondering what advantages you'll gain? To explore Instagram business profiles, I interview Jenn Herman. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Jenn Herman, a social media consultant and Instagram marketing expert. Her blog, JennsTrends.com, has placed in our top 10 social media blogs three different times. She also wrote an ebook called The Ultimate Beginner's Guide to Instagram. Jenn explores Instagram analytics. You'll discover valuable Instagram business profile features. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Instagram Business Profiles The Instagram Algorithm The Instagram algorithm came out last year and Jenn explains that for marketers, the algorithm is helpful. You can use it to get better reactions from, engagement with, and reach to your target audience. Jenn stresses that the Instagram algorithm is more personal than the Facebook algorithm. On Facebook, when something is really popular, Facebook is more likely to show that content to more people. However, the Instagram algorithm is based on personal use, not public use. Instagram users don't necessarily see someone's content just because others engage with it. That said, the Instagram content that each user engages with most does show up higher in his or her feed. To make the Instagram algorithm work for your marketing efforts, Jenn recommends sharing the best content for your customers and followers. When you emphasize quality over quantity, your users are more likely to stop, engage, comment, like, and so on. As a result, your followers will constantly see your content higher in their Instagram feeds. Also, Jenn says the Facebook and Instagram algorithms re-sort content differently. Facebook constantly re-sorts content, whereas the Instagram algorithm doesn't. Instead, on Instagram, the re-sorting is based on how often you post and how often a user logs into Instagram. For example, if a user logs on and then logs on three hours later, Instagram re-sorts only the content uploaded in the last three hours. The content that appeared during the user's last login appears exactly as it did before. For marketers, this approach to re-sorting means that your Instagram followers won't miss your content if they scroll far enough through their feeds. For example, say someone follows Social Media Examiner and likes to engage with its Instagram posts. The user logs in after 24 hours and Social Media Examiner has posted three times. In this case, Jenn says the user will see Social Media Examiner's three posts higher in his or her feed, but not necessarily back to back. I ask what marketers can do to encourage fan activity and make their content seen first. Jenn says the key is having better content and (counter-intuitively) posting less content. When you post a lot, Jenn says it's more difficult for that content to show up high in your followers' Instagram feeds. People are more likely to skip your posts. However, gorgeous posts can create a strong connection with your followers and people are more likely to engage. To increase the chances people see and engage with your Instagram posts, Jenn recommends posting your best content three times a week. Also, Jenn suggests adding calls to action. In a text overlay or caption, encourage people to leave a comment or tag friends in the post. The algorithm will see that engagement. I ask Jenn how the algorithm applies to Instagram Stories versus the Instagram feed. Jenn says that at least for now,

How to Create Facebook Ads That Stand Out Using Power Editor

How to Create Facebook Ads That Stand Out Using Power Editor

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do your Facebook ads get noticed? Wondering how creating ads with Power Editor makes a difference? When you build ads in Power Editor instead of the Facebook Ads Manager, you have more control over your creative elements. In this article you'll learn how to use Power Editor to create Facebook ads that get results. Listen to this article: #1: Use More Characters in Headline and Text Areas One of the big benefits of creating ads with Power Editor is that you get to use more text in ads for website clicks or website conversions. Typically, for those types of ads in the Ads Manager, you're limited to a headline of 25 characters and text of 90 characters. The only type of ad that allows longer text is boosted posts (also known as promoted posts). Here's how you can create those same ads using Power Editor, and avoid the text limitations enforced by the Ads Manager. Once you start your campaign, and then name the ad set and ad, you can start configuring the ad in Power Editor. You'll see the text limitations aren't showing. Now you can use the ad text to tell a more complete story about your subject. #2: Customize the Display URL Area In Power Editor, you can customize your Display URL area. Think outside the box and use this area for an extra text message. Maybe add a message about your product or tell people when a deal will end. This Display URL area is a great feature for when your URL is long and unwieldy. For example, if you use extra tracking in the website URL and you want to make sure people know where they're going, you can add the real website address in the Display URL field. Use it to show the main URL where you want clicks on your Facebook ad to go, rather than extra tracking information. Want to reinforce your call to action? You can also use the Display URL area to highlight the Sign Up button. #3: Tag Other Pages in Ads Another benefit only available in Power Editor is the ability to tag other pages in the ad text. This makes the ad look more like a regular post, while potentially increasing its visibility. As always when you tag other pages, make sure the tag is relevant and complementary to that page. You can also tag pages if you do a standard page post and then boost it, or in an unpublished post (also in Power Editor). However, the benefit of doing a website clicks or website conversions post is that you can optimize for that goal and you get the call to action button. To tag another page, just type the @ symbol followed by the page name into the Text box and then select it from the drop-down menu. NOTE: No one outside of Facebook knows exactly how the news feed works, so it's not clear if tagging pages gives an ad any further reach. On the other hand, tagging in an organic post does increase your reach. And although you most likely have to pay for any reach you do receive through tagging, the ad may stand out more to the fans of those pages. #4: Access Additional Ad Types Two types of ads that are only available in Power Editor are dynamic product ads and carousel ads. There are some differences between the two types. Dynamic Product Ads Dynamic product ads use your whole catalog of products along with a user's browsing history to show more complex ads to him or her. You use the Business Manager to upload your catalog as a .csv file. Facebook then uses the conversion pixel and a basic template to show different products (or even multiple products with the carousel ads) to each Facebook user. Carousel Ads Carousel ads are set up directly in Power Editor and can display up to five products. This involves more than simply selecting different images for your ad because each ad can be sent to a unique website where the product is displayed. Each ad also has its own description and headline. For carousel ads, it's important to use 600 x 600 pixel images because the typical Facebook ad image size (120...

4 Successful Influencer Campaigns You Can Model

4 Successful Influencer Campaigns You Can Model

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to improve awareness for your business? Have you considered collaborating with influencers? Working with influencers to promote your product or service to their audience is an effective way to meet your marketing objectives. In this article, you'll find four influencer marketing examples and ways to connect with influencers. Listen to this article: #1: Boost Sales To encourage people to purchase your product, work with an influencer to promote a discount code to their audience. Swedish watchmaker Daniel Wellington collaborated with thousands of influencers on Instagram to post images along with a caption that included a discount code for 15% off Daniel Wellington watches. The watches are positioned in a setting that's natural for the influencer, as you can see in the image above from artist David Ambarzumjan, and below in the image posted by blogger Adriana Gastélum. This campaign helped Daniel Wellington evolve from a $150,000 startup into a brand that's worth $220 million in less than five years, and increase profits by 214% between 2014 and 2015. #2: Build Brand and Product Awareness If you want to build awareness for your brand or a new product, consider reaching out to engaged and dedicated audiences through influencers. To make the most of that outreach, ask your influencers to use a branded hashtag when they post. Top fashion brand Chanel made full use of branded hashtags to build anticipation and awareness for their new perfume Chanel No. 5 L'Eau. They invited influential Instagrammers like Jessica Mercedes Kirschner to their production facilities and flower fields located in Grasse, France, for an inside look at how Chanel makes their iconic perfumes. As each influencer shared interesting images from the tour with their audience, they included two branded hashtags: #newchanel5 and #chanelgrasse. Chanel even worked with top bloggers like Julie Sariñana from Sincerely Jules, whose original post generated more than 40,000 likes on Instagram. Within one month, the campaign generated more than 1,600 unique contents with the hashtag #newchanel5, garnering almost 1 million likes, and exposing the upcoming product to more than 9 million social media users. #3: Increase Foot Traffic People can easily see through fabricated content. That's why authenticity is key when you want to make a compelling case for people to experience what you have to offer. When you work with influencers to promote a destination, genuine reactions are more likely to encourage people to take action, rather than a post that's too heavy on scripted endorsement. The Hawaiian Tourism Authority focused on authenticity when they chose to work with top travel Instagrammers to showcase Hawaiian experiences that made people feel they could have the same experience. They collaborated with several top Instagrammers including Jordan Hershel, who's known for visiting some of the most scenic locations across the globe. He posted beautiful images that communicated an alluring picture of Hawaii, reinforcing the islands' reputation of being a traveler's paradise. Each image was accompanied by the hashtag #LetHawaiiHappen. The campaign generated almost 100,000 posts using the hashtag, and the Hawaiian Tourism Department managed to reach 54% of travelers across the U.S. using social media marketing and paid advertising. What's more, 65% of users who saw the campaign intend to visit Hawaii within the next two years. #4: Improve ROI Marketing can be expensive. Especially if you're a startup or small businesses, it's important to look for cost-effective methods to market your business and products. To launch an effective influencer marketing campaign without exceeding your marketing budget, you can partner with mid-level influencers. Try The World wanted to raise awareness for their range of food subscription boxes. Instead of hiring a top-tier celebrity,

12 Creative Ways to Use Facebook Cover Images for Business

12 Creative Ways to Use Facebook Cover Images for Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to do more with your Facebook cover image? Wondering how other businesses are using Facebook cover images? Your cover image is the perfect space to tell visitors more about your brand or products or drive home a call to action. In this article, you'll discover 12 creative ways to use your Facebook cover image for business. Listen to this article: #1: Inspire a Purchase You hear a lot about using video to show how people use a product or service. The same opportunities exist with photos. When you show off your product in your Facebook cover image, you're planting ideas with your customers that can inspire them to engage with you. In this cover image, Edible Arrangements puts its product front and center with a "Happy Birthday" message in the background. It's subtle, but you can use this tactic to paint your product in a way that says, "this is something special." It's a clever way to position the colorful display, because we all know someone with a birthday coming up. #2: Share Your Value Proposition Could you define your business in a single second? One of the best and simplest ways to spice up your Facebook cover photo is to challenge yourself to find creative ways to one-line your value proposition and present directly to the people who find your brand on Facebook. That's exactly what EYStudios did with a recent cover photo: a sharp and impactful one-liner that expresses who they are and what they can do. Lee Odden's team at TopRank Marketing shoots for the same impact. #3: Express Your Personality Any kind of visual content is a huge part of marketing, and it's one of the best avenues to show off who you are and the personality behind your business. Your cover photo is a great spot to showcase content that aligns with how you present your brand in other places online. MailChimp uses its cover photo to show off the company's personality, along with some clever use of negative space to fix your attention. #4: Appeal to the Senses Any business in the food industry (restaurants, catering, etc.) has a stellar opportunity to grab attention using enticing photos of their mouth-watering offerings. With seasonal changes that bring about new dishes and menu updates, you can swap out Facebook cover photos to showcase what's new on the menu, along with new promotions. It can be effective to have a call to action to help describe a product and get visitors moving. However, sometimes it doesn't hurt to let the product image speak for itself. Little Caesars takes that route by showing off a close-up of their new stuffed crust deep-dish pizza. In the same vein, Papa John's shows off its product to cater to people who love the look of a mouth-watering pizza. In addition, they saved space to promote a key relationship with Major League Baseball. When customers love a specific thing about your business, especially a certain product, you can leverage that connection in your Facebook cover photo. Olive Garden is confident that their customers are addicted to endless breadsticks and massive salads. So, customer favorites are featured in a zoomed-in shot, which makes you feel like you're sitting right at the table. It's cruel, but effective. #5: Speak to a Niche Audience For product-based businesses, the Facebook cover photo is a perfect way to feature new or seasonal products, along with your newest and grandest promotions. To maximize impact, include compelling copy and information about the products along with release dates and calls to action. Logitech G, a company known for computer accessories, used their cover photo to promote a specific line of products. They've highlighted an affiliation with the ESL (Electronic Sports League) to promote products for gamers. Like the Papa John's cover, this kind of affiliation can improve a business's position with specific customers. #6: Inspire Creativity

The Ultimate Guide to Content Marketing Conferences in 2016 (Fall Update)

by Preethi Mathew @ Oz Content

Content marketing conferences are hands down one of the best ways to gain insight into the latest trends and changes in the world of content marketing. And they offer an awesome opportunity to connect with industry leaders and peers. And the best part is that there are SO MANY conferences, all across North America – some specialize in Inbound while others focus on social media and everything in between. Here’s a list of the content marketing conferences you shouldn’t miss out…

The post The Ultimate Guide to Content Marketing Conferences in 2016 (Fall Update) appeared first on Oz Content.

This Is How You’ll Know When Prince Harry and Meghan Markle Are Engaged

This Is How You’ll Know When Prince Harry and Meghan Markle Are Engaged

by Diana Pearl @ PEOPLE.com

Ever since Prince Harry whisked Meghan Markle away to Africa for her birthday in August, two questions have been on everyone’s minds: Is he about to propose? Or has he already done so?

Yes, fans are a tiny bit excited about the possibility of Harry slipping a ring on Markle’s finger, but PEOPLE Royals is here to tell you exactly how you’ll find out — if and when it happens.

How will you know? Well, for starters, the palace will make the announcement. No one else. If Harry and Markle are engaged and keeping it under wraps, the only people who will be privy to such information will be their nearest and dearest — people they’d trust not to leak the information.

If you want a more clear idea of how a potential royal engagement announcement will go, take a look back almost seven years ago, when Prince William and the then-Kate Middleton shared their own engagement news on November 16, 2010.

At the time of their engagement, the couple had been together for eight years, during which countless wedding bell rumors and false claims had circulated. But when the news hit, you knew: The palace made an early morning announcement. Social media, even back in 2010, was in a frenzy. (Imagine what it would be like in 2017!)

Soon after the official announcement was made, William and Kate attended a photo call at St. James’s Palace. Then, they did an on-camera interview with Sky News — the first time the public heard Kate speak. In the interview, William said that he popped  the question while the couple was on vacation in Kenya in October — a month prior to the public announcement.

William and Kate had been seen together in public after the engagement — most notably at the wedding of their friends Harry Meade and Rosie Bradford. Kate didn’t, however, wear her new ring to the occasion. Until the palace had given the official word, there were no signs, no hints from the couple that it was time for an engagement.

RELATED VIDEO: Meghan Markle Shares Sweet Kiss With Prince Harry After His Polo Match with Prince William

It was a whirlwind of a day, and all of it was publicly broadcast — and dictated by the palace’s terms. An engagement between Harry and Markle can be expected to follow a similar pattern.

So, how can you be the first to know? Keep your eye on the royal family’s official Twitter feeds, @KensingtonRoyal, @RoyalFamily and @ClarenceHouse, for one. And of course, head to PEOPLE Royals. Though the palace themselves will be the first ones to give the word, we’ll be ready!

Put your celeb and pop culture knowledge to the test and download PEOPLE and Zynga’s Crosswords with Friends!


Search and Social: What Marketers Need to Know About the Changing Landscape

Search and Social: What Marketers Need to Know About the Changing Landscape

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use social media and search to promote your business? Are you wondering how the landscape of search and social is changing, and how to benefit from it? To learn about the key changes in search and social, and how they impact your marketing, I interview Lee Odden for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Lee Odden, author of the book Optimize: How to Attract and Engage More Customers by Integrating SEO, Social Media and Content Marketing. He's the CEO of TopRank Online Marketing and the editor of Marketing Blog. Plus there is a killer SlideShare tip you'll want to pay attention to. Lee shares his insights into the world of SEO and content marketing, and the elements of his strategy that have contributed to his success. You'll learn about the four categories of content that you must create for your sites, and tips for getting the most out of them. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Search and Social Graph Search and what Facebook is doing Lee believes that Facebook is always going to progress towards having a more robust search engine. Right now they are collecting a lot of data, and as Graph Search continues to roll out to more people, they will refine and optimize how it works. It's not just about providing a better user experience, there is ad play too. Lee feels that this is the driver. Lee believes that Facebook will move towards providing marketers opportunities to get in front of people and offer contextual advertising in the way that Google does. Before implementation of Graph Search, when you did a search on Facebook, the results would come from Facebook's own data set such as Fan Pages, Profiles, Groups, etc. If Facebook couldn't find what you were looking for, they would provide search results from Bing. Facebook is still working with Bing, but the search result set they offer is a lot different. The filtering options are more robust. However, today when we want to find something specific, we still use Google. As a marketer, Lee feels that it's important to understand the customer's journey and experiences. Often an idea surfaces on Facebook, and to validate the idea, people go over to Google expecting to find something that they can act on. Listen to the show to find out how the Facebook search capability is similar to what they have allowed to advertisers. How Google is using Google+ to impact the results consumers see Marketers need to consider the public social content crawled by Google Bot, the integration of Google+ and authorship, and the association between Google+ profiles and associated content in search results. Lee believes that it's virtually impossible to employ a successful organic search optimization effort without robust social content or social presence. These social signals have eclipsed signals like links. When you look at simplifying SEO best practices, we are not just talking about content, keywords and links. We have to equally include the importance of social content and social signals. Marketers really need to understand the search results landscape for their key search terms, and to what degree social content competes with you. Lee gives an example of how social is impacting search results. Every search experience result could be unique because of geography, and whether you are logged in or not. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8Z9TTBxarbs As marketers, we still have to execute standard SEO best practices.

How to Ensure Your Social Media Content Meets FTC, FDA and Google Requirements

How to Ensure Your Social Media Content Meets FTC, FDA and Google Requirements

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you involved with influencer marketing campaigns? Do you know how to meet disclosure and compliance requirements? By following a few simple guidelines, you can maintain transparency while producing brand-sponsored content that engages consumers. In this article you'll discover how to make sure your content meets Federal Trade Commission (FTC), Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and Google requirements. What Compliance Means for You In September 2014 the FTC sent warning letters to more than 60 companies as part of what it called Operation Full Disclosure. While the warnings focused on print and broadcast advertisements, the move signaled that the commission may start regulating more companies on all media that it finds to be out of compliance with accepted standards and practices. Listen to this article: Take note of this positioning, especially when it comes to your digital advertising on social channels. The FTC issued updated guidance on .com Disclosures in March 2013, and gave its clearest direction yet in June 2015 for endorsement disclosures in its What People Are Asking FAQ page. Many see this as a necessary step of enforcement by the commission. While the FTC monitors compliance with truth-in-advertising laws, your company must also work to stay abreast of regulations from other agencies and organizations (such as the FDA and Google) when producing compensated content. Compliance with these regulations ultimately falls on the sponsor rather than the content producer. Consequently, if you're working with bloggers or YouTube video bloggers, you must have audit mechanisms in place to ensure those producing content on your behalf maintain compliance. Compliance, however, is not as difficult as it might seem. The following simple tips will help you keep your content compliant without making it stiff or unappealing to the consumer. #1: FTC: Disclose Clearly and Conspicuously The FTC really has only one guideline when it comes to disclosure: Disclose early, clearly and conspicuously. When you publish blog posts, you should include a simple, clear and easy-to-find disclosure near the top of the post right below the title, as seen in this Almost Supermom post. If you record or broadcast video content, it should at minimum have a clear and conspicuous disclosure right at the beginning. While not mandated, the FTC says disclosures that appear regularly throughout the video would be even better. While the FTC also does not mandate specific wording of disclosures, it still requires disclosures, even in the shortest form of media. On Twitter, for example, include #ad in a tweet or "Ad:" at the beginning of your tweet. It's the safest way to comply when using short-form content. While some companies worry that these disclosures will impact their content's authenticity, disclosure statements actually have the opposite effect. Used appropriately, disclosures note the influence that compensation may have on the person producing the content. However, savvy readers recognize that compensated content is an effective way for creators to fund the creation of content. And ethical bloggers will only accept compensation for content their readers want to consume in the first place. #2: Google: Use NoFollow Tags for Links in Sponsored Posts Google, the arbiter of all things search, has worked for years to keep compensated content from unduly affecting search rankings. To that end, you should ensure all of the links in a compensated blog post contain NoFollow tags. This designation tells Google's algorithm to ignore those links when calculating page rank for the links' target pages. You can insert this link manually by adding rel="nofollow" in the HTML code. The result looks like this: Many online publishing systems make this easier with plugins that manage the tagging process automatically. A search for "NoFollow" in the WordPress plugin library yielded 298 results.

How to Create Social Media Videos on a Budget

How to Create Social Media Videos on a Budget

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to add video to your social media content mix? Looking for ways to keep production costs low? Creating a video doesn't have to cost you hundreds of thousands of dollars in high-end production tactics like live actors or 3-D renderings. In this article you'll discover how to create and promote social media video on a budget. Listen to this article: #1: Decide What to Feature in Your Video Here are four ways you can create great video content without breaking the bank. Repurpose User-Generated Content A great example of repurposing user-generated content for a video comes from Coca-Cola, which leveraged their "Share-a-Coke" campaign into big corporate success. To incorporate this strategy in your own marketing, encourage your audience to tell their own stories on social channels like YouTube and Facebook using your campaign hashtag (which was #ShareACoke in the Coca-Cola campaign). You can then aggregate memorable content and repurpose it into broadcast-worthy video spots. While Coke launched its campaign around the Share-A-Coke idea, the soft drink giant tracked and grew their global efforts through the aforementioned hashtags. As a marketer, you can leverage readily available user-generated content and create a winning campaign even without a Coca-Cola-sized budget. Collect Royalty-Free Content The first step is to determine whether there is enough free content about your subject available online (the definition of "free" is content with no royalties). Resources like Flickr and YouTube are great places to start this research. If you want to do a viral video about lamps, for example, do a keyword search on Flickr for "lamps" and see how many compelling images you can find about the topic. Create Your Own Content If you feel that you don't have enough content available, you may need to simply grab an iPhone and snap your own pictures or record short video snippets. Marketing consultant and social media coach Mark Schaefer spoke recently on how he worked with a small family-owned winery in France and struck gold with a simple video called "How to Open a Bottle of Wine Without a Corkscrew." The video, without any paid media behind it, generated over 10 million views and catapulted the winery to stardom. One fascinating postscript here is that this video was amazingly successful when 221 other videos posted didn't achieve quite the same notoriety. Persistence is key here. Record Others Taco Bell generated 150,000 views on YouTube by simply recognizing a trending hashtag called "Drawing My Life" and then filming an artist as he drew simple thoughts about the brand. While Taco Bell certainly has the budget and the creative chops to create its own spots, hashtags, and launch campaigns, it's staggering to note how easily the fast-food chain generated buzz just by riding the coattails of another trend. Regardless of the type of video content you choose, the trick is to keep it simple. The reality of user-generated content or even self-generated content is that you immediately cut out thousands, if not millions, of dollars in cost. Additionally, from a branding perspective, you add a degree of authenticity to your voice by placing a true image of your customer in front of other customers. #2: Create Your Video So Taco Bell pulled off a great video with very little cost. The question is: How can you do it? Creating content that people actually want to see doesn't have to be difficult. If you create compelling content, users will engage with it in the form of shares, likes, comments, and even direct lead creation. You don't need extensive video editing skills, but those always help. You can use affordable editing tools like Adobe Premiere Pro to edit and build complex storyboards. If you're just getting started and don't want to invest in anything, you can use YouTube's free and quick Creator Studio,

Girl Scout Cookie Baking Mixes to Hit Stores Nationwide

Girl Scout Cookie Baking Mixes to Hit Stores Nationwide

by mariayagoda @ PEOPLE.com

Samoas in cupcake form was a thing we never knew we needed, but now it’s the only thing we can think about.

Pillsbury just unveiled Girl Scout Cookie baking mixes, which are available in Thin Mints and Caramel & Coconut – a.k.a. Samoas – flavors. The four new mixes are for baking cupcakes, brownies and blondies — unfortunately, you won’t be able to make actual Girl Scout Cookies, because that would put a lot of 7-year-olds out of business.

RELATED: Leonardo DiCaprio Eating Girl Scout Cookies at the Oscars Is the Internet’s Best New Meme

“Families can try out their favorite cookie flavors in the form of brownies, cupcakes, and blondies, while they wait for the real thing once a year during Girl Scout Cookie season,” said Girl Scouts of the USA chief revenue officer Barry Horowitz in a statement.

GSC loyalists are, to put it mildly, freaking out.

The mixes, now available nationwide, retail for $3.29 each — almost $2 less than what you’d pay for a box of cookies.

WATCH THIS: The Girl Scouts Cookie Oven Will Satisfy Your Sweet Tooth Year Around

RELATED: The Best Girl Scout Cookie Recipes

Easily the best part of all this news is the fact that we will now be able to eat Girl Scout Cookie dough, something we never thought would be possible in our lifetimes!

Also Thin Mint brownie sundaes.

Also Samoas-flavored birthday cake.

Can you tell we’re excited about it?


How to Use Snapchat for Business

How to Use Snapchat for Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you interested in using Snapchat for your business? Wondering how to integrate it into your marketing? Snapchat presents a unique opportunity to reach a new audience that is receptive to clever, creative marketing. In this article you'll discover how to use Snapchat in your social media marketing. Listen to this article: Why Use Snapchat? Snapchat is the fastest-growing social network with more than 100 million daily active users. Of the businesses that market on social media, most use Facebook, but only 2% use Snapchat. The lack of competition on Snapchat means that your business has a great opportunity to stand out and shine on the platform. Unlike other social networks, it doesn't matter when you post content on Snapchat. Your snaps will never be buried in a busy timeline; they stay unopened until your followers have time to view them. After snaps are opened, they're available for only 1 to 10 seconds. Snaps disappear so quickly, so you may be wondering if Snapchat is worth the effort. If you think about it, most social content is viewed right after it's posted. Content tends to last longer on platforms like Pinterest and Tumblr, but it's far more common for social posts to have a short shelf life. Snapchat makes this short shelf life an explicit part of the platform. Because snaps vanish after one viewing, you have users' undivided attention. In this way, disappearing content is actually a boon for marketers. Here's how to get started integrating Snapchat into your social media marketing. #1: Develop Content First, you'll need to develop content for Snapchat. Here are some ideas that you may want to try: Create valuable tutorials about something in your area of expertise. For example, show people how to easily thread a needle or explain how to choose a secure password. Give users a glimpse behind the scenes at your company. Show them how your product is made, share the inspiration and ethos behind your company or chat with artists. Show your product in action. For example, show a person wearing your dress or reading your book. Ask users for pictures or videos of them using your product, and send out snaps featuring them. Those fans will feel valued, and your audience will discover different ways they can use your product. Repurpose content from other social networks, but make sure it's tailored to Snapchat. The tone should be casual and funny, similar to Vine and Tumblr. No social feed should be 100% self-promotion, so tell interesting stories that relate to your industry. Share a cool tip from an industry leader or give an opinion on a recent event. #2: Invite Participation Social media should be social, not a one-way megaphone for promotions. Replying to every snap isn't practical or scalable, but you can certainly do it every now and again. Imagine how great it would feel if your favorite guitar brand replied to your snap of a song. You can give your followers that feeling, too. Ask people to reply to your snap or post a reply on another social network. Sephora has used this tactic with sweepstakes. They asked users to take pictures of themselves with makeup doodles and post them to other social networks. Consider following people back on Snapchat. When they send you snaps, read them and reply if appropriate. This goes a long way towards letting users know you're a real person or a real social team behind a brand. #3: Get Creative After deciding what content you'll develop, think about how you can present it in a creative way. Here are some ways to do that: Draw or write on pictures to add humor or emphasis. Dove uses Snapchat to inspire viewers to celebrate their own beauty. In this snap the company drew on the image with bold colors to emphasize their message. Find clever ways to get people to sit up and pay attention. GrubHub used a series of images showing a pizza being eaten slice by slice to create suspense before revealing ...

Creating Advanced Facebook Custom Audiences Using Google Tag Manager

Creating Advanced Facebook Custom Audiences Using Google Tag Manager

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you looking for advanced ways to build Facebook audiences for retargeting? Do you know you can combine Google Tag Manager with Facebook Pixel Events? To explore the value of using these tools together, I interview Chris Mercer. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Chris Mercer, an analytics expert who specializes in helping marketers measure and optimize their marketing. His course is called Master the Fundamentals of Google Tag Manager. You can find him at MeasurementMarketing.io. Chris explores how to use Google Tag Manager to take your Facebook retargeting to the next level. You'll discover how to create and use Facebook Pixel Events in your Facebook marketing. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Pixel Events and Google Tag Manager Chris's Story Chris, who has a background in sales and marketing, left corporate America to investigate online business. Five or six years ago, he started a site called WP Training Videos. The site was designed to help people understand and learn WordPress, but after customers requested help with building websites, the company's business model changed. To learn about analytics, Chris installed Google Analytics and set up tracking on opt-in and lead generation forms. When he showed his analytics to a client, the client stopped asking about changing the website design and wanted to learn more about tracking results. Chris soon had more clients who were interested in analytics, and about four or five years ago, the business pivoted again. Chris's business became Measurement Marketing, which is dedicated to making Google Analytics more accessible to the masses. His clients were often people who installed Google Analytics but didn't know how to use it. Today, Chris works with marketers, marketing teams, and agencies. He shows them what's important to measure, helps them build measurement machines, and shares what to do with the data they collect. Listen to the show to discover one of the biggest struggles for marketers. What Is Google Tag Manager? Google Tag Manager is a tool that was designed to solve an enterprise-level problem. The problem arose about 10 years ago when this new upstart, Facebook, started putting out pixels (snippets of code to copy and paste on a site) that enabled marketers to track things online. It was revolutionary at the time. After the Facebook pixel arrived, large businesses had to figure out how to bridge the gap between marketing and IT. To add the code to web pages, marketing had to submit IT help desk tickets, because IT developers were the only people allowed to mess with the website. As a result, IT departments developed bottlenecks and couldn't focus on the right projects, and marketing teams couldn't get the pixels on the pages fast enough. By the time IT added a pixel to a page, the campaign that marketing wanted to measure had been over for eight weeks. Tag Manager was created to solve that problem. Marketing teams can use it to put out individual snippets of tracking code (for instance, a Facebook remarketing or conversion pixel) that they can use at any point without having to involve developers. Tag Manager gives marketers granular control over their measurement and tracking. I ask about the difference between Google Tag Manager and Google Analytics, and Chris explains Google Analytics does three main things. It collects its data, stores the data, and builds reports based on the data. Google Tag Manager replaces Google Analytics' ability to collect its own data. Tag Manager collects the data and sends it to Google Analytics so it can stor...

Creating Persuasive Videos: How to Move Viewers to Action

Creating Persuasive Videos: How to Move Viewers to Action

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you create marketing videos? Are you wondering how to get people to go from passive observers to active participants? To learn how to create videos that people want to watch and get them to take action, I interview James Wedmore for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview James Wedmore, author of The YouTube Marketing Book, founder of Video Traffic Academy and--in my opinion--one of the smartest video marketers on the planet. James shares his knowledge and experience on video creation and taking your viewers to the next level. You'll learn the 5 important elements of what goes into persuasive video. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Persuasive Video Creation Why video is so important for marketers James describes how he has always considered video as a communication tool. A video can be simple, quick and efficient and can be used in an unlimited number of ways. Coming from a film background, James realised he could plug in video to everything people teach  him. You'll learn the different uses for video on your website and the benefits to your audience. James says YouTube is the most shared website and form of content inside of Facebook. You'll learn about the full potential and power of video and discover why James encourages people to get in front of the camera. Listen to the show to find out how we use video at Social Media Examiner. A 5-part YouTube video guide designed to move people to take action James explains that although the equipment you use is important, it's strategy that comes first. It's about the way the video can be executed and make it original. You'll find out the real strategy behind his videos and why he tries to share content once a week with a video on YouTube. Every video James makes is based off his 5-part template below. The 5 parts of the YouTube video template are: Attention Grabber Intro Bumper The Content Outro Bumper Outtakes You'll learn why you need to keep your YouTube videos as succinct as possible. And you'll discover what James did with his videos to have more success, great results and higher audience attention rates. Below is James' YouTube Tutorial on How to Create a Video. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-ZKbSWjvE7M 1. Attention Grabber. You don't need to spend time introducing yourself. You need to say what you are going to talk about in the video or ask a question. By 8 seconds into the video, you should have a good idea of what you are going to be talking about for the next 5 minutes of the video. James describes why it's so important in the first few seconds to make sure you tell the person watching the video what they will gain. You have to provide value for your audience. YouTube is not a place for commercials. You'll get the views by answering the questions they will have. James calls it a mini transformation. You'll find out why being able to keep their attention, allows for stronger engagement. 2. Intro Bumper. This is the time when you can throw in a little commercial. It's the best way to brand your show. It adds a level of professionalism and legitimises you. For this part of the video, which needs to be less than 6 seconds long, James explains how he used software called VideoScribetv. It's a great place to put your logo, a picture of yourself, your tag line and a tune. These can be made at a low cost at Videohive. You can then hire someone on Fiverr,

5 Creative Ways to Use Snapchat Geofilters for Business

5 Creative Ways to Use Snapchat Geofilters for Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Looking for new ways to increase your Snapchat visibility? Have you thought about using Snapchat geofilters? When applied creatively, Snapchat geofilters can help you increase brand awareness, engage your community, and reach new audiences. In this article, you'll discover five unique ways to use Snapchat geofilters for business. Listen to this article: Why Geofilters? Snapchat's rise has been meteoric. Over 100 million users watch 10 billion video clips daily. The platform has transformed video storytelling, and its native tools have incredible social media marketing value. Now, you can create your own specific geofilters and use them to advertise to your audience. Snapchat geofilters are the perfect way to harness your audience's attention, because they're already digesting your content. Geofilters make it easier for your audience to engage and promote your product or brand organically. Here are some ways to use Snapchat geofilters for your business. #1: Announce New Product Launches When launching a new product, you want to encourage your community to find out more about it and ultimately make a purchase. By using a Snapchat geofilter, you're showing your audience that your products are important and worthy of branded filters. You're also adding a marketing element that connects the audience emotionally to the brand. Everlane's Elevate Summer used branded geofilters for its summer collection. The company also partnered with magazine editors for Snapchat takeovers. On the Everlane Snapchat account, the editors gave their opinions on collection favorites. With this approach, you can showcase the importance of a new product line and give real-time insights to your community on what products to check out. When you want to catch the eye of your audience for new products, create a Snapchat geofilter. #2: Share Company Culture To promote company culture and your business offerings, you can create a Snapchat geofilter for your office. Employees could become your biggest digital advocates as they use the geofilter to share with their communities. You can encourage employees to share behind-the-scenes events at your company or interview colleagues about their favorite parts of their job. This one-to-many sharing can impact your company in a positive way and your reach will be exponential. Sharing your company's strengths to a larger audience will encourage top talent to want to join the team. For Partner Day, HubSpot created a special geofilter using their signature orange hue. Employees and partners used the geofilter to highlight the best moments of the day. To encourage sharing, design a geofilter as a digital name tag that will allow users to insert text about who they are and what they do. Empower your employees to engage on Snapchat with a branded geofilter. It will help boost company morale and audience reach. #3: Promote Charity Events Using geofilters for live events creates an inclusive element that bonds the community. For charity events, they can help build awareness for a cause. Creating Snapchat geofilters for events will add an element of surprise and delight for your guests and will allow people to share the event in real time. They can also increase visibility and messaging in a fun and effective way. Imprint.City, a non-profit focusing on cultivating community through art, hosted a masquerade charity event to raise awareness. Because the attendees were already going to use social media at the event, organizers created a Snapchat filter to make the event more digitally accessible. Many community influencers used the filter, which helped spread the word about the organization and its cause. You can also use the snaps taken by your guests for future marketing materials. Promote them on other social networks or in pamphlets for fundraising efforts. #4: Support Your Presence at Trade Shows Getting prospects to your booth at trade shows can be a str...

How to Easily Create Your Own Video Show

How to Easily Create Your Own Video Show

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Looking for ways to position yourself as an industry expert? Have you considered using video to increase your visibility? Using video to give your own take on news and stories that are relevant to your industry can help you build influence with peers, prospects, and customers. In this article, you'll discover how to use video to deliver value to your followers on social media. Listen to this article: #1: Gather Relevant News and Stories With the proliferation of news aggregation tools, you can easily select, filter, and digest stories, videos, and content from around the world. To collect curated content, use a news reader like Feedly (available in desktop and app versions) and add the relevant industries, brands, and blogs you want to follow. For example, if you're in the tech industry, you can add Wired, Engadget, and TechCrunch to your feed list. Once you set up your feed and find a great article on your topic, simply save it, share it, or bookmark it for later use. Additionally, you can create knowledge boards in Feedly that allow you to compile (and later share) the information in a single location. Now it's time to sort the stories you've curated. Think about your target audience when you pick out interesting articles, blogs, videos, and stories, and choose five stories that will be most meaningful to your audience. For example, if you're a small business, curate a list of the best entrepreneurial stories of the month. #2: Record Your Thoughts on Each Story in a Single Video Now it's time to record your thoughts on video. At this point, you're curating the news-gathering phase for others and telling your audience why certain content is more important than other content. For this reason, it's important to have the rationale ready for why you made each decision. Be ready to explain to your audience why each story is relevant and different. Much has been written about staging and how to create great video content. But in this case, the type of video you're creating is highly personal, so staging isn't essential. The simple webcam position is enough, and helps make your audience feel they're in a chat with you. Keep in mind that poor lighting or sound will raise red flags for viewers, so leave some time for testing and retesting your look. The actual sound bites can be as short as 30 to 45 seconds, and should explain, retell, or give an opinion on the specific piece of content you're discussing. Be ready to share a quick overview of what happened or why the story is relevant. Then, give your take on the matter. Record five short snippets (one for each story) on your webcam or phone and then send them to your favorite editing software like YouTube. If you're a novice to video editing, check out these simple video editing techniques. In building the actual video, how well you incorporate music, graphics, and images in your video will affect the quality. Regardless, even five quick audio clips of you talking can get your audience's attention. #3: Share Your Video Multiple Times Once you've completed the video, the next step is to create a post to share each relevant headline on your social channels, and include your video. By following best practices on social sharing, you should be able to use a trending hashtag to find like-minded consumers. You can also head over to Google Trends. From there you can map, chart, and study search patterns both globally and regionally. Make notes of the stories that generate a lot of activity, as well as any hashtags associated with those stories. When you share content from a written article, give the journalist or blogger who wrote the piece a shout-out. For example, tag them in a Facebook post, mention them in a tweet, and tag them in a LinkedIn update. This can encourage that person to share your take on the piece. From there, you should tweet influential people who have voiced their opinion on one of the stor...

Facebook Video for Marketers: Strategy for Future Success

Facebook Video for Marketers: Strategy for Future Success

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you create videos for your business? Wondering how to best leverage your videos on Facebook? To explore Facebook video strategy, I interview Jay Baer. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Jay Baer, a digital marketing and social media strategist. He authored Hug Your Haters, a book about social care, and also hosts the Social Pros Podcast and the Jay Today show. Jay discusses the differences between video on Facebook and YouTube. You'll discover the tech and tools Jay uses to produce his own videos. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Video for Marketers Facebook Versus YouTube Jay says a lot of people do very well with YouTube videos, and just as many do well with Facebook videos. However, not too many people do equally well with both because each platform has a specific use case. People watch YouTube as a replacement for television entertainment or they're searching for how-to videos. On Facebook, videos appear in the news feed and can interrupt people while they're on the platform. At Convince & Convert, Jay says they advise clients to think about what the video is and under what circumstances people will want to watch it. Based on that assessment, choose one of the platforms as the primary home for the video. I mention how views of The Last Jedi trailer on Facebook far surpassed views on YouTube within the first 30 minutes of its release. Jay responds by noting a few factors that might have contributed to that difference at that particular point in time. One is that Facebook allows users to share content with others easily. Also, Facebook defines a "view" differently than YouTube. Although we both suspect most viewers of The Last Jedi are watching the whole trailer, marketers should remember that Facebook counts 3 seconds as a view, whereas YouTube requires 30 seconds. Also, a video on Facebook may receive substantially more views immediately after it's posted but the YouTube video may receive more views in the long run, especially on a strong YouTube channel. To clarify how The Last Jedi example pertains to the everyday marketer, Jay stresses that Facebook drives exposure based on engagement. So if you put a video on Facebook and a disproportionate number of people like, comment, and share, then a disproportionate number of people will see the video in their feed. This visibility gives even more Facebook users an opportunity to share the video with somebody else, and the cycle continues. Jay sees this ripple effect every time he posts a video on Facebook. If he gets immediate engagement, then more people see it. If he doesn't, users' engagement with the video will plateau. Next we talk about streaming live video to Facebook versus YouTube. For vlogging, Jay says that you could use both Facebook and YouTube. Jay does something like this with his Jay Today show. He streams the live video first on his personal Facebook profile and posts the video file elsewhere afterward. Jay explains that Facebook's API prevents you from live-streaming anywhere else while you're streaming to Facebook Live. To stream to Facebook Live, Periscope, and YouTube Live simultaneously, you would need multiple phones or computers. That limitation is one reason Jay goes to Facebook Live first; he can't be anywhere else. He also notes that on YouTube (for now at least), you need to have 1,000 or more subscribers to stream live video from a mobile device. So YouTube's live video feature isn't as widely accessible as Facebook's. Listen to the show to hear Jay discuss his approach t...

How do I Become a Business Analyst?

by Merrill @ Best Marketing Degrees

As telecommuting and remote work rise in popularity, many organizations use complex technology to do business across great distances, stay in touch with the consumer, and even communicate internally. Technology […]

The post How do I Become a Business Analyst? appeared first on Best Marketing Degrees.

5 Social Media Management Tools to Save Time

5 Social Media Management Tools to Save Time

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you need to streamline your social media marketing tasks? Are you looking for a better way to manage multiple profiles? In this article you'll discover five social media management tools to streamline and consolidate your social media marketing efforts. Listen to this article: #1: Everypost The black and white dashboard of Everypost simplifies your business flow and makes your social media marketing a breeze. Once you log in, in the top right corner you can add accounts and choose which updates to post. You can connect your Facebook, Pinterest, Twitter, LinkedIn, Google+, and Tumblr accounts. The interface is simple. On the right, you have a cool feature that lets you pull visual content from many different sources such as Instagram, YouTube, Flickr, or Pinterest to create your own unique content to share with your audience. Most of the dashboard is reserved for typing the text of the post, shortening your URL, and scheduling the post. You have the option to post right now or schedule for later. The menu on the left side hides itself when you're working on posts, and with just one click you can access it again. It's reserved for archives, scheduling, and analytics. Everypost offers five pricing plans (one of them is free), depending on features. #2: Buffer If you're looking for software that is easy to navigate, looks simple, and can make your team more efficient, then Buffer is definitely your key to managing social media. Once you create your account, you can choose the social networks you want to add to it. On the left side, you can easily add or remove any network to your dashboard and connect your pages and profiles. Once you do that, you can use the Content tab to create and share your content. Get rich reports about your social media marketing reach on the Analytics tab. Use these analytics to improve your marketing strategy. Moving forward, use the Scheduling tab to create a custom posting schedule. If you tell Buffer to automatically post for you, you can choose the frequency of daily posting as well. Buffer offers the option of automatic posting and determines the right posting times for your brand, based on the engagement of your audience. On the right, use the Settings tab to adjust your accounts, team members, and link shortening. What most people love about Buffer is that you can add the browser extension or download the mobile app, so you can share the content you discover online, on the go! You can use Buffer for free with limited features. But if you use it for the free trial period and you love it, there's no reason to pass on the great offer, because it really does cater to all of your marketing needs in the simplest way possible. #3: SocialOomph SocialOomph offers a variety of interesting features that boost your marketing strategy. Creating an account is simple. Verify it through your email and you're ready to go. At the very top, five tabs help focus your social media management. The first step requires you to click on the Networks tab and connect your networks or groups of channels to SocialOomph. From there on you can manage each one individually. The next tab, Posting, is probably the most important. You can post updates, shorten your URLs through Bit.ly, purge your tweets and messages on Twitter, adjust scheduling times, and so forth. The third tab, Following, allows you to manage your current following or find new people to follow who might be relevant for your business. If you want to create welcome messages or instantly follow back the people who follow you, you can do that too. Finally, you can monitor your social reach and see how your strategy is working for you. The final tab, Help, lets you learn how to set up your account, follow SocialOomph on Twitter, and contact support. SocialOomph really helps you get the best out of your social media marketing. With minimal effort,

Growing Your Audience: How to Increase Your Social Following

Growing Your Audience: How to Increase Your Social Following

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use social media to build an audience for your business? Are you wondering how you can convert your audience into customers? To learn how to grow an audience that wants more and more of what you have to offer, I interview Jeffrey Rohrs for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Jeffrey Rohrs, co-host of the Social Pros Podcast and author of the new book, Audience: Marketing in the Age of Subscribers, Fans and Followers. He's also the vice president of marketing insights at Exact Target. Jeff shares why an audience is so important for marketers. You'll learn about seekers, amplifiers and joiners and how these audience types relate to your business. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Growing Your Audience Why an audience is so important for marketers Jeff explains that in his book Audience, he homes in on the concept of proprietary audience development. It's what people in social media, email marketing and even mobile have been doing, but he approaches it from a different angle. When Jeff talked to marketers about their audiences, which included Facebook fans, Twitter followers, YouTube subscribers and email subscribers, they didn't seem to have a strategy. In most cases, strategy was an afterthought or the outcome of a momentary campaign. Marketing was traditionally organized around a campaign. Jeff refers to it as a beginning, a middle and an end, then a cake to celebrate the results and then repeat it. You'll discover why audience development is a responsibility, primary to marketing. Originally marketers delivered the promise via email, but now you have to take that style of thinking into the social and mobile channels. Proprietary audiences will only be there if you build them. If not, you'll have to pay in the form of advertising. Jeff's message is to take a look at everything you do in marketing and try to optimize it to build a proprietary audience, because it gives you a huge competitive advantage. Before the Internet, creative thinkers only had to worry about great creative. They didn't have to assemble an audience because mass media did that for them. The difference today is not only coming up with the creative, but also thinking about distribution and building an audience that belongs to you—one that nobody else has access to. So when you have that great piece of content, you are able to push the button and reach your audience. You'll hear Jeff explain why it's important for businesses to have people in charge of audience development across all channels. Listen to the show to find out why proprietary audience development is the flipside of the content marketing coin. The definition of seekers, amplifiers and joiners Jeff explains that these are the three top-level audiences that marketers have exclusive access to. 1. Seekers Seekers are people who look for information or for entertainment. For example, you're a seeker when you turn on your TV and flip through the channels to find something to entertain you. You're also a seeker when you use Google or Google Maps. Search engine optimization is all about the process of delivering seekers to your website. Seekers are momentary. Once they have their fill of entertainment or find the information they need, they go away without a trace. You'll find out what you need to do with this audience type. 2. Amplifiers Amplifiers are what social media is built upon.

5 Ways to Grow Your LinkedIn Group

5 Ways to Grow Your LinkedIn Group

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more people to join your LinkedIn group? Are you looking for tips to get more exposure for your group? LinkedIn groups are a great way to generate leads and increase influence within an engaged community. In this article, you'll discover five ways to quickly build a larger membership for your LinkedIn group. Listen to this article: #1: Optimize Your Group Description One way to attract more members to join your LinkedIn group is to optimize your group description. This is the description that appears on every group page. In your description, lead with the ultimate reason why people should join your group. This is the first piece of information they see, so it makes sense to highlight your value proposition in this section. Make sure you also spell out the purpose and benefits of joining your group. You'll want to include industry keywords to make it easier for people to find your group when they're searching for groups to join. Identify four to five keywords that are most relevant to your group and use these keywords to optimize your description. Don't forget to mention that self-promotional material is not allowed; otherwise, your group will receive a lot of spammy posts from members who are only there to promote their products or services. You're looking for members who can provide actual value to your LinkedIn group. LinkedIn has a built-in feature that flags posts that are potentially self-promotional or spammy, so even if people do attempt this you can still moderate their posts. #2: Invite Your LinkedIn Connections Because LinkedIn groups are now private, you'll need to manually invite your LinkedIn connections to join. To do this, go to your group's main page and click the Invite Others button. A search box appears where you can type in the name of individual connections who meet your group's criteria. Avoid inviting people who aren't likely to be interested in joining. You can usually tell whether they're suitable by viewing their profile and job title. You can select multiple connections to invite. If you plan to invite as many as possible, start with the letter A, and work your way down to Z. This is the only way to invite a large number of connections. It's important to note that inviting connections does vary by group type. For example, in standard groups, anyone can invite connections to join, but only group managers and owners can pre-approve members and invite them by email address. With unlisted groups, only owners and managers can invite members. Plus, an invitation is required to join unlisted groups. #3: Ask Colleagues and Peers to Promote Your Group Do you know someone with a massive database in your target market? How about someone who runs a digital publication in your niche? Consider asking relevant people to promote your group to their members, and offer an incentive in return. This is how mutually beneficial relationships work, and it could result in many new members for your LinkedIn group. You want to sound as human as possible when doing this type of outreach. Avoid using automation platforms, because most people can tell when you're using one. One-to-one email works best. When you compose your outreach email, start by suggesting you have a new channel that their audience could receive tremendous value from. Use bullet points when identifying this information to make it easier for the recipient to read. If you don't have many industry contacts, consider spending more time working on your personal brand. #4: Send a Newsletter to Your Email Database The importance of growing an engaged email database is well documented. In fact, according to the 2016 B2B Marketing Outlook Report, 60% of marketers are set to conduct more email marketing campaigns in 2016, highlighting its importance. As when doing influencer outreach to your target market, you should create one-on-one emails that are short and to the point an...

26 Creative Tips and Tools for Social Media Marketers

26 Creative Tips and Tools for Social Media Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you a busy social media marketer? Do you want better tools and tips to simplify your job? Looking for ways to increase your visibility or productivity? In this article you’ll discover the best tips and tools shared on the Social Media Marketing podcast so far this year. Listen to this article: #1: The Great Suspender If you use Google Chrome a lot and jump from tab to tab, you'll notice it can hog resources from your system. The Great Suspender is a Google Chrome extension that keeps some of those tabs from running; it suspends them. Activate the extension and you can set it up with different variables. For example, you can set it to suspend your tabs after 20 seconds, you can specify to not suspend pinned tabs or set it to auto-suspend if you're on battery. (It's kind of like TripMode, discussed in a previous podcast, that manages which programs use your data when you're connected to WiFi.) You can also set it to auto-unsuspend tabs or require a click to unsuspend. The Great Suspender is a free Google Chrome plugin. #2: Goofy App Goofy, an unofficial Facebook Messenger client for Mac, lets you use Facebook Messenger without having to go to Facebook. Using the app, you can message people on Facebook without getting into the time suck that is Facebook when you have other things to do. Keep the app in the dock. Then when you need to send a message, just open it up. It’s much less distracting than going into Facebook on desktop or checking it on your phone. Goofy is a free app. #3: TripMode TripMode is a Mac laptop tool that will give you freedom to decide which apps are able to connect to the Internet using the data on a mobile device. Perfect for when you  sync your iPhone to your laptop and use it as a mobile hotspot. After you install TripMode, an icon will appear in the menu bar that allows you to choose to launch TripMode automatically when you connect to a mobile hotspot or turn TripMode on manually. You can also see data usage for each app and manage them individually. For example, you can check or uncheck Dropbox, Google Chrome, Mail, etc. TripMode offers free and paid versions. #4: Soovle.com Soovle.com is a great tool to use when you're looking for interesting keywords to use in your blog posts or advertising. It's also an excellent way to see how different search results look across social channels and search engines. Go to Soovle, type in a phrase or keyword and you'll see what comes up on Google, YouTube, Bing, Yahoo!, Wikipedia, Answers.com, eBay, Weather Channel, Netflix and more. For example, I entered "native video." On Google, I got native video advertising examples, native video and native video advertising. On YouTube, I got Native American music and Native American flute. On Yahoo!, I got Native Americans and on Bing I got Native foods. Soovle is a free service. #5: HiddenMe HiddenMe is a Mac tool that will hide all of the icons on your desktop when you launch it. If you're about to do a screenshare or a presentation, instead of putting everything on your desktop away, you can hide it. It's the equivalent of throwing everything in the closet when you have guests coming over. HiddenMe is a free app. #6: Noisli Noisli is more than a white noise generator, it's a sound environment creator available through your web browser or the iOS app. When you need to cancel out the noise in a loud location or add noise to a quiet one, Noisli lets you choose from a variety of sounds such as rain, white noise, different oscillating fans, café sounds, library sounds and more. You can even use a single sound or a combination, and change sound environments whenever you want. Now you won't feel like you're sitting in your office all day when you're working on your projects. Noisli is a free service. #7: Facebook Paper If you don't want to install Messenger for whatever reason,

Facebook Advertising 101: How to Get Started With Facebook Ads

Facebook Advertising 101: How to Get Started With Facebook Ads

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you considering running Facebook ads? Have you tried Facebook ads but have had little success? To discover how to run successful Facebook ad campaigns, I interview Amy Porterfield. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Amy Porterfield, co-author of Facebook Marketing All-in-One for Dummies and host of the Online Marketing Made Easy podcast. She's also the former Facebook community manager for Social Media Examiner. Amy will explore what you need to know to get started with Facebook ads, plus you'll discover the benefits of running Facebook ad campaigns. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Advertising 101 How Amy got started in social media and Facebook Amy became interested in social media when she was still in the corporate world. She worked for Tony Robbins for about six and a half years as director of content development. In that last year Tony got heavily into social media (he did his own Twitter), and Amy worked on Tony's Facebook page. Amy got the entrepreneurial bug, and knew she wanted to go out on her own. She fell in love with social media and she knew that was the area to pursue. While still in the corporate sphere, Amy started educating herself. She asked to be involved with anything related to online marketing and social media. About a year later, she took the leap and left the corporate world. Amy started by doing social media consulting, but eventually built a business around online training courses related to social media marketing. Listen to the show to discover how Amy and I first connected, and our first experience at Blog World. Why use Facebook ads? Facebook does a lot to help marketers find their ideal audience online. Amy believes the targeting capabilities on Facebook are far more advanced than any other social media platform. Facebook allows people to get in front of their perfect audience on a regular basis. Amy breaks down the Facebook targeting options. If you've built up a Facebook business page and have a few thousand fans, start with targeting them. It's the cheapest way to target on Facebook, since you don't pay as much when you target your own fans versus a cold audience. The next thing to do is create a lookalike audience of your own fan base. You tell Facebook that you have these fans, and you want to target people who are similar in likes, interests, activities and behavior. Facebook will give you an audience that's very similar to the one you've already attracted. Then upload your email list to Facebook. Facebook will compare it to their database, and when they find a match, they put the contact in a bucket. This allows you to target people who are already on your email list with a new opportunity. Also, take that email list and ask Facebook to find a lookalike audience. Amy adds a couple of other targeting options to the mix. Target fans of other Facebook pages, such as your competitors or people who are aligned with your business. Amy says the reason she mentioned the other options first is that sometimes when people are first starting out and go to look for similar interests, they struggle to find Facebook pages to pop up. For example, when you put together your ad, if you type "Amy Porterfield" in interests, her page will likely pop up, and you can target her fans. But a lot of pages won't populate, Amy explains. Facebook says it has to do with trending, activity, engagement and how many fans you have. Amy suggests trying to find five pages and target their fans. Another one of Amy's favorite techniques is to re...

The 7 Best Spring Beauty Campaigns

The 7 Best Spring Beauty Campaigns


NewBeauty

Our favorite celebrities can help you get the season started on a very beautiful note

7 Ways to Track Your Social Media Marketing Activities

7 Ways to Track Your Social Media Marketing Activities

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you tracking your social media marketing results? Do you know where to find metrics to help you improve? Tracking social activity helps you attract a higher-quality following, communicate more effectively and provide content that resonates with your audience. In this article you’ll discover seven ways to track metrics and improve your social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Discover Optimal Times to Post Use a tool like SumAll to track metrics such as what times of the day you get the most engagement and which content types work best for your social posts. As you gather these insights, start scheduling your posts at optimal times. Make other changes as well, such as a different content type or voice, to connect with and grow your audience. #2: Examine the Reach of a Keyword on Twitter To track the reach of a specific keyword or hashtag on Twitter, use a tool like TweetReach. For example, if you're running a campaign with an associated hashtag, you can determine how far your hashtag traveled over a given time frame. TweetReach's free service will look at 1,500 tweets for a given keyword. For example, below are the results for a search for the hashtag #MondayBlogs. The results show that the term had a reach of nearly 211,000 accounts. TweetReach also shows you the most influential accounts that help spread your message and makes it easy for you to engage with them. With the premium service, you can track a hashtag over weeks or months to see how your campaign is spreading on Twitter. #3: Research Your Competition If you want to know where your competitors excel and where they're falling short on social, use a tool like Rival IQ to find out. Why is this good to know? If your competitors are tanking on Snapchat, for example, chances are you will too. Or if your competitors aren't on Snapchat, it might be worth a look to see why. Maybe they were on the platform previously and it didn't work out, or perhaps it's just a venue they haven't explored yet. A recent blog post from Rival IQ reveals engagement rates for Shopify and their competitors, complete with detailed graphics showing where each company has a social presence and where they get the most interaction. You may find some of the results surprising. For example, Shopify gets the most engagement on Instagram. That's probably not the first place you'd think people would go for an ecommerce solution, but Shopify is connecting well there. #4: Identify Industry Influencers Use a tool like BuzzSumo to identify who the influencers are in your field and what they're talking about. Then connect with those people, talk to them and make sure you're responding to them when they tweet you. Beyond that, you can use BuzzSumo to find out which posts are getting the most action, discover relevant keywords you may have been unaware of and find new Twitter chats to participate in. You can also see who shared the best content so you can target your following habits in the hope that they'll follow you back. Filter your results if you want to see what video is performing best or for details on infographics, for example. You can go back for a year, which is particularly useful if you have season-specific content. All in all, BuzzSumo gives you insights on how to word your posts and whom to engage with for growth on which social platform. It's a great tool for fine-tuning how you present your content on social media. Check out how your own posts rank to make sure that you're improving over time. #5: Determine Website Traffic Sources With a customized landing page, you can measure many metrics, the most basic of which is just where website traffic is coming from. Say you're spending 10 hours a week crafting Twitter posts because you're certain that your audience is there. If you then discover that your Facebook landing page is driving more traffic, you can streamline your efforts either by reducing the...

5 Ways to Improve Your Social Media Results

5 Ways to Improve Your Social Media Results

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is your social media audience losing interest? Do you want to tap into your followers' emotions? Using psychology to connect with your target audience is a powerful way to engage and motivate them to take action. In this article you'll discover five psychology principles you can use to improve your social media marketing results. Listen to this article: #1: People Prefer Stories to Stats In Made to Stick: Why Some Ideas Survive and Others Die, authors Chip and Dan Heath share research that reveals we're more likely to donate when we hear the story of an individual in need rather than data about an entire impoverished area. Even though a region's suffering has a larger impact than that of an individual, the individual's story is appealing because we have an emotional response when hearing the experiences of others, not statistics and abstract information. To apply this principle to your social media marketing, tell a story to reach your audience emotionally. Guinness does this well through their marketing campaigns. Rather than spout information or simply show a scene, this ad takes the viewer through a complicated situation that gradually unfolds to reveal the outcome. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rx0MRawkrj4 Ads like this one follow the "show, don't tell" principle. They lead audience members through a story they need to interpret for themselves based on the actions of the characters. Your social media content can impress your audience and be more memorable if you share a personal experience; whether it's your own or someone else's. By creating a journey with a resolution, you can make an emotional impact on your viewers. #2: Personal Benefits Generate Interest Expressing how people can benefit from your product or service will help you increase engagement on social media. Taco Bell's Twitter account socially engages its audience with its witty and interactive tweets. Most importantly, the people behind the account understand what makes people tick. Take a look at this popular tweet. Who wouldn't like a free meal? Imagine what people are thinking as they watch the World Series. They're likely hoping someone steals a base with the promise of free breakfast from Taco Bell. This keeps the brand at the top of its audience members' minds. Of course, you don't have to give everyone in the country a free breakfast to garner attention. There are other effective methods to let people know what you or your product can do for them. Taco Bell's strategy shows that captivating the audience begins with thinking about what they want, first and foremost. Apple famously focused on the consumer when Steve Jobs described the iPod as "1,000 songs in your pocket." Now imagine if he had described the features instead: high storage and smooth texture. People would probably be thinking, "So what? How does this apply to me?" httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6SUJNspeux8 The next time you share something about your brand on social media, explain or show why it will make a difference in people's lives. #3: Social Proof From Peers Increases Trust These days, reviews and testimonials on products and services are available at the click of a button. Consider a 2008 study that involved hanging public-service messages on residents' doors, asking them to use fans instead of air conditioning. Results found that telling a group that 77% of their neighbors were using fans was more effective than mentioning residents could save $54 a month. What our peers do, impacts our decision-making. Crate and Barrel's website invites customers to leave reviews for products and gives them the option of uploading a picture. Pictures help other potential customers visualize how the product would look in a home setting. There are a number of ways to create social proof; show Facebook likes and post testimonials to tell your audience about how popular your product is.

Dove's ridiculous new body wash bottles are the apotheosis of its "real beauty" campaigns

Dove's ridiculous new body wash bottles are the apotheosis of its "real beauty" campaigns


Quartz

All soap bottles—I mean, women—are beautiful as they are.

26 Ways to Use Video for Your Social Media Marketing

26 Ways to Use Video for Your Social Media Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to add video to your social media marketing? Looking for ways to increase video views and engagement? In this article, you'll discover 26 ways to use video to improve your social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Experiment With Video Lengths When it comes to the ideal video duration, a lot depends on the type of video you want to share with your audience. Testing different video lengths will give you an idea of what works best for you. Before you get started shooting or editing your video, you should know the maximum video lengths per platform. These include: Facebook: 120 minutes Twitter recommends keeping videos under 30 seconds Instagram: 60 seconds Snapchat: 10 seconds Vine: 6 seconds Note: While you don't have to reach the maximum time length, you're not allowed to go over it. If you really want to get around the maximum video duration on social media platforms, you can post a link to a YouTube video, which will allow you to share longer content. Unfortunately, this doesn't work on Instagram, where you can't share links except in ad campaigns. #2: Optimize for Autoplay Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram offer Autoplay as a feature. When users scroll through their news feeds, your video automatically plays as it passes over their screen. This encourages users to watch your video, because it's already playing. Feature movement within the first few frames to enhance the Autoplay feature and grab attention quickly. There is a caveat, however. Users are more likely to turn off Autoplay on their mobile devices to reign in unwanted data charges. Alternatively, you can target longer video campaigns to desktop users and see if that increases your views and engagement overall. Though Autoplay helps increase views when Facebook and Twitter users have it enabled, be careful not to count on it too much. #3: Add Subtitles Social media connects us with users whom we may not interact with otherwise, and brands that are as inclusive as possible will have the best results. Adding subtitles to your videos lets users watch them on their mobile devices even if they're in a place where they can't or don't want to play the accompanying sound (like a waiting room or a plane). More importantly, adding video subtitles will allow those who are hearing-impaired to watch and get all of the information. It's easy to add subtitles to your video from your computer with any video editing tools. You can also add subtitles to Facebook videos by uploading SRT files with your video. #4: Broadcast Live Facebook Live video lets businesses and users broadcast videos to their audiences in real time from their smartphones. You can see the number of users watching and users can comment on the video in real time. You can also address comments directly as the video plays. One study found that viewers spend 3x more time watching live videos than videos that aren't broadcasting in real time. Users automatically opt in to get notifications when someone they follow is "going live," which increases visibility. Once your live video is complete, you can save your live video to your timeline so users who missed it live can watch it later. Periscope and Blab also provide platforms for live video sharing. #5: Grab Attention Early It's vital to grab your audience's attention within the first few seconds of your video. You need to capture viewers' interest within the first 10 seconds (or less) or they'll stop watching and move on to something else. This forces you to be concise and get right to the point. Vine's success with six-second videos proves it's possible to catch a user's interest in 10 seconds or less. Within the first few seconds, the following video tells viewers what it'll be about, and offers a solution to a problem. Hooks are an important part of capturing interest, because they explain why viewers should care or be interested.

6 YouTube Tips to Improve Your Search Rank

6 YouTube Tips to Improve Your Search Rank

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are your YouTube views falling? Do you need to rank higher in YouTube search results? Understanding how you can take advantage of YouTube's algorithm will help your channel and videos be seen by more people. In this article you'll discover how to make your video rank higher in YouTube search results. Listen to this article: #1: Align Content Development With Viewer Searches To get a leg up on your YouTube competition (which may be targeting irrelevant topics or subjects), find the exact words and phrases people use to search for content like yours on YouTube. You can use both free tools (like Keyword Tool and YouTube Trends) and paid tools (VideoCents and vidIQ, for example), to get insights into what people are searching for on YouTube. The paid tools give a bit more data, but their true value comes from providing a sense of how hard it is to rank for specific terms. Here's an example of some inline keyword insights on the word 'vine' from VidIQ. You're looking to find the sweet spot, where a keyword is getting a good number of searches but isn't overly competitive. What constitutes a good number of searches will vary by industry or market. After you've identified the best keywords, you can use them when creating and publishing your content. Create Videos People Search For Hank Green's SciShow searched for the most asked questions about science and created an entire series of videos to answer them. This tactic earned the channel millions of views across the series. Optimize Your Video for How Viewers Search For all its power, YouTube still finds it difficult to read video content, so you need to tell the platform exactly what your video is about. You do this through the video's meta data. If you use your keywords strategically (without spamming), you'll be much more likely to rank for your chosen keywords, as YouTube knows that your video is related to these terms. Include your keywords in the video title (as close to the start as possible), the description, tags and transcript file (the script should contain targeted keywords). Check out this example, which ranks #2 for the search term "video marketing." The keyword is visible in the title and description. You'll also find the keyword in the tags. It's even included in the subtitles. With strategic keyword optimization like this, it's no surprise that this video ranks so high for such a competitive keyword. #2: Maximize Video Watch Time Watch time is YouTube's most important ranking factor. It's a simple fact: If you don't have strong watch times, your videos will be demoted in search. Remember that it's all about what percentage of the video is watched, not just total minutes (though it's best to increase both). Michael Stevens of Vsauce is successful at getting his YouTube audience to stick around. Even though his videos are over 10 minutes long, they routinely log hundreds of thousands of views. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O2jkV4BsN6U He gets straight to the point in answering the title question, and uses his personality and intelligence to pique people's curiosity again, steering the conversation to a different but related topic. Take a cue from Michael and consider removing long intros and outros. Get people to watch more of your video, and YouTube knows that you're providing value to those viewers. YouTube will reward you by suggesting the video to more people and ranking the video higher in search. #3: Drive Longer Channel Sessions This may seem like a no-brainer, but try to get people to watch more than just one of your videos. All channels want this of course, but not all of them actively encourage viewers to watch more videos. This tactic has more benefits than meet the eye. If your channel consistently starts people off on long YouTube sessions (even if they go off and watch videos on other channels), your channel will be rewarded by YouTube's algorithm,

The 11 Best Corporate Storytelling Examples of All Time – Oz Content

The 11 Best Corporate Storytelling Examples of All Time – Oz Content


Oz Content

Check out this list of awesome corporate storytelling examples to jumpstart your company's content marketing game.

Online Reviews for Local Businesses: What Marketers Need to Know

Online Reviews for Local Businesses: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you own or manage a local business? Are you leveraging the full power of online reviews? To discover how to leverage online review services, I interview Martin Shervington. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Martin Shervington, one of the world's leading experts on Google+ and Google for Business. As a trainer, speaker and consultant, he helps marketers understand how to best utilize Google's services. Martin will explore online reviews for local businesses. You'll discover how to get reviews for your business, as well as how to respond to negative reviews. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Online Reviews for Local Businesses Google for business In June 2014 Google launched Google My Business, which simplifies how people set up pages. Part of this is for local businesses, so they can appear on a map, get reviews and so on. Martin has been doing research on this and says businesses are not quite connecting the dots on Google+ marketing and using this powerful tool. He says as of last year, only 37% of businesses had claimed their Google listing, 63% have not. Listen to the show to discover more about Google My Business. The impact of reviews Martin has spoken to hundreds of businesses (owners and staff) about reviews. People use reviews as a socialized way to judge the businesses around them, which get more customers as a result of reviews. For example, Martin shares, Tasty Thai in San Mateo can attribute thousands of dollars of revenue to one single positive Yelp review from a guy who had been to Thailand and loves their Thai food. At the moment Yelp has a lot of people's attention, and Martin hopes Google reviews will get to that level as well. Reviews can bring tourists, new people and new business. The downside is there's the potential for negative reviews. "[Businesses have to have] good service, good product and sometimes be willing to say when you haven't got it 100% right," Martin says. Listen to the show to hear about an amazing experience I had while traveling, based on a Yelp review. Google listings Martin explains how Google sometimes auto-generates a business listing, and a lot of people's businesses are listed without them knowing about it. To determine if your business has an auto-generated listing, Google your location to see if anything comes up. If it doesn't, go to Google.com/business to set one up. If it is already set up, click where it says "claim this listing," so you can control uploading photos, reply to posted reviews and more. When you set up a page on Google they verify it by phone or by mail. There are two different types of local pages, Martin continues, a storefront and a service area. If you run your business from home, say you are a service area to hide your address. Once you've claimed your property or set up your page from scratch, there are several things you can do: change the profile image (which is the icon people see when you make comments or reply to reviews), change your cover photo, manage your photos, add what you do to the description area, post on that Google page, reply to reviews, share reviews and more. You can even embed the best reviews on your website. This is how you take the social proof you get from reviews and spread it onto your website. The Google My Business dashboard provides a higher-level frame-of-reference around the things that are connected to your business, such as analytics, your YouTube channel, the page insights and the Google+ page itself.

How to Create a Fan Content Campaign in 7 Easy Steps

How to Create a Fan Content Campaign in 7 Easy Steps

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Have you considered collaborating with your fans? Do you know how to create a user-generated content campaign? When you include fans, you not only increase brand awareness and reach, but also collect great content that can be repurposed to achieve other business goals. In this article you'll discover how to run a successful user-generated content campaign for your business in seven steps. Listen to this article: Why Fan Content? Social media and smartphones have made it easy for customers to create high-quality content and distribute it to their personal networks. In many ways, social sharing has become modern-day word-of-mouth marketing. Every time customers share a photo of your products or services, your brand receives a mark of social validation. These posts serve as online endorsements that are interpreted as objective and authentic. Contests and campaigns are among the most effective ways to encourage fans to post photos and videos about your brand. Why? Interactive social campaigns give your customers an explicit reason to upload and share great content with their social followings. In turn, their followers will engage with this content and your brand's organic reach will grow. Here's how to run a social campaign to generate great fan content for your brand. #1: Find or Create an Evergreen Hashtag To track the content that your customers will post online, you need to create an evergreen hashtag that represents your brand as a whole. It can be anything from #yourbrandname (#Nike, for example) to #missionstatement (#JustDoIt). Even if you haven't promoted a brand hashtag, your customers may have created one for you. Once you've created or identified your hashtag, make sure that it's highly visible. Display it in your social posts, in your email signatures, on package inserts and on your website. The goal is to make it easy for customers to discover your hashtag and interact with your brand. Here, One Kings Lane has placed their branded hashtag, #MyOKLstyle, on a package insert that encourages customers to share their post-purchase experience online. #2: Map Campaign Goals to Business Goals After you've established your evergreen hashtag, outline what you want your social campaign to accomplish. Why are you asking customers to post and share photos of your products or services online? The goal of your campaign can be anything. Decide whether you want to increase followers on Instagram, generate more leads, increase sales or simply collect more usable content for your brand. What's important is to find your focus and identify how your social campaign will help you achieve your business goals. Country Club Prep wanted to augment their brand lifestyle by using customer photos to represent their preppy style. Using the hashtag #PrepInABox, the company created a customer photo gallery on their website to showcase how their products are worn by everyday people. #3: Choose Social Networks Now that you've laid the foundation for your campaign, you need to decide which social platforms to use for conducting your collection and outreach. Remember that the channels you choose should reflect your target audience. The best place to reach potential customers is on the platforms that they're already active on. Don't know where to start? Here's a breakdown of the demographics for each social network. Decide what network is the best fit for your target audience and start asking customers to submit content to your campaign. #4: Reward Loyal Customers Offering prizes, free product samples, discounts or even public recognition is a great way to boost participation in your campaign. These are all strong incentives to get your customers posting. To spark conversation around your social campaign online, it's important to recognize your most loyal customers. Thank them for being brand advocates and delight them with prizes and discounts.

YouTube Success: How to Create a Successful YouTube Channel

YouTube Success: How to Create a Successful YouTube Channel

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use video in your marketing? Are you wondering how YouTube can help promote your business? To learn about how to get started with marketing your business with YouTube, I interview Gideon Shalwick for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Gideon Shalwick, an online video marketing expert. His blog and YouTube channel help businesses understand how to achieve success with YouTube. He also wrote the ebook Rapid Video Blogging. Gideon shares why YouTube is increasingly important for your business. You'll learn about the strategies you need to succeed and how to promote your videos to grow your audience. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: YouTube for Business Why is YouTube important for business? Over the last year or two, Gideon has seen a huge increase in interest from businesses when it comes to YouTube. In the past, it was hard to try to use YouTube as a business tool. Back then, people used it for different reasons. Today businesses have started to wake up to the opportunities. YouTube's statistics show more than 1 billion unique users to their site each month. There's over 6 billion hours of video watched each month on YouTube. That's almost an hour for every person on earth. This number has increased by 50% from last year. There are 100 hours of video uploaded to YouTube every minute. According to Nielsen, YouTube reaches more U.S. adults ages 18–34 than any other cable network. When you take these statistics into account, you can see where your potential target audience is. YouTube is also an amazing tool to make good connections with your audience. Now that people can consume video on their smartphones, the mobile uptake has been phenomenal. Gideon shares how more and more people have started to watch YouTube videos on their television screens. If you look at videos that went viral on YouTube in 2012, 8 out of 10 were not your average cat or baby video, they were all professionally produced by someone who knew what they were doing. It's a sign that the game has changed on YouTube. Gideon believes we are still at the start of the game when it comes to the opportunity available for business exposure. Our 2013 Social Media Marketing Industry Report shows that 69% of marketers plan on increasing their YouTube marketing in 2013. You'll hear Gideon's story of how he got started with YouTube and discovered how it was good for business. Listen to the show to find out why there are no competitors on YouTube, only collaborators. What you should think about when planning your YouTube strategy Gideon states that you need to be very strategic when you set up your YouTube channels. A lot of people think that it's about the views, but that's not the case. When Gideon thinks about his own strategy and when he helps others, he always starts with the Hedgehog Concept. You'll learn how this concept relates to two different kinds of businesses. The concept is defined as the overlap of three things: Your area of passion Your area of skill or the thing that you can become the best at How you can make money from it When these three things overlap like a Venn diagram, the middle is your Hedgehog Concept. You'll learn how this can help you identify your target audience's needs. The effort you put into it will help you grow your business for long-term success. Gideon believes the two functions that YouTube offers for business are exposure and relationshi...

#DoorsOfIndia: Tata Pravesh seamlessly blends content and influencer marketing in this visually stunning digital campaign

by Vinaya @ Lighthouse Insights

Always open a door, they say. You never know what surprise awaits you on the other side. Some doors lead you to bliss, some are plain enchanting, some when opened...

What Does A Ghostwriter Do?

by Yana Young @ Mediabistro

You’re a fantastic writer and the best collaborator ever. In college, you were the mastermind behind every group project. You’ve also got an actor’s talent for capturing others’ voices—on paper. You’re searching for a big-paying job, but you don’t really care about all that glory and fame stuff. Any of this check off your boxes?...

The post What Does A Ghostwriter Do? appeared first on Mediabistro.

The Biggest Challenge with Health Care Advertising? Health Care Advertising

by Heath Rudduck @ The Buzz Bin

The challenge with most health care advertising, is health care advertising. If you take any campaign and do the old “swap the logo” trick, you quickly realize that the plethora […]

Read more

The post The Biggest Challenge with Health Care Advertising? Health Care Advertising appeared first on The Buzz Bin.

What can I do with a Bachelors in Marketing?

by Merrill @ Best Marketing Degrees

FACT: Bachelor’s Degrees in Marketing Have an Excellent Career Outlook Every website, company, and governing body you see has practiced the principles of marketing, whether they know it or not. […]

The post What can I do with a Bachelors in Marketing? appeared first on Best Marketing Degrees.

Facebook Marketing Mistakes: What to Avoid and Why

Facebook Marketing Mistakes: What to Avoid and Why

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you struggling to make Facebook marketing work for your business? Many marketers don't know how to connect with their audience on Facebook in a meaningful way for their business. To learn how to get Facebook marketing right, I interview Brian Carter for our new Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This New Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a brand-new show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Brian Carter, author of The Like Economy and LinkedIn for Business. Brian shares insights into the common struggles and misconceptions marketers have with Facebook marketing today. You'll learn what to focus your efforts on and a few simple tactics that work. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Marketing for Business The misconceptions marketers have about Facebook. Brian explains why constant promotion is boring and what marketers should do instead. He describes how marketers should be using Facebook, and if you are not already on Facebook how to check it out and interact. You'll learn why it's all about selling the dream and bridging the gap. One thing to do is to have a vision of the life that your customer is trying to live and portray that through photos and maybe even videos. Brian shares some examples of businesses doing this well.  One of these businesses creates their own someecards. Discover how you can test this kind of tactic in your Facebook marketing. Listen to the show to find out how you can create cool stuff to get people to start sharing more of your content. The biggest mistakes marketers repeatedly make on Facebook. Brian describes the 5 things you need to do to sell on Facebook as shown on his Facebook Diagram below and outlines the mistakes marketers make at each one of these steps. Once you have your fans and you have reached them, you still need to persuade them. Listen to the show to find out how to make Facebook marketing work for your business. The Facebook metrics you need to pay attention to and why Consider the possibility that your business might be having trouble because people may not be aware of you or they're not engaging. You might not be showing up in their news feed or maybe you're showing but they're not buying for some reason. Look at the metrics to figure out which part you're having trouble with. You'll learn how to balance the number of fans on your Facebook page with the effective reach of your Facebook marketing and what Brian considers "trash-can metrics." Listen to the show to learn how to determine the metrics that matter most to your business. How B2B businesses can approach Facebook marketing Brian discusses the different options to target B2B customers on Facebook and feed people into your sales funnel. When it comes to ads, you need to have passionate fans. Your fans have to be passionate, affordable and they need to be buyers.  Discover how to get to know your customers in Facebook terms. Ask "What other things do your customers like?" There are a couple of tools for finding out your fans' likes: Optim.al and Infinigraph. Listen to the show to find out more about qualifying your audience on Facebook. Brian shares his best Facebook marketing tip: Share a photo and give a call to action such as "Click Like if..." To find out more about Facebook, check out our first podcast episode with Mari Smith, who shares insights on Facebook mobile. Survival Tip: Use Images on Facebook Recently Mari Smith and I experimented with this and it really does work. If you want to get maximum exposure for what you share on Facebook, use images to dominate Facebook news feeds.

Twitter for Business: What Smart Marketers Are Doing With Twitter

Twitter for Business: What Smart Marketers Are Doing With Twitter

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Twitter to promote your business? Want to discover how to connect with your audience and engage on Twitter? To learn how to use Twitter for business, I interview Laura Fitton. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Laura Fitton, co-author of Twitter for Dummies. She's also founded OneForty (a Twitter app store) and now she is the Inbound Marketing Evangelist at HubSpot. Laura and I will explore Twitter marketing. You'll discover how to market yourself on Twitter, develop relationships using the platform and more. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter for Business How Laura got into Twitter When Twitter first went big in April 2007, Laura was not immediately on board. Laura admits she even blogged about how stupid she thought Twitter was. The following month she gave it one more shot. Within 24 hours, Laura's opinion changed. She followed a bunch of fascinating people, and saw first-hand how Twitter makes you feel connected. Laura feels she got the hang of it within a month, went to her first Tweetup and the beginning of June put her Twitter handle on her business cards. She thought Twitter would be big. In 2008 she reached out to Wiley Publishing because she wanted to write a book that would break down why Twitter was taking off. She never finished that proposal. She did, however, make several friends at Wiley through Twitter. She reached out to one of them and asked who to talk to about her book. They were looking for someone to write Twitter for Dummies. A match was made. The first edition of Twitter for Dummies came out the same time Laura launched OneForty. Listen to the show to find out how Laura came up with the name for Pistachio consulting and why she used it for Twitter. How to be successful on Twitter Laura hears a lot of the same questions about Twitter all the time: "How do I get more followers?" "What do I tweet about?" "What is the point of Twitter? What is the value for my business?" Laura believes people need to center everything they do on Twitter around who they want to read it. You need to figure out who the perfect customer is for your business and what they actually need. Start by writing a Twitter mission statement on your profile that addresses who the account is for and what value it delivers. Whenever you are deciding what to tweet, see if it fits your mission. The other great thing about a mission statement, Laura adds, is that it lets others simply articulate what your account is about, who should follow it and why. The key to being successful on Twitter is sharing the right information, whether it's your own links or other content. Laura adds that you can get away with a fair amount of self-promotion, if you provide information that helps people, especially the people who would make a good customer for you in the first place. In his book What Would Google Do?, Jeff Jarvis said, "Do what you do best and link to the rest. You can build a valuable Twitter account that shares hardly any original content if it’s extremely well curated." Listen to the show to hear Social Media Examiner's Twitter mission statement.  Businesses doing Twitter right Laura shares two personal Twitter experiences. One with Canada Goose Inc and another with Verizon. In both cases she had a specific customer-service need. With Verizon, she had a wire down on her street. With Canada Goose Inc she had an order for a hard-to-find jacket cancel out. In both cases she said on Twitter.“Hey @company.

Video Blogging: How to Create Consistent YouTube Content

Video Blogging: How to Create Consistent YouTube Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you create videos to promote your business? Have you considered starting a regular video blog? To explore vlogging, I interview Amy Schmittauer. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Amy Schmittauer, an online video expert. She founded Vlog Boss Studios and regularly produces awesome content for her YouTube channel, Savvy Sexy Social. She's also the author of the brand-new book, Vlog Like a Boss: How to Kill It Online with Video Blogging. Amy explores how video blogging can help your business. You'll discover what you need to start your own video blog. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Vlog Like a Boss What Is Vlogging? The term vlog builds off the word blog, and a vlog is simply a blog in video form. In a vlog, you can share anything you might do in a blog post, such as a tutorial or a story from your life. Consistency is best for vlogging. If you post a vlog here and there, you won't gain much traction. Amy says most vlogs that do well have a regular schedule. I ask Amy about how using YouTube for vlogging is different from the other ways people use YouTube. Amy says the purpose of a vlog is to help people discover you. Videos that may be suitable for YouTube but that don't help people discover you, such as a product commercial or an introduction to your company, don't make great vlog posts. To be discovered, think of the users who are searching for a concern, a specialty, or the answer to a question. Think about what a potential customer or audience member might want to know, create a video about the topic, and upload it to YouTube. Listen to the show to discover Amy's thoughts about vlogging on mobile apps like Snapchat and Instagram, which have video and social. Amy's Vlog When Amy launched Savvy Sexy Social, she was just getting started as a social media marketer. She thought teaching people the best way to do things on social media would to attract an audience and potential clients. She wanted her vlog to be informative and fun. She didn't want social media to feel like a chore. To juggle her content marketing with her client work, Amy says she scheduled her vlog posts to appear three days a week but she created the week's videos all in one day. She would pick three topics (which could be an app, a product, or a general social media tip), record the videos sitting in front of her bookshelf, and then edit and schedule them for the rest of the week. Amy emphasizes that people didn't have to know who she was to find her videos via search. They just needed to have a question about a topic in her videos. For instance, Amy created a video about a hack to make tweets a little longer. She thought the topic was something new that people didn't know much about, and the video became one of her popular vlog posts. The video's headline focused on the Twitter tip but the video also introduced viewers to Amy. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OJRp22IXqXY Amy shares the simple vlog format she used for a long time. She introduced her topic, delivered information about the topic that her viewers would value, and gave an actionable item that would give them results right away. Then she wrapped up with, "By the way, I'm Amy. Hope you can subscribe and stay tuned." In the last year, Amy says she's been having fun with her format so her community could get to know her a little more personally. For instance, throughout January, she documented the journey of launching a book. This approach was more of a lifecasting vlog, but her audience was learning through Amy's experience.

The Best Fashion Campaigns for Fall 2017 | The Italian Rêve

The Best Fashion Campaigns for Fall 2017 | The Italian Rêve


The Italian Rêve

Here the most interesting and original Fashion Campaigns for Fall 2017: Prada, Gucci, Miu Miu and many more have astonished us!

How to Republish, Repurpose and Reinvent Your Content Using LinkedIn Publisher

How to Republish, Repurpose and Reinvent Your Content Using LinkedIn Publisher

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to give existing content new life and greater visibility? Looking for a way to publish more often without much extra work? Use LinkedIn Publisher to consistently provide useful content for your audience, gain visibility and build your professional identity without writing anything new! In this article you’ll discover three ways to give existing content new life using LinkedIn Publisher. Listen to this article: #1: Republish Blog Posts One of the fastest ways to get started on LinkedIn is to copy and paste your complete content posts from other blogs. If you decide to go this route, there are a couple of things to keep in mind. It's important to understand how Google views duplicate content. You should wait at least two weeks after the post publishes before you republish it to LinkedIn. That gives the bots from search engines enough time to index and understand which post is the original, and rank it higher than republished content. Barry Feldman posted an article on LinkedIn a month after it originally appeared on his blog. To let readers know where to find the original post, include a sentence at the beginning or end that directs readers to the original version. This is especially important when you republish your guest post from another company's blog and it's a nice rule of thumb to adopt when you republish your own content. Readers will know where they can find more of your articles. Plus, they'll see you're honest about republishing your post. Take the time to craft a headline that's a little different and specific to the LinkedIn platform. For example, when Guillaume Decugis republishes content on LinkedIn, Medium and other syndication sites, he changes the title of each post to distinguish and optimize it. Then readers who search for the keyword will see multiple versions of the headline on the first page of search engine results. Remember, treat LinkedIn Publisher as a distribution channel, where the goal is to increase visibility and grow your audience. Send people back to your blog, so they can get to know more about you and your business. #2: Repurpose Long-Form Content Do you have robust ebooks, case studies and speeches that are too long for LinkedIn? No worries. It's easy to optimize your existing long-form blog content for LinkedIn Publisher. Take your long-form blog posts or ebooks and break them down into multiple individual posts. Include additional images and subheads too. You can even take old speeches and write them as LinkedIn posts. For example, Ann Handley (who does an excellent job of mixing new content and repurposed content into her LinkedIn Publisher posts) recently reimagined a speech published on her blog in 2013 for a LinkedIn Publisher post in 2015. #3: Use Previous Content to Inspire New Posts If you don't want to republish the same content (or even parts of it) from your blog, there are a few other options to avoid starting completely from scratch. Take a look at the analytics from your published content to see which articles performed best. Look at traffic, social media shares and any other metrics you monitor for performance. Then try to figure out what made that content so successful. One way to do this is to ask yourself questions about each post. Once you determine the source of that success, write a new article for LinkedIn that's similar. You can also go through your blog and find articles with similar themes. Then pick the big ideas from each post and turn it into a list post on LinkedIn. Include a summary paragraph or two from each post, as well as a link back to the original. Tips for LinkedIn Publisher Engagement and Visibility Whether you republish existing content verbatim or revise it, there are a few things to do to optimize it for LinkedIn. OkDork analyzed 3,000 of the most successful LinkedIn Publishing posts to come up with these helpful takeaways:

Wickes x Sckin Triple Threat Sunscreen For Builders

by Dana Beuttler @ BeautyMatter

With this product, Wickes and Sckin are effectively sending the message that sun protection should be as commonplace as a hard hat on a building site. 

The post Wickes x Sckin Triple Threat Sunscreen For Builders appeared first on BeautyMatter.

Instagram Contests: Tools and Tips for Marketers

Instagram Contests: Tools and Tips for Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to increase engagement on Instagram? Have you thought about Instagram contests? Instagram contests are a great way to get people talking about your business and increase your followers. In this article you'll discover tools and tips to help marketers run a successful Instagram contest. #1: Follow Contest Rules When you're hosting or promoting any kind of contest, you have to follow certain rules. Here are the guidelines for running an Instagram contest: Listen to this article: Don't inaccurately tag content or users, and don't encourage participants to inaccurately tag content or other users. For example, don't ask users to tag themselves in photos if they aren't actually in the photos. Acknowledge that your contest isn't associated with or supported by Instagram. You don't need a neon sign stating this. Just be sure you're not inadvertently making it seem like Instagram is endorsing your promotion. Follow proper eligibility requirements. Some businesses feature products or offer prizes that have age or residency restrictions. If you're a winery, for example, clarify that users must be 21 and older to participate. While most of these guidelines fall under the umbrella of common sense, it's important to make note of them. It's easy to forget about audience restrictions or forget to state them. #2: Pick a Contest Type If you're planning to run a promotion or contest on Instagram, you'll have to decide what type of contest to run, how it will operate and how users can participate. Here are some different types of Instagram contests to consider. Comment on the Post Contests This is a popular type of Instagram contest where you ask users to comment on your post. For example, you might ask fans what their favorite flavor of ice cream is. Asking a question generates engagement because users have to engage beyond simply liking the post. Beauty by Earth asked fans to like and comment on their Instagram post for a chance to win a free exfoliating sponge set. To follow up with contest winners, the company tagged the winners in an Instagram post with a request to privately send their contact information. Like the Post Contests Another type of Instagram contest is to ask fans to like the post that's advertising the contest. While this tactic can generate some engagement, and fans are likely to participate because it's easy to do, many businesses would rather see a more deliberate interaction like commenting. Post Your Own Photo Contests For this type of contest, you ask fans to post their own Instagram images along with the contest hashtag. Make it clear to fans which hashtag they should use to participate. That makes it easy for you to find them and lets you know who's entering the contest. Starbucks' Red Cup Contest generates a ton of engagement and attention each year. Fans are asked to post photos of their red cup moments with the hashtag #redcupcontest. Combine Contests You can also combine several of these contest types. For example, you might ask users to like your post and comment, or follow your brand and upload their own posts with a certain hashtag. Keep in mind that you don't want to ask users only to follow you, because you can't track this action effectively or reliably. #3: Choose a Tool to Manage Your Contest You'll find a number of great tools to set up, run and manage your Instagram contests. Because Instagram has made it clear that they won't be associated with or help support any contests on the platform, all of the tools available for managing contests are from third-party companies. Here are three to consider: Gleam Gleam's contest platform makes it easy to host a contest on Instagram, and comes with a slew of helpful features. The company boasts an average of four actions per user in their competitions. The interface is easy to use and straightforward, featuring a dashboard with current and scheduled competitio...

Blog Monetization: How You Can Make More Money With Your Blog

Blog Monetization: How You Can Make More Money With Your Blog

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you looking for ways to make money with your professional blog? Do you want to know how to leverage your content to monetize your site? To learn how to make more money with your blog, I interview Leslie Samuel. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. Listen to Leslie Samuel explain how you can make more money with your blog. In this episode I interview Leslie Samuel, whose Interactive Biology blog makes biology fun for students and teachers. He's also the man behind Become A Blogger, a large site dedicated to the craft of professional blogging. Leslie shares how to make more money with your blog. You'll discover the many ways you can leverage content on your blog to make money, the benefits and pitfalls of display ads and affiliate marketing and the strategy behind selling your own products and services through your site. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Blog Monetization How blogging has changed Leslie's life To say that blogging has changed Leslie's life is an understatement. It has done so much and opened so many doors for him, which is why he is so passionate about it. Blogging changed the way Leslie attracted customers to his business. In the past, he had to consciously, constantly and actively find customers. With blogging you can build a platform and if you do it right, people will actually find you. Leslie says this was a game-changer for him. The other big way blogging changed Leslie's life is that it allowed him to start making money online exclusively. Leslie started blogging 6 years ago while teaching at a Christian boarding academy. He launched the site, Interactive Biology, which explains biology concepts, one at a time, with short 3- to 5-minute videos. Leslie has since left teaching and now focuses entirely on his blogging business. Listen to the show to find out how Leslie first discovered blogging and came up with a completely unique approach to it.  The right point to begin a monetization strategy for your blog Leslie's philosophy on blog monetization has evolved over time. Where he once advised people to just start a blog and worry about making money later, he now insists that you must start to think about the monetization before you even build your blog. If you are looking to launch a professional blog, start putting things into place from the very beginning. People think of selling as a bad thing, but it's actually a way to provide more value to your audience. There's no reason to hold back from the very beginning. Listen to the show to hear how selling on your blog can be a way to provide more value to your customers and readers. Some of the most common ways bloggers make money from their sites  When it comes to making money with your blog, there's a bunch of options. The top four blog monetization strategies that you'll hear about in the show are display ads, affiliate marketing, selling your own products and providing a service. Of these monetization options, Leslie considers display ads from networks such as Google AdSense to be the simplest way to make money on your site. It requires very little work on your part, but you have to make sure you have a decent amount of traffic for this monetization strategy. Listen to the show to discover the pros and cons of display ads, as well as affiliate marketing and selling your own product or service as methods to generate more money from your blog. Best practices for display ads Relevance is the key to making money through display ads on your site. According to Leslie, there are people making as much as $10,

The Best Summer 2014 Beauty Campaigns

The Best Summer 2014 Beauty Campaigns


Allure

The summer makeup collections have arrived, and with them, dreamy, beachy advertising images. The models are smokin', and so is the makeup: warm bronzer, electric blue shadow, juicy pink lipstick. Get inspired—or should we say Pinspired?

9 Ways to Use Facebook Groups for Business

9 Ways to Use Facebook Groups for Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you participating in Facebook groups? Want to start one to support your business? Facebook groups help businesses promote products, support customers and much more. In this article I'll share nine ways Facebook groups can benefit your business. Listen to this article: #1: Sell Products As an alternative or addition to selling products or digital goods on your website, you're now able to sell in Facebook groups. Once you create a For Sale group, you'll see an option to "sell something" in your Facebook update. If you don't yet see this option in your Facebook group, take the opportunity to learn how selling works. Also nominate your group for this feature. #2: Supplement Video Training Courses If your business sells a video training course, give customers who purchase it access to a private Facebook group as part of the package. They can ask questions and get supplementary material, as well as forge a bond with other customers. It's a win-win situation for everyone. The customer can get help and additional resources for the product they purchased. Plus, it gives your business the opportunity to forge deeper connections with their customers and promote other courses and services. #3: Promote Chats Those who run a regular Twitter or online chat, or even have a running discussion on their Facebook page, may want to separate it from their business. They can do so through a Facebook group. It's a great way to promote upcoming chats and guests. Plus, you can keep the conversations focused. MediaChat uses their public group to share more information about chat guests, offer member deals and give shout-outs. Remember to let participants know about your Facebook group and page (if applicable) during your chat. This way you can continue to build up your group and online presence. #4: Establish Expertise One of the easiest ways to use Facebook groups for business is to become a resource in your field. Create a group or contribute your knowledge to one that already exists. For example, members of the Internet Marketing Super Friends group, numbering more than 13,000, pride themselves on helping other Internet marketers. Members can ask questions about SEO, get recommendations for designers and tools and more. The key thing about this type of group is to be a resource without self-promotion. (Most groups like this do not tolerate promoting content of any kind.) Use Facebook groups to be helpful and give freely of yourself. You'll be rewarded in spades as the word gets out from other members. #5: Collect Feedback Want to test out new ideas on some of your existing customers? One way to do that is to start a Facebook group to use as a think-tank for your business. Create a secret Facebook group, invite some of your best customers and openly discuss new ideas you're thinking about implementing in your business. Then gather feedback from them. This type of group provides a way to build stronger relationships with customers, while helping business owners collect honest feedback on what their customers might like. #6: Provide Customer Service Every business needs to provide a way for customers to get help. While this could be through a contact form on your website or through your Facebook page, a secret Facebook group is another option. The reason to start a secret group, instead of a closed or public one, is because secret groups can't be located in search or accessed via URL. Instead, members have to be invited. This gives you better control over adding new members. Plus, it protects your business in case you have disgruntled customers. (They won't be able to access the group unless you've invited them.) If you want to make your customer service Facebook group easy to find, create a closed group. However, be sure to state whom this group is for in the description. This will give you better control over approving and rejecting new members.

Word of Mouth: Getting Others to Talk About Your Business

Word of Mouth: Getting Others to Talk About Your Business

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want more people to talk about your brand or business? Want to discover how to get the ball rolling? To learn about word-of-mouth marketing, I interview Ted Wright. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview word-of-mouth marketer Ted Wright, author of the book, Fizz: Harness the Power of Word of Mouth Marketing to Drive Brand Growth. He's also the founder of Fizz, an agency that specializes in word-of-mouth marketing. His clients include Intuit, Pabst Blue Ribbon, Verizon, Intel and many others. In this episode Ted will explore word-of-mouth marketing. You'll discover why word-of-mouth marketing is important in the age of social media, as well as things you can do to get people talking. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Word of Mouth How Ted became interested in word-of-mouth marketing Ted talks about when he attended the University of Chicago School of Business in 1999. At that time the computer lab was basically a windowless cave with 20 rows of 20 computers each, Ted recalls. Early one morning working in the lab, he noticed the ambient light was blue. It was because the Netscape screen was mostly blue, and that's the site everyone used. After 20 minutes or so of searching fruitlessly and getting frustrated with Netscape, somebody leaned over and suggested Ted try Google, which he did. Ted's test search term was his mother's name, Dr. Lynette Wright, a fairly famous medical geneticist. However, since they share the same last name as the guys who invented airplanes, most search engines easily got confused. "Google returned my mother as the second search term, instead of eight pages deep, which was the norm for other sites," Ted shares. He kept working and 20 minutes later, Ted noticed the guy next to him getting frustrated. So Ted leaned over and explained Google to him. About four or five hours later, Ted finished working, stood up, looked around and noticed the light in the room changed from the ambient blue of Netscape to the ambient white of the Google screen. Ted, who's always trying to figure out how things work, found that very interesting. So during his second year at the University of Chicago, he blew apart the history, math, psychology and epidemiology of word-of-mouth marketing. After graduation, Ted decided to start his own business. That company, which he started 15 years ago, is now called Fizz. Listen to the show to discover the unique way in which Ted watched TiVo and Google get adopted. The importance of word-of-mouth marketing Ted defines word-of-mouth marketing as "identifying your influencers and coming up with a story that is interesting, relevant and authentic that ladders back to qualities of your brand and then sharing that story as much as possible." That's the first part. The second part, Ted says, is "creating for your influencers as many opportunities as you can as a brand or a company for them if they feel like it to share your brand's story with as many people as they would like to do so." Ted shares the word-of-mouth marketing campaign he ran for Pabst Blue Ribbon (P.B.R.) with the brand manager at the time, Neal Stewart. The goal was to get more people in America to drink P.B.R. Ted identifies the three critical components of a story being shared: Is the story interesting to influencers so they will pick it up, study it and really understand it? Is it relevant to influencers' audiences? Is it authentic the way they currently understand the brand and the category in general?

How to Find More Customers With Twitter

How to Find More Customers With Twitter

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to find new customers for your business? Have you considered searching for them on Twitter? Thanks to public updates, searchable bios and a plethora of third-party tools, you can find customers on Twitter easier than you can on any other network. In this article I'll show you how to find your current and future customers on Twitter, without advertising. #1: Start With a Strong Profile Before you start looking for potential customers on Twitter, you need to make sure that any potential customers who visit your profile know who you are and what you do. Listen to this article: Start by visiting your Twitter profile and reading your bio. Make sure that any products, services and qualifications are clearly listed in your bio, along with your website link and location. If they're not, click Edit Profile and add them. Once you're finished, save your changes. To complete your profile, make sure that you pin a tweet at the top that highlights your business, products, services, free ebook, top case study or anything else you want to promote to potential customers. You can create a new tweet for this or use one you've recently tweeted. Click on the three dots beneath your tweet to pin it to the top of your profile. Pinning the tweet ensures that potential customers don't miss the message you're trying to send them. Once your profile is set, you can start searching for potential customers on Twitter. #2: Search for Potential Customers Using Their Bios Can you identify potential customers by keywords they use to define themselves and by their location? If so, you can use Followerwonk to discover them. This Twitter search engine allows you to search for people using the criteria shown here. You then get the following search results. As a free user of Followerwonk, you need to click through to the person's profile to follow or add him or her to a Twitter list. If you want to do the latter, start by going to your Twitter profile and clicking on the Lists tab (to the left of the Edit Profile button). Scroll down to find the Create New List button. Give your list a name that you'll recognize, add a description and set the list to Private. If it's set to Public, each user you add to this list will be notified. When you visit the profile of a potential customer, you can follow that person and/or add him or her to your newly created list. To add someone to a list, click the Settings wheel icon to the left of the Follow button. Now go to your Twitter list and see the news feed of updates from the potential customers you've added to your list. Use this list to start engaging with your potential customers. #3: Get Specific Tweets Delivered to Your Inbox Do you know your potential customers' needs or pain points? Do they share them on Twitter? If they do, you can get potential customers, primed to buy, delivered directly to your inbox. Start by using Twitter search to query a few things you think your potential customers might talk about on Twitter in relation to your products or services. For example, if you have a web hosting company, you might want to search for recommend web hosting ? -http -link to find people looking for recommendations for web hosting. The -http -link­ part will remove a majority of the results that contain links, which usually won't be tweets from potential customers. Once you find a few good searches, head over to IFTTT, sign up for a free account and create a new recipe. Start by selecting Twitter as the trigger channel. Next, choose New Tweet from Search as the trigger. Paste in your Twitter keyword search that generated some potential customers. Then select your choice of an instant email, email digest or Gmail notification as the action. The best option is an instant email or Gmail, as you want to be the first person to respond. Now customize the email you want to receive.

How to Nurture Leads Using Medium Letters

How to Nurture Leads Using Medium Letters

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Wondering how to use Medium for business? Want to use Medium to engage with prospects? Medium’s Letters feature lets you communicate directly with prospects so you can build meaningful relationships with them. In this article you’ll discover how to use Letters on Medium to nurture leads. Why Medium Letters? More than just a place to publish long-form content, Medium is a social network with built-in content distribution benefits. When you connect your Medium account with your Facebook and Twitter profiles, all of your followers and friends who are on Medium automatically become your Medium followers, so you'll gain an instant audience for your content. Listen to this article: A key difference between Medium and other publishing platforms is a feature called Letters. Letters are the same as stories, except they're emailed to your followers. Depending on your followers' preferences, they may receive a daily or weekly email digest that includes the latest content from the publications and people they follow. Letters takes this one step further, allowing you to send content directly to your followers' inboxes as stand-alone items. Getting access to people's inboxes is a big deal, so Letters represents a major opportunity for marketers. As Seth Godin puts it, "Permission Marketing lets you turn strangers, folks that might otherwise ignore your unsolicited offer, into people willing to pay attention when your message arrives in an expected, appreciated way." Here's how you can use Medium's Letters feature to nurture sales leads with useful, compelling content. #1: Develop a Content Strategy When you think about your Letters content strategy, consider the relationship that this content will have with your other Medium assets. Ideally, your Letters should be more conversational, engaging, and shorter than your other stories on Medium. This type of content is most likely to perform well as a stand-alone email. You could syndicate an existing long-form post as a letter, but remember that your publications followers may have already seen this content if they follow your hosted blog or other social channels. It's best to think of Letters as something different, offering useful content beyond what people can access elsewhere. Letters unlocks your audience' inboxes, so you need to handle this privilege with care. Follow the same guidelines you always do and provide real value to your readers. Remember that with Letters, your followers can unsubscribe whenever they want, just like with traditional email marketing channels. #2: Compose and Send a Letter If you don't have a Medium account, here's a great guide for getting started on the platform. Once you're logged in, navigate to your publication's homepage. (You won't be able to access Letters from your author account because only publications can send letters.) Click the down arrow next to Following and select Letters from the menu. Now you can write the content that will go out to your followers as an email. You can use all of the same layout and media-embedding features that are available for any other type of story on Medium. Once you've completed your draft, click Email Preview, which allows you to see what the letter will look like in your followers' inboxes. If you need to make any changes to your letter, you can go back to the editor and make them. Once the letter is ready for dispatch, simply click Send, and it will go out to all of your subscribers. After you send the letter, it will also be visible in your publication's feed. #3: Engage With Your Prospects Because your letter has the same features as a regular Medium story, users can interact with it just like anything else on the site. They can discuss, mark up, and recommend your letter to other users, so keep an eye on the activity. Reply and interact with your readers to learn more about them and what they like.

How to Use Pinterest for Local Businesses

How to Use Pinterest for Local Businesses

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to connect with local customers on Pinterest? Wondering how to drive foot traffic with Pinterest? Pinterest offers local businesses a way to cultivate relationships with prospects and customers who are primed to walk through your door. In this article you'll discover how to use Pinterest to market a local business. Listen to this article: #1: Find Out What Likely Customers Are Interested In Before you do anything on Pinterest, spend some time on the platform studying the people you want to reach. You likely have an idea of who your target audience is. Are they the same people you're hoping to reach on Pinterest? Find out what your target audience is doing on Pinterest, who they follow, and what kinds of things they're pinning. Start by browsing the categories on Pinterest. Click to the right of the search box to open the drop-down category list. Click through the categories that are most relevant to your business and check out related topics. From here, you can start to see where your content and business might fit in on Pinterest. Try searching for related words in the Pinterest search bar. Pinterest's Guided Search will show you the most commonly searched words and phrases with your search term. You can also click through to the most popular pinners and pins and boards from that search term. This is a great place to find your target customers, and learn what kind of content your target customers value and how they share it. #2: Create Keyword-Friendly Boards and Profiles Now that you've identified popular topics and keywords for your target audience, you can begin building your profile. You've likely discovered some popular topics that are related to your industry. Use the interest topics you've identified for your boards. For example, if you're a hair salon, "Hair styles DIY," "Curly hair tips," and "Prom styles" might be good boards for your business. Your Pinterest profile is a perfect place to embed your keywords. This will help you get discovered on Pinterest and also on Google. Add keywords to your profile name, profile description, board titles, and board descriptions. #3: Fill Your Boards With Informative Content People come to Pinterest looking for things to learn and to buy. Now that you know what your audience finds interesting, consider what informative content you can share on your boards. This is the type of content that will get more repins and help you reach more people. Create some boards that are related to your local community. For example, if you're a restaurant, create a board to share events that are taking place in your area. If you're a vet, you could share educational content related to health and care for animals, popular pet products, and favorite places to take pets in the surrounding area. Informative content will help you extend your reach. In addition to curating that content from others, you should also create your own content. Think about what customers need to know in order to value the service you provide. What kind of customer education is needed in your industry? Create simple graphics to explain a point or a new regulation. Even for non-designers, it's easy to create informative and engaging infographics with online tools. You might also write an explainer article or create a video to show how something gets done. Share your content on Pinterest as a vertical pin. Pins perform best at 600 x 1200 (or more) pixels. Remember to write an information-rich caption to get more engagement. #4: Drive Foot Traffic and Click-throughs With Rich Pins Pinterest rich pins allow you to embed information from your website that is updated dynamically to encourage customer conversions. Here are some rich pins that might be helpful for your local business: Use article pins if you have a blog or create blog content. When you create article pins, the headline, author, and story description will automatically be pul...

How Top Brands Improve Customer Retention on Facebook

How Top Brands Improve Customer Retention on Facebook

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you nurture relationships with customers on social media? Want to decrease customer acquisition costs? When you cultivate relationships with social media, you improve customer retention and ultimately boost your bottom line. In this article I'll share how top brands use Facebook to improve customer retention, and how you can apply their tactics to your social media marketing. Listen to this article: The Value of Customer Retention It's easier to keep a customer than to acquire a new one. Gartner, Inc. statistics show that 80% of a company's future revenue will come from just 20% of its existing customers. Furthermore, according to Bain & Company (working with Earl Sasser of Harvard Business School), a 5% increase in customer retention can increase a company's profitability by 75%. With social media, the door is wide open for companies to build relationships 24/7 with the customers who influence referral rates and keep their businesses alive and thriving. #1: Embrace Your Brand Advocates Give your customers a place to share their voice and their stories, and you'll develop a kinship that will lead to brand loyalty. The Walt Disney Company, which has been the go-to source for brand and relationship marketing inspiration for more than 50 years, has truly embraced social media. The Father's Day post below personifies that commitment to fans. Disney took a story that applies to a substantial segment of its audience, and put it into video form using recognizable characters. This Facebook post does three things: promotes Disney's core values, celebrates its brand advocates and invites participation. Through brand experience storytelling, among other campaigns, Disney celebrates the fan experience and endears itself to customers in the process. #2: Provide Exceptional Customer Service Fans who turn to Facebook for answers can quickly become loyal customers, especially if you respond to them immediately and with accurate information. JetBlue has perfected the art of customer service with their remarkable ability to respond to their more than one million Facebook fans within mere minutes of a comment or post to the page. JetBlue sees each social media conversation as an opportunity to cultivate an enduring relationship with specific individuals. They empowered their team members to do what it takes to improve the customer experience and repair potentially broken relationships. Although most businesses may not have the resources to monitor their social media accounts 24/7, they can provide the tools and encourage their team to do whatever is necessary to enhance their customers' experiences online, as well as in-store. #3: Show Additional Uses for Your Product If there are other uses for your products, let your customers know. If there aren't, see what you can come up with and share those uses with your fans. Oreo, which has been very active with social media marketing, has taken relationship building to an entirely new level by sharing recipes via video to promote their product. These 10- to 30-second videos directly resonate with existing customers, who also happen to be their target audience. Through these videos, Oreo gives customers (who ideally have a package of Oreos sitting in their pantry) additional uses for their product. The result is customers keep eating and purchasing their cookies. Brainstorm to determine how your business can provide additional value to the products or services your existing customers already have. When you consider how your product can be utilized creatively and share those uses, you encourage additional purchases, while you cultivate customer relationships. #4: Address Customer Concerns Publicly Business owners and marketers aim to develop strategies with precision and avoid mistakes. However, no brand is immune to mishandled incidents, mismanaged campaigns or a full-blown social media crisis.

4 Ways to Optimize Your Facebook Ads

4 Ways to Optimize Your Facebook Ads

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to spend less time creating Facebook ads? Looking for ways to get more out of the ads that are working for you? When you've created a Facebook ad that converts, there are a number of ways to maximize your success. In this article you'll discover four ways you can build on the success of Facebook ads that are already performing well. Listen to this article: Know Which Ads Perform Best To find out which Facebook ads are successful, you should install the Facebook pixel on your website. This snippet of code allows you to see what happens on your website after Facebook users click on your Facebook ad. When you can track whether people do things like view a certain web page, add an item to their cart, buy a product or fill out a registration form, you'll know which ads convert best. For example, while two ads may be particularly successful at inspiring people to click through to your site, only one might drive them to purchase from you. Armed with the knowledge that pixels provide, you can focus your budget and the following scaling efforts on the ads that are actually helping you reach your business goals. #1: Build Out Lookalike Audiences It makes sense that Facebook users who are similar to your best customers are likely to be interested in your business. If you've found success targeting ads towards a particular group of people, you can expand your advertising to reach more people who are similar. Facebook allows you to reach these related groups by building out lookalike audiences. You can create lookalike audiences in Facebook's Ads Manager or Power Editor. Regardless of which of these options you use, you'll need an original audience source to base your lookalike audience on. Consider starting with an audience of people who clicked an ad to install your app, people who clicked through to become fans of your Facebook page or people who clicked an ad and completed a certain action on your site. When you build lookalike audiences from groups of people who have already clicked on your ads, you can reach similar people who may also be interested in what you offer. This tactic allows you to expand your audience in a smart way and obtain more opportunities to grow your revenue. #2: Refresh Your Images and Copy No matter how successful your Facebook ads, your audience will tire of seeing the same ones over and over and they'll stop converting. To avoid this, use ads that have historically performed well as inspiration for new ads that incorporate similar images or copy. For example, this ad offers Facebook users 10% off their next purchase and uses an image that highlights a varied selection of card designs. The ad below offers the same discount, but uses a different call to action and an image that shows a single card style. Run each component in an individual ad to pinpoint what made your ad a success in the first place. Maybe a particular color, background or model drew people in, or maybe a specific call to action was especially effective. Split test your ads to find the secret and use the information to create future ads that build on that success. #3: Combine and Conquer With Carousel Ads If your audience responded well to a series of particular product images, try combining all those images into a single carousel ad. This newer ad type allows you to showcase several images at once in a single ad unit. Ecommerce businesses can take this a step further with dynamic product ads. These innovative ads are especially great to cross-sell complementary products or retarget customers who clicked through to your website but didn't complete a purchase. #4: Duplicate Your Ads on Instagram Did you know that the same targeting options for Facebook are also available on Instagram? This means that you can easily expand your successful Facebook ad campaigns to reach an entirely new set of potential customers on Instagram.

Engagement: How to Create a Loyal Audience That Loves You

Engagement: How to Create a Loyal Audience That Loves You

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Is audience loyalty important to your business? Are you wondering how you can increase your audience loyalty through engagement? To learn the importance of engagement, I interview Danny Iny for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Danny Iny, author of Engagement from Scratch! He is also the founder of Firepole Marketing (now Mirasee) and host of the Connect, Engage, Inspire podcast (now the Business Reimagined podcast) . Danny shares his techniques for increasing engagement, which engenders loyalty in his audience. You'll find out how to define engagement in your business, the benefits of it and how to get started. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Engagement From a writer to someone who specializes in engaging audiences Danny shares that he has been writing since childhood, and started a copywriting business when he was young. In 2006, he wrote his first book, Ordinary Miracles: Harness the Power of Writing to Get Your Point Across! In the book, he discusses his ideas about writing and how to write well. Although it's a great book, Danny didn't get the response he was looking for. The lesson he learned is that when you write copy, it's not actually about the words. You need to understand the people you want to connect with, and understand what matters to them. Danny's copywriting practice evolved over time into a marketing and strategy consultancy. You'll hear what happened when he attended local networking sessions that made him want to create a training program. Danny soon discovered that people who didn't have an audience wanted to know more about engagement; and therefore, he wanted to help them. He started to reach out to all of the experts who had built an engaged audience from nothing. With their input and perspectives, his new book, Engagement from Scratch! was created. Listen to the show to find out why it's important to be sensitive to other people's needs. Definition of engagement Since his latest book was published, Danny says that he has developed the insight that engagement is about the deep emotional investment that people have in what you are doing. If you think about Apple's customers, they are members of the Apple tribe. The fact that they use Apple's products actually says something about who that person is. It's a piece of their identity. Not only are these customers incredibly engaged, they are also invested in what Apple does. If the company were to betray the values they stand for, the response would be dramatic. They would feel like a friend had betrayed them. Danny says that the best model for conceptualizing engagement is by increasing the feeling of commitment through rewards over time. When someone discovers you for the first time, there is no connection, relationship or engagement. You have to give them something to keep them coming back. Make sure you give people an opportunity to provide you with their name and email address. Once they commit, you can reward them. You'll find out another great way to get people to invest some of their time and attention, which will help you build a relationship with them. It's important to stand out from the competition, and one way to do this is to answer emails personally. This puts you in a whole different category. To be a good email marketer, you need to have a double opt-in, a one-click Unsubscribe button and a high content-to-pitch ratio.

21 Ways to Improve Your Facebook Ads With Ad Targeting

21 Ways to Improve Your Facebook Ads With Ad Targeting

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Facebook ads? Are you aware of all of the targeting options Facebook offers? Facebook offers so many ways to target potential customers, there's a right advertising option for every business. In this article you'll find 21 ways to target specific audiences with Facebook advertising. Listen to this article: #1: Know Your Customers' Interests On Facebook, you can target people who have expressed an interest in or like pages related to another page or topic. This is interest-based targeting, although it is commonly confused with "likes" targeting. There are thousands of interests to target, and they're located in the Interests section of your ad set settings. Type literally anything into the search box and Facebook will suggest matching or related interests. Interest targeting usually means that you're targeting large audiences. So before you set up interest targeting, evaluate the size of your target group. Then consider combining an interest with at least one other targeting method. #2: Seek Out People in the Market for What You Sell Our online behavior tells platforms a lot about our buying intentions. By combining data from different sources, Facebook is able to tell who is in the process of buying a given product. Therefore, you can target people who are looking to buy something specific; for example, new vehicle shoppers in the market for a luxury SUV. This option is located in the Behavior section of the ad set settings. You'll see multiple categories in a scenario like this, because Facebook allows you to be that specific. In the case of the SUV, target people who are looking for a new SUV, a used SUV and so on. Experiment with this targeting option to determine which methods are most profitable. #3: Target People Based on Financial Resources If you want to sell a product or service that is tied to affordability, this method is extremely useful. Listed under Demographics, this targeting option allows you to select among Income, Net Worth and Liquid Assets. Liquid Assets is an option under Net Worth. Targeting people by income, net worth or liquid assets usually works well as a stand-alone option. When businesses combine it with a behavior that best matches their target group, the audiences are often too narrow. The trick is to choose a broader behavior than usual in case the audience turns out to be small (for example 10-20K). According to Facebook Power Editor, their data is "Modeled based on age, income, presence of children, occupation, property data, vehicle data, investment interest and census median data." #4: Combine Age and Gender With Where People Live Instead of simply targeting geographic areas, add age groups and gender to the mix. For example, target men ages 25-35 who live in New York City. This is based on the first information people share when they create a Facebook profile: age, gender and city they live in. Targeting people based on where they live can also be a great substitute for targeting certain income levels, because it presumes a certain quality of life. This method can be used right after setting up an ad set. Target virtually any state, region and city in the world (with a few exceptions). Another option is to exclude part of a region to optimize your ads even further. A few selected countries, such as the United States, also support zip code targeting. #5: Target People by Industry or Occupation For products or services that are ideal for people who work in a given industry or have a specific job, use industries or job title for the targeting method. For example, target "Employed in Arts, entertainment, sports and media." This is located under Work (below Demographics) on Facebook. The industry people work in can be a great alternative to simply targeting by office type. In fact, office type targeting actually allows you to target three more small office categories.

6 Tips to Increase Your Social Media Shares

6 Tips to Increase Your Social Media Shares

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more people to share your content? Looking for more reach via social shares? By making a few adjustments to how you create, publish, and post your content, you can increase the likelihood that others will share it more often. In this article, you'll discover six tips to help you maximize your social shares. Listen to this article: #1: Research Trending Topics It pays to do your research ahead of time. Having a better understanding of what successful content looks like in your industry increases the likelihood of it being shared. Use a tool like BuzzSumo to help identify top shared content. You can search for top shared content pertaining to a topic or keyword, results sorted by overall shares. Alternatively, you can search by domain to view top shared content specific to a website. You get a comprehensive breakdown of shares per social network, which helps you decide where to focus your efforts. PostReach is another great tool to measure content performance across each social network. Simply enter an article's URL in PostReach and run a free report. In addition, you can also run a total share breakdown report. For further exploration, you can view detailed Twitter share activity. You can plot Twitter activity across a share timeline. You can also see which users most retweeted the article and view your overall reach through sharer audience sizes. Finally, you can zero in on specific sharers and potential influencers with a detailed inventory of sharers provided at the bottom of the report. Keep in mind, the purpose of this research is not to duplicate existing content, but rather to identify popular topics in your niche and add something new to the conversation. Make it your goal to go above and beyond top shared content. #2: Make Sharing Easy for Blog Visitors Your audience is more likely to share content when it takes minimal effort. If your website already receives regular traffic, take advantage of the potential social shares by designing your most popular content for easy sharing. An effective approach is to implement social buttons on your website. If you operate a WordPress site, there's plenty of useful plugins for one-click sharing buttons, including Social Pug. The way your content reads can also encourage social engagement. Have a great tip to share in an article? Post a share button directly below your article, as demonstrated by Brian Dean of Backlinko. You can create a unique call to action using ClickToTweet. To start, enter your desired text in the text box and click Generate New Link. Make sure it includes a link back to your post. You can embed the code in the appropriate part of your content. #3: Provide Context in Headlines There's a strong chance your content is being snubbed if your headline fails to grab people. It becomes increasingly important to hook your audience with a headline, as online attention spans continue to dwindle. Social audiences tend to favor snackable content; bite-sized pieces that quickly convey their intent. BuzzFeed articles are essentially engineered to take advantage of this trend: easily consumed and shared. They further entice the audience to read the content by addressing them individually. For example, you'll encounter dozens of instances of "you" and "your" throughout. What else goes into a headline worth clicking? Conductor analyzed user preferences and found that users tend to gravitate towards numbers, personalization, educational resources, and questions. When shared, a well-crafted headline functions like a status update, in that it will summarize the user's opinion or awareness of a subject. Want your best content to receive more shares across social networks? Start thinking about your headlines in a social context. #4: Capitalize on Visual Interest Attach images to your posts to help them stand out and benefit your ...

Influencer marketing is growing up with tighter contracts

by Yuyu Chen @ Digiday

Multiple influencer agencies have updated their brand contracts to add clarity to social stars' rights and advertisers' campaign requirements.

The post Influencer marketing is growing up with tighter contracts appeared first on Digiday.

Best Influencer Marketing Campaigns of 2017 So Far

Best Influencer Marketing Campaigns of 2017 So Far


Mediabistro

We sifted through a ton of content to bring you the best in influencer marketing this year. From fitness to travel, these brands generated the best content.

Twitter Marketing: Does it Still Matter?

Twitter Marketing: Does it Still Matter?

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Is Twitter still a good marketing channel? With so much focus on Facebook and Pinterest, has this network lost its value? I explore these questions with Brian Solis in this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, Brian Solis, author of The End of Business as Usual and Engage and principal analyst at Altimeter Group gives us the scoop on Twitter for business today. Brian shares insights into how Twitter has changed and what works on Twitter today. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter for Marketing Today Why is Twitter still important to businesses and what's different? You'll discover why Brian suggests you consider Twitter as an information network instead of a social network. As a "human seismograph," Twitter is both an inbound and outbound tool that can give you the information you need to execute successful business strategies. Listen to the show to hear what this means for your business. What can marketers learn from the statistics available on Twitter? Twitter provides access to its own API so that people can get statistics they need for incredible analysis. Here are some current Twitter stats: 175 million tweets daily 20% of Americans who use the web also use Twitter 8% are active every day on Twitter Brian explains how these statistics show that Twitter is becoming an extension of public conversation and how people are finding value in this conversation. Listen to the show to learn why the people who don't tweet are getting as much value as the people who are tweeting. How is Twitter impacting today's pop culture and what does this mean? In America, pop culture is strong. For example, television actively encourages people to tweet during live events such as America's Got Talent and American Idol. Twitter branding is omnipresent when it comes to television media. This is because Twitter is a platform for shared experiences and it's a very human network. Listen to the show to discover why Brian thinks Twitter's role in popular culture will increase even further.  How does the integration of multimedia on Twitter impact users? Twitter has historically been about text, but they recently added images and integrated video capabilities into the Twitter.com interface. As Twitter is a platform for shared experiences, when you tweet, you now take on the role of producer and publisher of a media outlet in your own right. Listen to the show to learn how multimedia increases the power of Twitter. Are there any businesses out there that are creative on Twitter? Brian shares how to approach this question. You'll learn about his experience with one company he really admires for their approach to Twitter. And you'll discover how Brian is personally using Twitter to listen and inspire his content development strategy. Listen to the show to find out how you should consider structuring your Twitter marketing plan. How do you get the best results on Twitter? Brian has learned over the years that one of the most powerful things that marketers need to start thinking about in terms of Twitter is the idea of resonance. Find out why it's important to look at how long a tweet stays alive in the Twitter stream and why you should start designing with resonance in mind to have a greater impact. Listen to the show to find out more about this critical element to get the results you want from Twitter. Survival Tip: Content Marketing In the business of creating content, first impressions are essential.

Facebook Engagement: How to Get Seen in the Facebook News Feed

Facebook Engagement: How to Get Seen in the Facebook News Feed

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to understand Facebook engagement? Are you looking for Facebook engagement tactics that lead to news feed visibility? To learn how to better use Facebook, I interview John Haydon for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview John Haydon, author of Facebook Marketing for Dummies and founder of Inbound Zombie, a consultancy focused on small- and medium-sized nonprofits. John shares why Facebook engagement is so important. You'll learn how to better engage Facebook fans. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Facebook Engagement Why Facebook engagement is so important John says that his definition of engagement—from a Facebook perspective—is like, comment and share, because that's what really matters. In his experience working with Facebook and nonprofits, which is slightly different than the for-profit world, John encourages an organization to work with existing community and get that community talking about them. He says he thinks about engagement, as it pertains to Facebook, as word of mouth. John explains that when your current customers or donors engage with content from your Facebook page (or talk about that content), their friends see that content. That's increased exposure for your organization. John says that exposure starts by getting your current community, the people who already love you, to engage first. Listen to the show to find out how the news feed algorithm impacts engagement.  How Facebook page managers should spur engagement  John wants to change the word posting to planting because when you plant something, like a bush, you have to stick around and take care of it. If you post an update on Facebook, you want to pay attention to how it's performing. If people are commenting, liking and sharing, you want to be involved in that comment thread. Recalling Amy Porterfield's words from a few weeks ago, John says the more people notice that you stick around, the more they'll engage with your content. John agrees that community management on Facebook comes down to identifying the best-performing content, then tweaking and experimenting with content to optimize how you're posting, topics, times that you're posting, etc. Listen to the show to hear what you’re missing by not interacting with what people are saying on your Facebook page. The Talking About This metric and how it's calculated John explains this metric as anything that a Facebook user does to create a story in their news feed for their friends to see. He says that when a user shares something, likes a page, RSVPs to an event a page has published or tags that page in a photo or a status update, all of these actions put content into the news feed of that user's friends so that they become aware. It's really what you might call viral reach. Anything that creates viral reach is Talking About This. Listen to the show to learn more about Talking About This. How a Facebook page used engagement to achieve a goal Three years ago, the Brain Aneurysm Foundation was doing Facebook upside-down. John worked on a strategy that started with letting people use the page to express who they are. The foundation tapped into the passion around the issue and encouraged people to share their stories on the page. One of the first posts was, "If you've had a friend who found out they had a brain aneurysm, what would be your number-one tip?" Now their Facebook page is mostly made up of posts by others who come to share their stories.

Check Out Dove’s New ‘Real Beauty’ Campaign

Check Out Dove’s New ‘Real Beauty’ Campaign


Fortune

It’s confusing a lot of people.

How Schmidt’s Naturals Sells Deodorant to Millennials

by Ryann Casey @ BeautyMatter

Anyone who has delved into the booming natural products market knows the search for natural deodorant that actually works is frustrating, if not impossible. Portland-based startup Schmidt’s Naturals set out to change this perception that natural=ineffective, and it’s working. They are getting millennials to embrace chemical-free deodorant in droves, and taking market share from not only other natural […]

The post How Schmidt’s Naturals Sells Deodorant to Millennials appeared first on BeautyMatter.

7 Ways to Use Facebook Native Video to Better Connect With Your Fans

7 Ways to Use Facebook Native Video to Better Connect With Your Fans

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you create videos to connect with your audience? Are you using Facebook native video? When you publish videos to Facebook, the result is high visibility and a greater likelihood of engagement. In this article I'll share seven ways to connect with your audience using Facebook native video. Listen to this article: #1: Preview Long-Form Content An effective use of Facebook native video is long-form content previews. If you have a long video you plan to share, choose a highlight to use as a preview to post on Facebook. This little chunk of video gives your audience a taste of what they'll get in the complete video.   A 10- to 15-minute video is too long to capture the attention of the average Facebook user. A 1- to 2-minute preview video is the perfect length for Facebook consumption. If viewers are intrigued, they're directed to your YouTube channel to watch the full video. #2: Share Daily Tips, Tactics and Advice When building an audience, consistency is incredibly important. Your audience appreciates your perspective, experience and expertise. The more often you can deliver value to your audience, the more often you'll get value back from them.   Since engagement with a Facebook page is often cited as a relevancy factor in Facebook's EdgeRank algorithm, daily videos that inspire interaction from fans can drastically improve audience reach. Remember, however, that value is the most important factor. #3: Record Videos on Location The ability to easily upload and share videos from a smartphone to Facebook leads to an incredible opportunity. Record and share reports, news and updates from conferences and other events instantly with your Facebook audience. While Facebook native video doesn't have the streaming capabilities of Periscope and Meerkat, the ease of capture, upload and distribution from your smartphone makes Facebook video nearly real-time.   Immediately publishing conference interviews, on-location tours or other behind-the-scenes content to Facebook also gives your non-attendees an experience that's the next best thing to being there. #4: Answer Audience Questions Create a more engaging experience for your Facebook audience by answering their questions in a video and posting it directly to Facebook. Fans and customers frequently reach out to you as an industry expert. Sometimes a video is a more effective way to communicate than a blog post, especially if it's a question you get asked over and over again.   Answering the question in video takes less time than writing a blog post and allows you to explain in a clear, direct manner. Using video also provides a personal and thoughtful touch that a few sentences of text never could. #5: Create Brief Explainer Videos Short videos work well on Facebook. Think of how average Facebook users consume content on the platform. They keep scrolling until something interesting gets them to stop. Even then, viewers want something quick and easy to consume before they move on to the next thing. A 45- to 90-second explainer video is a great piece of content to attract attention and awareness to your brand without detracting from the Facebook experience. Don't expect Facebook users to take direct action from an explainer video they consume in their news feed. But that's not really the point. This is just one more branded touch point on the path to conversion that cuts down on time during the sales cycle. #6: Create Video Ads The Facebook advertising platform provides marketers the ability to generate ads with Video Views as the goal. Using Facebook’s Power Editor, marketers can build entire ad campaigns using video and optimize the advertising spend for increased video views. Video ads can include a direct call to action (CTA) such as Shop Now, Learn More and Sign Up. As a best practice, make your CTA relevant to the experience they'll get after clicking the button. For example,

How to Handle Customer Complaints Via Social Media

How to Handle Customer Complaints Via Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are your customers leaving negative comments on social media? Do you need a plan to handle customer complaints? Responding quickly and appropriately to negative social comments can help you increase customer loyalty and retention. In this article you’ll find out how to deal with negative comments on social media. Listen to this article: #1: Respond Quickly It's important to respond quickly and efficiently to customer complaints on social media. As a starting point, try to reply within 1 hour. This doesn't mean you need to have all the answers right away. Customers typically want you to acknowledge their issue so they know you're looking into it. Next, let customers know when they can expect a response. This helps you manage expectations and reduce negative feedback. You've acknowledged the issue and set a realistic time frame for a response. It's important to consistently provide this same level of response on social media, even on weekends. According to a study from Convince & Convert, 40% of respondents expect a response time within hours of leaving a complaint. #2: Acknowledge Mistakes Consumers know that no business is perfect, so instead of hiding mistakes, it's best to own up to them. When you apologize to fans on social media, you acknowledge mistakes and take ownership. This also prevents the customer from continuing to blame your company for the mistake or issue. Then you can focus on the real task at hand, which is to help find a solution. When you post an apology on social media, make sure it's genuine. People will be quick to highlight apologies that appear to have been copied and pasted from a script or that lack emotion. Instead, show your human side and use your natural tone of voice. Above, you can see how Fashion brand Allen Solly found a creative way to apologize and respond to this customer's comment. When you've made a mistake, it's best to show transparency, be honest and do everything in your power to fix the situation right away. For example, Pizza Hut took ownership of a mistake with an order by responding promptly and apologizing to the customer. Remember, it takes time to build trust with your customers, but it takes only seconds to lose it. #3: Take Conversations Offline All communications on social media are in the public eye, and often when dealing with negative comments, this can prompt others to join in. The best course of action is to take the conversation offline so you can talk to the person one on one. This prevents the situation from escalating, and also helps calm the customer, because you're working with him or her to resolve the problem. #4: Personalize Your Responses When customers reach out to you with a negative social comment, they're typically looking for you to acknowledge and help resolve their problem. If you respond with an automated reply, you're sending a message that you haven't taken time to understand the issue and don't value the customer's input. Here's an automated response that has no relevance to the customer's negative comment. When responding to negative comments, these tips will help you reassure customers: Reply using a conversational tone. Include the customer's name in the response. Let the customer know how you will fix the issue. If it's a mistake, take ownership. Acknowledge the customer's situation in your response. Automated replies can save you time when answering common queries online, but only use them as templates for your responses. The key is to personalize your messages, rather than copy and paste the same message every time. #5: Don't Take It Personally When dealing with negative comments on social media, remember that customers aren't angry with you as an individual. They're angry about the situation they're in. That's why you should never take these responses personally or respond to the customer in a negative manner as a result.

LinkedIn Publishing Platform: What Marketers Need to Know

LinkedIn Publishing Platform: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you publish long-form content? Are you wondering if the new LinkedIn publishing platform can help your business? To learn about the LinkedIn publishing platform and why you may want to consider it, I interview Stephanie Sammons for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Stephanie Sammons, who is a LinkedIn marketing expert and CEO of Wired Advisor, a digital marketing platform that helps financial advisors create and publish content. She blogs at Build Online Influence. Stephanie shares how marketers can make the most out of the LinkedIn publishing platform. You'll discover what type of content works best, when to schedule posts and how you can use the platform to grow a following. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: LinkedIn Publishing Platform What is the LinkedIn publishing platform? Stephanie explains that the LinkedIn publishing platform was first made available to around 500 LinkedIn influencers. These individuals were chosen by LinkedIn to be a part of the initial rollout. More recently LinkedIn has opened up the publishing platform to all 277 million+ members. It will be rolled out over time, allowing every single person the opportunity to publish his or her own content on the LinkedIn platform. Listen to the show to find out why this new addition is great for publishing long-form content. Does the LinkedIn platform support images and multimedia? Stephanie says that you can embed content from SlideShare, which is owned by LinkedIn. It's a network where you can publish PowerPoint presentations, Keynote presentations, PDFs, white papers, infographics and embed videos from YouTube. In addition, you can embed images in the posts that you publish to LinkedIn. The formatting capabilities are very similar to a basic blogging platform. It's a little bit easier to use than WordPress, although you don't have the ability within the editor to categorize or tag your posts. You can use headers, bullets, numbered lists, bold, italics and hyperlink text as well. Listen to the show to find out why it's really important to double-check your post before you hit Publish. Marketers and business owners should consider posting content on LinkedIn You have to remember that LinkedIn is your professional identity online and this not only gives you an opportunity to demonstrate and illustrate your expertise, but also to get in front of a very active and engaged audience. You'll discover why you now have the ability to grow a following on LinkedIn—even with people who aren't in your LinkedIn network—and how this can be a huge benefit to your business. It's still important to have your own platform that's away from all of the other social networks. One of the real advantages of when you use the LinkedIn publishing platform is that you can grow an audience very fast. My friend Dave Kerpen, the founder of Likeable Media, is a great example. Although he has mostly written for traditional print and didn't really have a huge platform online, he was able join the original LinkedIn influencer network. Since then, he has seen amazing growth as a result of the articles he has published on the platform. You'll hear about an article that Dave wrote on the LinkedIn publishing platform about 10 Marketing Podcasts That You Ought to Listen to and how this affected the podcasts mentioned in a phenomenal way. When you put your content together,

How do I Become a Brand Manager?

by Merrill @ Best Marketing Degrees

The digital age has changed consumers’ relationships with brands on an unprecedented scale. Thirty years ago the average person saw approximately 2,000 ads per day. That seems like a lot…until […]

The post How do I Become a Brand Manager? appeared first on Best Marketing Degrees.

3 Tools That Speed Influencer Outreach

3 Tools That Speed Influencer Outreach

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you trying to connect with influencers? Looking for ways to streamline the process? You can make your influencer outreach more efficient and save yourself time by combining three free tools. In this article you'll discover how to automate your influencer outreach with BuzzSumo, Buffer, and Twitter. Listen to this article: #1: Identify Influencers Who Shared Similar Content The first step is to source popular posts related to the topic you're interested in promoting. Let's use this article as the topic example. Go to BuzzSumo.com and type in keywords related to your blog post. For example, the results for a search for "influencer outreach" returned similar articles. After you find similar posts that are popular, you need to identify key influencers who've shared those posts. Click on the View Links Shared button next to each post and then click Page Authority to sort your list by who has the most influence. Ideally you want to target 10-20 individuals with high authority and a large number of followers. In this example, Brian Dean, SEMrush, and Jon Morrow all have high social authority rank, a large Twitter following, and have shared an article similar to this one. When you reach out to identified influencers who have shared content similar to your own, you raise the chance they'll share your article. Plus their amplification of your content can drive huge exposure for your blog. To put your best foot forward, you'll want to start engaging and interacting with the influencers you choose a few weeks before you reach out to them on Twitter. Add your influencers to a Twitter list so you can easily monitor and engage with them on a daily basis. To put yourself on their radar, make an effort to retweet, like, quote, and spark conversations with each of your influencers. #2: Create and Schedule Automated Tweets to Influencers Once you're on the influencers' radar, create a two-column spreadsheet with personalized direct tweets to each of them. Make sure each tweet is no more than 143 characters long. To quickly work out the character count for each of your tweets in Excel, use this formula: =Len(enter cell). Your spreadsheet should look something like this (including 10-20 direct tweets). Here are some tweet templates you can adapt for your spreadsheet: [TWITTER HANDLE] Hey [FIRST NAME], I saw you shared [CONTENT CREATORS TWITTER HANDLE + POST TOPIC] post and thought you might like this ☺ [LINK TO YOUR POST] [TWITTER HANDLE] Hey [FIRST NAME], I saw you shared [CONTENT CREATORS TWITTER HANDLE + POST TOPIC] post. I hope you like my own refreshed version ☺ [LINK TO YOUR POST] [TWITTER HANDLE] Hey [FIRST NAME], I saw you shared [CONTENT CREATORS TWITTER HANDLE + POST TOPIC] post and hoped you'd like my take on it ☺ [LINK TO YOUR POST] [TWITTER HANDLE] Hey [FIRST NAME], I saw you shared [CONTENT CREATORS TWITTER HANDLE + POST TOPIC] which inspired this – hope you like it ☺ [LINK TO YOUR POST] Once you've created the spreadsheet, copy the Tweets column into a notepad file and upload it to Bulk Buffer, a free tool you can use to bulk-upload content to your Buffer account. Simply upload the saved notepad file where prompted, select the Twitter account where you want your tweets to upload, and click Send to Buffer. Once your tweets are uploaded, you'll want to space out the scheduled updates in your Buffer account. This will ensure the outreach tweets aren't too frequent and don't appear spammy. To do this, simply go to your Buffer content queue and scroll to each queued post. Then click the posting date to edit the date and time the tweet will publish. It's a good idea to space your outreach tweets for every other day, and ensure you're sharing plenty of content in between. #3: Follow Up Influencers can easily miss your direct tweet due to the volume of messages they receive on a daily basis.

6 Collaboration Tools for Social Media Marketing Teams

6 Collaboration Tools for Social Media Marketing Teams

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to improve communication with your marketing team? Looking for tools to help? Collaboration tools make it easier for everyone on your team to stay on track with content creation, task assignment, and deadlines. In this article you'll discover six tools to help your social media team collaborate. Listen to this article: #1: Organize Content With Evernote Evernote is an app that allows you to organize content into notebooks, within which you have individual notes. You can add text, images, and files to notes and share them with other users. The app lets you turn your notes into PDFs or (for premium users) instant presentations. You can also add reminders to individual notes, which will sync with your Google Calendar. Add tags to make your notes easier to find. Evernote also has a chat function that allows you to exchange instant messages in real time with other members of your team. For business account users, you can access Evernote online through a program downloaded onto your computer or via their mobile app. This allows you to take your content with you on your mobile devices without any extra effort. Of course, your data is also accessible on your computer. Evernote's mobile app works just as well as Evernote itself. One handy mobile feature is that some functions are available even if you don't have Internet access. Though these functions are restricted, you can still access snippets of information when you really need it. You can set up offline notebooks so you can edit or review content without using data. Evernote's basic plan is free, but there are also paid business and premium plans available. The paid plans have the best features for social media teams, some of which are discussed above. The premium plan is $49.99 per year. #2: Share Files With Google Drive Google Drive allows you to create documents and share them with as many users as you'd like, including team members and clients. Everyone can leave notes and comments, and tag specific users to bring their attention to something. You can use track changes to see who is making what edits within the document. Plus, it's easier to share a link for the document than it is to email a large document file each time an edit is made. Google Drive can also be used as a scheduling tool. Create a schedule showing when content/posts are due or to be published (or both), who's responsible, and what the projects are. You can customize this schedule to fit your needs, including sections that highlight keywords to be used, what platforms the content will be shared on, and more. Google Drive is free for your first 15GB and doesn't require any additional software to install on a desktop, so you don't have to worry about who will or won't have access, as you do with Evernote. It also has a great mobile app, though substantial edits are often more time-consuming on mobile than on a desktop computer. #3: Oversee Projects With Basecamp Basecamp is a web-based project management tool that allows you to create to-do lists, share files, and communicate with your team on projects. Set deadlines for projects and checklists within your projects, so you can see what tasks need to be completed by which team members. You can invite users to individual boards and have discussions within the group. Basecamp has a Calendar feature that shows you what projects will be due soon. You can also review recent changes made to a project, so you never have to worry about missing anything. The tool's settings are highly customizable. For example, you can receive notifications when changes or updates are made for all projects or for only specific projects. Basecamp is ideal for teams that need to stay in touch to monitor projects with long timelines, but don't need to be in contact every few minutes or hours (which Slack is best for). When it comes to project management,

6 Social Media WordPress Plugins for Bloggers

6 Social Media WordPress Plugins for Bloggers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is your blog taking full advantage of social media plugins? Looking for tools to help grow your following and encourage sharing? The right WordPress plugins make it easy to grow your social media following and increase social shares. In this article you'll discover six WordPress plugins that’ll make your blog more social. Listen to this article: #1: Showcase Your Instagram Photos Pictures are worth a thousand words, and Instagram is all about the pictures. Feature Instagram images and posts in a widget on your blog to help send new users to your Instagram profile, as well as to provide vibrant, alluring images for your blog. The plugin that best lives up to this task is the appropriately titled Instagram Feed. It's another free tool that's easy to use and offers a lot of value. Use it to increase social engagement by automatically sharing your Instagram images with your blog readers. Instagram Feed also offers these handy features: Display images from multiple Instagram accounts. Choose the size of the images. Provide a Load More option that allows people to load more of your Instagram images. Because users often still flock to platforms like Facebook and Twitter first, having an Instagram feed on your blog is a great way to send your audience to your Instagram in hopes they'll become new followers. #2: Feature Your Twitter Feed Twitter is a powerful social networking platform and being able to showcase some of your Twitter activity on your blog can be very effective. WP Twitter Feeds is a free widget that simplifies the process, saving you from having to copy and paste code from Twitter. You just install the plugin and choose where you want to place the widget. The plugin gives you the option to exclude replies to your tweets and show or hide Twitter intents. It connects through the API, so it never has access to or requires your password. Feature your latest tweets to give your blog social credibility and make it seem more alive and active to new visitors. It also helps connect your Twitter and your blog, making them seem like two parts of a whole. #3: Make Pinning Effortless If you actively use Pinterest as part of your social media marketing and want to keep your plugins both free and simple, the Pin It button is a good tool to use. The button will let people pin your content without ever leaving your blog. This is especially helpful if you're a small business that doesn't use Facebook or Twitter, and you want to focus on making the posts, products and images on your blog more pinnable. Use this tool to help users not only share your content on Pinterest, but also save it to their own boards. The Pin It Button plugin comes in two different versions: the lite version, which is free, and the pro version, which comes with pricing plans starting at $29. The lite version offers these options: Let the pinner choose an image. Use a default pre-selected image for the pin being the first pin of the post. Hide the Pin It button on certain posts. Pick an official Pin It button in different sizes and colors. In addition to these options, the pro version offers other features, including: Add a Pin It button when a user hovers over an image. Provide Twitter, Facebook and Google+ sharing buttons. Add a Pin It button under each image. #4: Distribute New Content Automatically Jetpack is a great tool for anyone who has a WordPress blog. It offers features like enhanced security, optimized image performance and centralized management of other plugins, post scheduling and more. But the social media integration features alone would make it worth using. This tool will share your blog posts to your social channels automatically, right after you publish them. You can also create custom messages to share along with the posts. People typically set up Jetpack to share new posts to Facebook and Twitter automatically,

How to Improve Your Facebook Ads With Customer Reviews

How to Improve Your Facebook Ads With Customer Reviews

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Facebook advertising? Have you considered incorporating customer reviews into your ads? Facebook ads that include customer reviews blend in with other news feed stories and are better received by people browsing Facebook. In this article I'll share how to improve your Facebook ads with customer reviews. Listen to this article: #1: Choose the Right Review In social advertising it's vital to target the right people with the right message at the right time. If you want to use positive online reviews from your customers in Facebook ads, the first step is to find the right ones. It's preferable to share a review where the customer tells a personal story. For example, personal reviews such as, "I bought this game for my daughter's birthday and she absolutely loves it," have a greater impact than generic ones like, "It's a great toy." The ecommerce store Pawstruck used customer reviews with great images and positive text in their Facebook ads. When choosing reviews or any other type of user-generated content (UGC) for Facebook ads, also consider which stage in the buying cycle your customers are in. First-time visitors will need to see a different type of ad than people who are familiar with your store. Ads that show top-selling products favorited by customers are great for attracting first-time customers, because they're lured in with a specific item. This approach gets them interested in your brand, even if they're not yet ready to buy. After they've seen an ad, retarget them with authentic user reviews that deal more with your brand or site as a whole. Site reviews emphasize the authenticity and strength of your brand, not a specific product, so the reviews will reinforce that. The bottom line is use product reviews to target first-time visitors and site reviews for people who already know your store. #2: Craft Compelling Copy Content from users is the most powerful part of the Facebook ad for building trust, instilling social proof and encouraging new visitors to come to your store, but you should also pay attention to the ad copy. Keep your brand voice consistent; don't alter it to match a user's review. Also, you don't want to refer to UGC directly. For instance, when your copy says, "Check out this awesome review from our customer" or "Look at this great photo from one of our fans," your copy seem salesy and forced. The keys are to keep your text short and don't refer to the review in your copy. For a great example of how the ad should look, Perfect Locks does a fantastic job of combining short, snappy, on-brand copy with a personal experience review. The result is a super-effective ad. Don't Overdo It Reviews are wonderful because they offer authentic, credible opinions from real people. However, using reviews that are too enthusiastic or overly positive can actually have the opposite effect. It takes away from the content's credibility. You'll want to use reviews with just one exclamation point rather than those with multiple exclamation points. For example, Life BEAM combines copy that reads authentically with personal experiences. Remember, UGC and reviews that refer to personal experiences have great impact. For the best results, find stories and reviews that use words like "I," "my" or "we." #3: Set Up Your Ad Once you pick the right review or other user-generated content and polish your copy, get your ad ready to launch. When setting up your ad, here are a few ways to get better results: Make sure your ads target the right audience. When setting up Facebook ad targeting, be specific rather than general. Target direct niche competitors, not big brands. Plus, avoid targeting Facebook's default interests. You want your UGC to closely relate to the exact audience you're targeting, not a general interest group, which is much too broad. Don't create more than two ads to target the same audience.

How to Use the Pinterest Bulk Editor to Create Promoted Pins

How to Use the Pinterest Bulk Editor to Create Promoted Pins

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Looking for a faster way to create promoted pins on Pinterest? Have you tried the Pinterest bulk editor tool? Pinterest's bulk editor tool makes it easier to create and edit promoted pins and optimize multiple promoted pins at one time. In this article you'll discover how to create promoted pins in less time with Pinterest's bulk editor tool. Listen to this article: What Is the Promoted Pins Bulk Editor? Pinterest's promoted pins have rolled out to almost everyone, giving all businesses the chance to use the valuable paid advertising platform. It can take a little time to create the pins, though. There's no way to replicate a campaign, and if you want to edit a set of promoted pins, you need to go into each one and manually make changes. Cue the bulk editor. Pinterest's bulk editor is designed to make it easier to create or edit many pins at once. It also allows you to upload images in bulk that you can use for promoted pins later. The bulk editor is similar to Facebook's Power Editor; however, while Power Editor is an actual online interface, Pinterest's bulk editor works by downloading, filling out, and reuploading relatively long .CSV templates. The best uses for this tool include bulk editing and image uploads, along with split testing. Creating a large number of unique pins can take time because there are so many fields to fill out in the .CSV template, but the more you do it, the faster you'll get. Practice makes perfect, after all. #1: Get Started With the Bulk Editor To access Pinterest's promoted pins bulk editor, click on the Ads drop-down menu in the top-left corner. Below the options for ads overview and creation, click Bulk Editor. When you first open the bulk editor, you get two options. You can either create pins in bulk via a .CSV template and upload new pin images (optional), or you can edit current campaigns. To edit current campaigns, you download your existing promoted pins, make changes to them, and reupload them to the platform. Both options happen in a .CSV format, and are shown below. #2: Create New Promoted Pins To create new pins with the bulk editor, first you need to download the .CSV template. To do this, click on the option to create new pins, and then click on the CSV Template link, which downloads the template to your computer. The template is enormous, and there are a ton of fields to fill out. It starts with "Existing Campaign ID" in column A, and goes all the way to "Max Bid" in column U. You'll need to fill in each column for each campaign. Though clunky, this is a great way to create blocks of ads for split testing. You can copy and paste most of the content, and replace only what you need to. If you have any questions, the cell underneath each heading tells you exactly what information to enter. The first task, for example, is to enter the existing campaign ID, and the cell below tells you where to find it and how to format it. Once you've added your new campaigns, save the template and then upload it to Pinterest. You'll be able to review your new pins. If you have any errors, Pinterest will flag them. To use the bulk editor to upload pin images, either click Browse to navigate to the files on your computer or drag and drop the images onto the screen. The images must be in .JPG or .PNG format. #3: Edit Promoted Pins If you want to edit your promoted pins, first you'll need to download your existing promoted pins data. To do this, click on the Download link shown in the image below. The bulk edit template is separate from the bulk pin creation template. You need to download the data for your existing pins to edit them. Make sure you download the template each time to stay up to date. The template is similar to the bulk pin creation template, though my editing template had far fewer fields. It only went to column R instead of column U. Like the bulk creation template,

How to Retarget With Instagram Ads

How to Retarget With Instagram Ads

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you retargeting people with Facebook ads? Want to know how to retarget Instagram users? Serving relevant Instagram ads to people who've visited your website helps increase sales and conversions. In this article you'll discover how to retarget your website visitors using Instagram ads. Listen to this article: #1: Install the Facebook Pixel on Your Website Before you can start using Instagram ads to retarget website visitors, you need to set up the Facebook pixel on your website. You can do this with Facebook Power Editor. First, open Google Chrome and then log into Power Editor. If you manage multiple accounts, make sure that you're logged into the Facebook ads account that corresponds with the website for which you want to implement Instagram ads retargeting. You can double-check which ads account you're logged into in the top-left corner of Power Editor. Next, click Tools and choose Pixels from the drop-down menu. If you haven't done so already, create your Facebook pixel by clicking the green Create a Pixel button. In the Create a Facebook Pixel dialog box, type in a name for the pixel and click Create Pixel. Next, you see a message that your Facebook pixel is ready. Click Install Pixel Now to see the pixel code. If you already have an active Facebook pixel, you can access it by clicking Actions and choosing View Pixel Code from the drop-down menu. Next, copy your Facebook pixel code and paste it between the head tags of your website code. For more detailed instructions for installing your pixel, check out this page. Now you need to make sure that your Facebook pixel is working. You can do that with the Facebook Pixel Helper, which is a free plugin for Google Chrome. Once you've successfully installed the Facebook pixel on your website, Facebook will automatically start tracking every person who visits your website. #2: Create a Custom Audience to Retarget Next, you need to create a custom website audience. To do this, go to the Facebook Pixel tab and click the Create Audience button. Now, create the custom audience you'd like to retarget. Select Website Traffic for the audience type. Then in the Create Audience dialog box, enter the details for your custom audience. The custom audience in the example below will retarget anyone who has visited my website in the last 30 days. Note that the domain option appears only if your Facebook pixel is installed on multiple domains. Keep in mind that it's a good idea to create audiences based on the action you want users to take when they see your ad, rather than broadly target every website visitor (as in this example). When you're finished creating the audience you want to retarget, click Create Audience. #3: Set Up Your Ad Campaign Now you're ready to create your ad campaign to retarget past website visitors. To do this, open Power Editor and click Create Campaign. Then enter a name for your new campaign and choose one of these objectives: Clicks to Website, Website Conversions, Mobile App Installs or Video Views. When you're finished filling in all of the details for your campaign, click Create. #4: Build Your Retargeting Ad Set Now you need to edit your ad set. First, set your budget and schedule. Then edit your audience so you're only targeting people who have previously visited your website. To do this, click the Edit Audience button. Then select the custom audience you created. Once you've done this, click Save. Next, select Instagram as your placement. Finally, confirm that the custom audience you selected and refined for Instagram actually has people in it. To do this, check that your potential audience (in the top-right corner of the Ad Set panel) has more than 20 people in it. If it doesn't, you may need to broaden your other targeting parameters. Alternatively, you can wait until your Facebook pixel has captured...

Visual Content: How to Create Shareable Images People Love

Visual Content: How to Create Shareable Images People Love

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use images in your social media marketing? Are you interested in finding ways to create more shareable visual content quickly and easily? To learn how to create shareable images that enhance your social media marketing, I interview Kim Garst. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Kim Garst, CEO of Boom Social, a social media marketing consultancy. Kim's also an expert in using visuals for social media marketing. She's the author of a new book, Will the Real You Please Stand Up: Show Up, Be Authentic, and Prosper in Social Media. Kim explores visual content and how it can enhance your social media marketing. You'll discover the importance of using visual content in your social media marketing; the different types of visual content you can create for your brand or business; and the best tools, apps and resources for creating visual content at your desktop or on the go. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Visual Content Marketing What is visual content marketing? Visual content marketing is a way to use images, rather than words, to communicate a message about your business, product or service. Visuals are a snackable way to express ideas. Visuals are a huge part of social media and they continue to evolve. People are so busy today. Images catch their attention and are quicker and easier to process than text as they scroll through a social media feed. Beyond leveraging social media platforms typically known to be visual (Pinterest and Instagram), Kim also looks for ways to implement visuals and eye-popping graphics in her Twitter content strategy and on her blog. Listen to the show to discover more ways to leverage visual content in your social media marketing.  The importance of visuals for social media marketing  From a social media marketing standpoint, the old saying that "a picture's worth a thousand words" holds so much value today. As marketers, we all need to be or become storytellers. A great photo or graphic tells a story in one hot second. We live in such an information-overloaded space right now and attention spans are so short. Text-based marketing alone has become less and less effective. The brain processes visuals 60,000 times faster than text. A good image can connect an idea or message much quicker and stronger than text-only content. Listen to the show to find out other amazing stats for the effectiveness of visual content on what your audience will process, learn and retain.  Different types of visuals you can create  There are five primary types of visual content you can create for social media: videos, photos, creative images, infographics and slide shows. Kim explains that comics, memes and infographics tend to be hugely popular on social media. Comics and memes are a way to showcase humor. They're fun and relatable, so people are eager to share them with their friends and family. According to Kim, businesses that use infographics probably have a 12% higher growth rate than companies that don't. Infographics offer a visual way to share a lot of interesting content in one image. People love them too. The most popular place to get more bang from your infographics is on Pinterest. People share them there like mad. Another great place to leverage infographics is on blogs. An infographic doesn't necessarily have to be complex to be appealing and effective. For example, if you have a blog post that's about 10 ways to do something, then you could repurpose your blog content and very easily make an infographic on those 10 ways.

Twitter Marketing: How to Use Twitter for Business

Twitter Marketing: How to Use Twitter for Business

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Twitter for your business? Are you wondering how Twitter can help you build relationships? To learn about Twitter marketing and how it can help your business, I interview Mark W. Schaefer for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Mark Schaefer, author of Return on Influence and The Tao of Twitter. He's also a marketing faculty member at Rutgers University and he blogs at Grow. Mark shares how he uses Twitter to create stronger business relationships and improve customer service. You'll learn about the best Twitter tools and how they can fit into your marketing strategy. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter for Business Where Twitter fits into the marketing strategy for businesses Mark explains that the amazing thing about Twitter is that it can do many different things. It's a great learning tool and a place to keep up with the news. And the best approach to using Twitter is personal networking. When he talks to clients, he asks them, "Are you the type of business that can benefit from going to a Chamber of Commerce meeting or a local networking meeting?" If you are, then yours is the right kind of business to be on Twitter. If you are the type of business that can benefit from personal networking, Twitter should be something you consider. Small talk on Twitter goes a long way toward building brand loyalty. The unique aspect of Twitter for business is that you can find people. It's difficult to find people and build a following for your blog or on Facebook. On Twitter, it's easy. In Mark's book, The Tao of Twitter, there's an entire chapter dedicated to finding relevant targeted people to follow on Twitter. They don't even have to follow you back. You can start to build your audience on your own and learn from people and connect with them. Just add a comment here and there. There is great power in being able to retweet. "Retweet" simply means you re-share someone else's content that they posted in a tweet. When you do this, it does a couple of amazing things. First of all, it's like saying, "Thank you! Good job! I appreciate this content!" and second, it helps you to get on their radar. If you do a good job of surrounding yourself with a relevant targeted audience, this audience will provide you with great content. You're now able to create value for your audience through the content of others. After you retweet someone a couple of times and make an attempt to engage, they're going to notice you. It's a wonderful way to build your audience, network and connect. It's networking on steroids. Mark's policy is to follow people back because you never know where it's going to lead. The great thing about Twitter and social media in general is that you can make it into anything you want. There are no rules. The strategy that Mark follows is that if you're a legitimate person trying to connect, the other person will follow you back because that's the real value of Twitter. Listen to the show to find out about how the code in the Retweet button works. Mark's favorite Twitter tools Mark feels that there are many great tools out there, but the main one he uses is HootSuite. Twitter can quickly become an unmanageable wall of noise. To help with this, Mark's advice is to segment your Twitter followers into lists. This way you can avoid missing anything from the people you learn from. It's a very powerful platform.

4 Tips to Improve Your YouTube Marketing

4 Tips to Improve Your YouTube Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you marketing on YouTube? Could you use some new ideas to improve your YouTube results? Perhaps you should reconsider your YouTube approach. In this article you'll discover four tips to make your YouTube marketing more effective. Listen to this article: #1: Pique Curiosity With Unconventional Video People aren't going to click on your video to see a boring infomercial. They may be willing to tolerate a dry tutorial if it offers unique advice that they won't find elsewhere. The most successful YouTube videos, though, tell an original and interesting story. This ad from Android is a good example. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vnVuqfXohxc&feature=youtu.be It may be easier to come up with great content ideas if you don't limit yourself to videos that relate directly to your product or business. This is particularly important if you're in an industry that's hard to get people excited about (such as asphalt contracting). Consider this video of a young girl dancing, which was used to promote the Samsung Galaxy 580 phone. The video is seemingly unrelated to the product, yet still reflects positively on the company. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lK7IzfLmyco The video conveys the excitement that Samsung wants its customers to feel about its phone. It helps set the mood for people to take the next step, which is to visit the URL at the end to learn more about the product. Your goal is to keep viewers engaged long enough to soften them up for your call to action. Don't go overboard with this type of content, though. You've probably seen some commercials and had no idea what the message was until the very end, which left you confused about the company. Make sure that your videos evoke the emotions you want customers to feel about your company, even if there isn't a direct connection between your video content and the product you're ultimately promoting. #2: Support Customer Research With Keywords When marketing on YouTube, it's important to recognize and consider your audience's stage in the buying process. Some marketers try to cold-sell to customers and prospects who might be interested in their products. The problem is that people who find your videos on YouTube are usually in the discovery stage and aren't ready to commit to a purchase. For this reason, it's important to choose keywords that are relevant to people who are looking for new information and to provide video content that educates based on those keywords. You can use the AdWords Display Planner tool to research keywords for your video descriptions and ad targeting. What types of keywords should you look for? Consider words and phrases that are relevant to both your industry and products. For example, if you have a car repair shop, you could target keywords such as "how to change oil" and "auto mechanic." Testing Keyword Performance in YouTube Ads Your keywords need to receive enough exposure for you to properly test them. Choose keywords with at least 1,000 monthly impressions, and you should be able to gather enough data to gauge their effectiveness. During the initial keyword testing phase, you want to collect data on the performance of keywords in your ads in a cost-effective way. Some of the keywords you're bidding on may generate more volume than you expect, especially if you're bidding competitively. YouTube is a massive site, so it's easy to quickly blow your ad budget, especially if you choose high-volume targeting options. Unless you're working with a big budget to start with, set your budget low enough to ensure you don't spend too much on a single keyword target. You can always raise your budget after you've had a chance to optimize your campaign and know which keywords offer the best ROI. #3: Qualify Leads With YouTube Video The goal of your video should be to prequalify viewers and send fully interested prospects on to your website to learn more about your products and services.

How to Target Your Facebook Ads to Business Locations

How to Target Your Facebook Ads to Business Locations

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to get your Facebook posts in front of an audience at a specific physical location? Have you considered targeting people based on where they work? Using workplace targeting makes it easy to get your content in front of the right people at the right company. In this article, you'll discover how to use workplace targeting to serve Facebook ads to people who work at specific companies. Listen to this article: Why Use Workplace Targeting? Simply put, it works. It's one of the most effective ways to target users on Facebook, especially when it comes to informing the media and other influencers. There are other uses, too: If you own or manage a restaurant, publish posts about your daily specials and promote your posts to people who work at the businesses within walking distance. If you're promoting an article about the top events in your town, you could target people who work at the local university and other companies to help spread the word. If you run a PR agency, you can post links to successful client stories you were involved with and promote them to decision-makers who work at companies you'd like to represent. If you're pitching to investors or journalists, you can amplify your best content to impress people before your meeting. The possibilities are endless, and here's how you can get started. #1: Create Your Targeted Campaign First, you'll need to decide what you want to achieve out of this Facebook ad campaign. Based on that goal, choose the content you want your target audience to see. If you want to highlight external content, create a post that links to an article, video, or image. You can also use this technique to drive engagement on native posts, like this one. After you've posted to your page, you're ready to get your page post in front of the right people at the right company. Open up your Ads Manager, either directly or through Business Manager, and click Create Campaign. You'll then be taken to a screen with many objectives to choose from. For this example, the best option is the first, Boost Your Posts. Click on the Boost Your Posts objective and you'll see a sidebar come out on the right. Use the sidebar to select the post you'd like to promote. You can also give your campaign a name. Then click the Set Audience & Budget button to continue. #2: Define Your Campaign Audience Here's the fun part. This is where you get to target the people you want to see your ad. You want to target by workplace. To find that option, click the More Demographics drop-down menu, click on Work, and select one of the workplace targeting options. This example targets Employers. Enter the name of the company you'd like to target in the box that appears. You'll also want to change the location targeting to match the geographic location of the company you're targeting. If your target has multiple offices, this helps ensure you're targeting the right audience. #3: Set Your Campaign Budget Start with spending $1/day for around two weeks. As you learn more about how your ads perform, you can adjust your budget and scheduling as needed. This campaign example is set to run for 10 days at $1/day. You'll notice the option to give your ad set a name down at the bottom of the page. This is helpful when you're dealing with multiple ad sets under a single campaign. #4: Create Your Ad Double-check that everything looks the way you want it to. Don't worry about optimization, bid amount, when you get charged, ad scheduling, or delivery type; just make sure that your budget, duration, and campaign name are set. When you're satisfied, click Choose New Ad Creative. #5: Choose Your Ad Creative After creating your campaign, it's time to make an ad for the page post you made in Step 1. You can select that post from the Select an Existing Page Post drop-down list to the left of the preview.

Pinterest: How to Drive More Traffic to Your Site With Pinterest

Pinterest: How to Drive More Traffic to Your Site With Pinterest

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Pinterest for business? Are you wondering how Pinterest can help your business drive more traffic to your website or blog? To learn about Pinterest marketing, I interview Melanie Duncan for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Melanie Duncan, owner of Luxury Monograms and CustomGreekThreads. She also does online training for business owners and spends a lot of time focusing on Pinterest marketing. Melanie shares how Pinterest is a different social media platform and why marketers should use it. You'll learn how to create clickable images and calls to action that will lead to increased visibility and sales. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Pinterest Marketing How has Pinterest helped your business? Melanie describes how she stumbled across Pinterest marketing in January of this year, when she started to receive a high volume of traffic and orders to her site. It wasn't until she logged into Google Analytics that she realized Pinterest's potential in terms of bringing new customers and traffic to her site. You'll discover how Melanie formed a Pinterest strategy and how it helped her business get more exposure and sales. Melanie explains how she first saw Pinterest traffic come from Luxury Monograms. People were pinning things from her site, even before she had a Pin It button. You'll learn how people can pin from your blog or website. Melanie explains that it wasn't just the high-quality product photography that was being repinned, but also the basic product photos. You'll discover why it's not all about the quality of the photos and why calls to action are so important. Listen to the show to find out what calls to action work best and how they can increase engagement by 80%. Some of the biggest mistakes marketers make on Pinterest Melanie explains how Pinterest is a very different type of social media platform and that many marketers or small business owners don't really understand how to use it for their business. A lot of us start with a personal Pinterest profile. Research shows that 80% of pins on Pinterest are repins. People log onto Pinterest, they look at their newsfeed and repin. They don't really go out across the Internet and try to find new forms of information to put on the platform. One of the biggest mistakes marketers make is that they don't create enough original content. You'll hear what you need to do to make a real difference and get the results you want. Listen to the show to find out where the opportunity is for marketers. How to determine if Pinterest is worth focusing on Melanie shares how a lot of service business owners believe that they can't be on Pinterest, as it's only for physical products. You'll learn why this isn't true. Pinterest has a free analytics tool that is available to all business pages now. You'll discover 3 steps you need to take to have access. Once you have access, Pinterest hooks up the analytics to your sites. You can now track your pin activity, such as: How many people are pinning from your website Whether your pins are being repinned and how often How much traffic is being sent to your site What your impressions are like It's a very easy tool to help track how quickly people respond and engage with your content. You'll discover the only way to get traffic from Pinterest to your blog or website and why it doesn't have to be something pretty.

Monetize Your Platform: How to Grow Sales With Your Online Platform

Monetize Your Platform: How to Grow Sales With Your Online Platform

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you built your own platform? Are you wondering how to monetize it? To learn how you can use your platform to generate real revenue for your business, I interview David Siteman Garland for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview David Siteman Garland, who is the host of The Rise To The Top podcast. His video and audio podcasts are focused on equipping bloggers, podcasters and YouTubers to grow a sustainable business with their platforms. He also wrote the book Smarter, Faster, Cheaper: Non-Boring, Fluff-Free Strategies for Marketing and Promoting Your Business. David shares how he grew his platform and the various ways he has monetized it. You'll learn how to get started generating revenue and the price points you need to look at. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Platform Monetization Why people struggle to make money with their platform David says it's a classic problem for most people. The platform space falls into two different categories. The first one is when it's a hobby. Here people have great content but don't know what to do with it. The second one is where you have the classic "Internet marketers" who have figured out how to make money but their content isn't great. David's advice to those who have great content but struggle to make money is you have to remember that you're positioned extremely well. If you have great content that's a side hobby, you can turn it into a legitimate six-figure–plus business. David started out the exact same way. What he and his friends have achieved shows that it's very attainable. You'll discover why it's a good position to be in if you're a blogger, podcaster or YouTuber. A lot of the time, people lack strategy on how to generate revenue. In David's eyes, the hard part is building your audience, community and trust. Once you have all this in place, the monetization angle can be brought in pretty easily. The hardest challenge is to start with no platform and no product. If you already have the platform, then you are 50% of the way there. Listen to the show to find out how you can use technology to accomplish what traditionally businesses had to pay a lot of money for. What is the platform you have built?  David started his platform The Rise To The Top in 2008, when it was a simple interview show for entrepreneurs. His show now focuses primarily on what he calls mediapreneurs, who are people with a platform. He currently has over 7 million community members. When David was on the journey of building his platform, he realized he was pretty good at creating content, building his audience and getting out there. The main struggle for him was how to turn it into a sustainable, long-term business. There are many ways to monetize a platform. It doesn't come down to which one will be best, it's more about which one you are really excited about and want to do. You have to feel comfortable with it. You'll discover the many ways you can monetize your platform. From a content perspective, David publishes two brand-new shows every week on his platform. One is an interview and the other is a video for his The Rise To The Top and DSG TV YouTube channel. You'll discover what both of these involve and the areas he focuses on and why. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jDv4DsRy_ys Listen to the show to find out how David discovered the options he went with. What you should do before you monetize your platform

The 5 Ad Campaigns That Have Redefined Beauty (So Far This Year)

The 5 Ad Campaigns That Have Redefined Beauty (So Far This Year)


SELF

Clean & Clear wants to see the real you.

How to Extend the Life of Your Social Media Content

How to Extend the Life of Your Social Media Content

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Wish you didn't have to keep creating new content? Do you need a better return on the content you create? Having a plan in place for posting, and repurposing your best content will give your content a longer life and make the most of the time you spend creating it. In this article you'll discover how to get more value out of your social media content. #1: Tailor Your Content Posts to Each Network Here's the dilemma. Some of your customers and prospects spend their social networking time on Facebook, while others favor LinkedIn. However, you have a blog post you want both groups to see. Listen to this article: The first idea that comes to mind is to post the same piece to both networks. But you're not sure that's the right thing to do, and you don't want to appear lazy or insincere to those who follow you on multiple networks. The solution is simple: Tailor that one content piece to each network you're posting it on. Posting across social channels in a way that respects the quirks and qualities of each individual network is a win-win: You'll make your audience happy and increase your marketing ROI. Here are a few things to consider when tailoring your content: Understand each platform. Each social network serves a different purpose. Facebook is very flexible in allowing you to post a mix of text, images and video content, but stiff competition might encourage you to think outside of the box. On Twitter, your goal is to engage quickly and concisely. On LinkedIn, people are primed to learn about industry trends and data that are relevant to them, be it in the form of a long blog post or short status updates. Also, extract important points from your content pieces, and use them accordingly. If you have an attention-getting one-liner from your blog, consider linking to that blog post on Facebook or Twitter. A data point that raises concerns or inspires your followers to take action might perform well as a tweet or LinkedIn status update. Finally, make sure you don't overdo it. While cross-posting content to social networks can maximize your social media marketing efficiency, it's also important to produce some original content for each network. This reduces the chances you'll be identified as a spammy marketer, thus triggering people to unfollow you and algorithms to decrease your SEO rankings. #2: Schedule Multiple Shares of New Content Links shared via social media tend to have a short half-life (that is, the amount of time it takes for links to receive half of the clicks they'll ever get) of just a few hours. An easy way to get more out of shared links is to repost them again in the days, weeks and months that follow. Why Repost Content? There are two main reasons you should consider reposting older content. First, posting content again can help you gain new followers and more engagement. When you post a link just once, only a small segment of people will ever see it. This is due to such variables as people not being online at the time you post and quirks of social network algorithms. For example, Facebook’s news feed algorithm, along with growing competition, ensure that only a small segment of your business page followers will see one of your status updates show up organically in their individual feeds. To capture more engagement, it's essential to schedule repeated postings. Second, reposting content also reminds existing followers of what's important. Here's where you might run a small risk of spamming, at least in the eyes of people who happen to see a piece more than once. But if you remind your followers why you're special through slightly varied iterations of the same content, you'll enhance your brand visibility and build thought leadership over time. Repeated contact with qualified leads is essential to moving them through the sales cycle. Simply sharing your content more than once guarantees clicks that you otherwise wouldn...

4 Ways to Create Social Media Ads That Stand Out

4 Ways to Create Social Media Ads That Stand Out

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are your ads getting noticed as much as you'd like? Are you looking for ways to grab your audience's attention? Successful social media ads entice consumers to watch, listen to or click on the message. In this article you'll discover four ways to create social media ads that stand out. Listen to this article: #1: Script It for Broadcast Podcasting is a great opportunity to reach a new, attentive and engaged audience. Whether your ad is scripted like a radio spot or read aloud by the podcast host, it will come across as more authentic than any sponsored Facebook post ever could. The audience knows it's an ad because it sounds like an ad, and that's okay. Don't underestimate the time and resources this kind of advertising requires, though. You'll need to either have a trusted podcaster do it for you or be extremely creative with how you deliver your messaging, like this ad for Mail Chimp on the Serial podcast. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3O8Dzz8KzqQ #2: Use Video or GIFs Video has been hot for a few years now, but a lot has changed recently. For example, Facebook has autoplay on video and supports animated GIFs (finally!), and Instagram just announced they're releasing video ads to all brands. Great content combined with motion is an irresistible combination that gives you the opportunity to engage with consumers on a deeper level. Video marketing can be tricky though, so you need to keep a few things in mind. First, although many videos on social media feature autoplay, your message shouldn't rely on audio. Don't assume your audience is listening, but do assume they're watching. BuzzFeed and Business Insider do a great job at combining audio with visual elements in their videos if you need some inspiration. Second, if you're thinking about diving into Instagram video ads, know that they're limited to 15 seconds. So skip any opening graphics or stills and get right to the story. Also, Instagram was built on an audience that appreciates beautiful and inspiring visuals, so think beyond basic storytelling and consider using a mix of still imagery and video. For example, Stuart Weitzman’s Instagram ads like the one above (which are actually animated GIFs) are subtle but eye-catching examples of how brands are pushing creative boundaries on this platform. Or for something more entertaining, check out how Disney used Instagram video to promote the movie Big Hero 6. This ad features characters from the Big Hero 6 movie posting selfies, which is a perfect fit for this social platform. Plus, the ad isn't overly promotional, and Disney kept it fun and lighthearted. #3: Incorporate Humor Many brands have found success by taking social media advertising and turning it into a parody of itself. An example of this is Old Spice's “scratch and sniff” ad. With this ad, the company pokes fun at the entire online advertising space. It's on target for the brand's persona, and the cheeky copy and imagery leave a lasting impression on the viewer, which is something most traditional ads stopped doing a long time ago. While this ad was placed as a banner ad, the tactic can easily be translated to social media marketing. Humor is one of the best emotions to tap into if you want your content to generate engagement, so lighten up and make your audience laugh. Just know that using humor and sarcasm doesn't necessarily work for every brand. Your ad content and campaign need to reflect your brand voice and resonate well with your target audience. Done well, it works. If you miss the mark, it can be a social media disaster, as was the case with the DiGiorno #whyistayed campaign. #4: Provide Content Downloads Instead of simply advertising to consumers, what if you provided useful content? This isn't a new concept (it's basically Content Marketing 101), but it's something you want to embrace. Whether you're in B2C or B2B, you have something to offer.

How to Boost Your Engagement With Visual Content

How to Boost Your Engagement With Visual Content

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more engagement on your social channels? Have you considered using visual content? There are easy-to-use tools and tactics you can use to create visual content that attracts viewers and engages them. In this article you’ll discover how to use visual content to boost engagement. Listen to this article: #1: Create Animated GIFs From YouTube Video Millennials (people reaching young adulthood around the year 2000) are known as Generation GIF. If you check out publications like BuzzFeed, Gawker and Deadspin or browse the front pages of Reddit and Tumblr, you'll see animated GIFs are everywhere. Animated GIFs expand your marketing channels and increase the chances of your content going viral on Tumblr and Reddit. And from there, content is often picked up by major publications and blogs. There are tools that make it easy to create animated GIFs. Here are a couple you might want to try: MakeaGif is a free online tool that lets you create animated GIFs using photos, YouTube videos, uploaded videos and web camera videos. You can also use it to modify an existing GIF. GIFYT allows you to create high-quality GIFs from YouTube videos. With this free tool, you can select what portion of the video to turn into the GIF and add a caption. You can check out some of the GIFs created with GIFYT here. #2: Install On-Hover Sharing Buttons Sometimes readers are inclined to share an image, but they either don't know how or simply forget to do so. A mild mouseover call to action that encourages a share will prompt more visual shares from viewers. Use a plugin like WWM Social Share On Image Hover as an easy way to enable mouseover sharing (Here's how to securely install Wordpress plugins!) With this tool, you can automatically place buttons on all of your images so your viewers can share them in an instant. It's a surprisingly effective way to increase engagement. Here’s a page where you can see mouseover share buttons in action, and here are more plugins that add image-sharing options on mouseover. #3: Play on Emotion Connecting with your audience on an emotional level leaves a long-lasting impact. When something sparks an emotional response, the viewer is more likely to share, comment on and remember it. Visuals are great for this purpose. Humans respond to what they see, more so than any other form of stimulation. If you're connecting emotionally with users, they'll start to associate those feelings with your brand. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2K5trQS3JeA According to Fractl research, the two most engaging emotions (in terms of provoking shares) are positive feelings (such as joy, interest, anticipation and trust) and the element of surprise. #4: Celebrate Unusual Holidays From National Hamburger Day to National Book Lovers' Day, unusual holidays are hard to resist. They're also an awesome source of visual content inspiration. There's an idea for a cool image to create almost daily. Coca-Cola does a great job of using unusual holidays in their social media marketing. They published these images of cute animals to celebrate National Polar Bear Day. To find holidays and observances, you can check these useful lists of unusual holidays and days of the year for inspiration. #5: Ask Viewers to Contribute You don't have to use your own visuals to capture your viewers' attention. Flip the script and ask your viewers to contribute their images. People love seeing their work promoted by a brand, and it makes them feel appreciated and special. On your social channels, ask viewers to submit designs, logos, photographs, drawings or anything else uniquely suited to your product. Facebook, Instagram and Pinterest are fantastic platforms for this style of campaign. Here are two easy-to-implement visual contest ideas to engage your audience and create more visual context around your brand. Caption Contests Publish an interesting image and ask your reader...

Content Marketing Success: Why Answering Questions Sells

Content Marketing Success: Why Answering Questions Sells

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want more sales? Is content marketing a part of your strategy? To explore how to create content that sells, I interview Marcus Sheridan. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Marcus Sheridan, a blogger, podcaster, and keynote speaker who specializes in content and inbound marketing. He's known as "The Sales Lion," and is the author of the brand-new book, They Ask You Answer: A Revolutionary Approach to Inbound Sales, Content Marketing, and Today's Digital Consumer. Marcus explores how to market and sell with content. You'll discover how the right content can overcome buyers' fears. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Content Marketing Success Marcus' Story Marcus began learning about content marketing during the 2008 market crash. Within 48 hours, his swimming pool business, River Pools, lost a quarter of a million dollars after five clients pulled their deposits. By January 2009, three consultants had suggested filing for bankruptcy. However, if Marcus filed, he and his partners would lose their homes and their 16 employees would lose their jobs. Marcus knew he had to generate more trust, traffic, leads, and sales than ever, and he had no money to do it. So he looked at the Internet. Marcus read all about inbound marketing, content, and blogging. He learned that addressing his prospects' questions, issues, fears, worries, and concerns on the business website could help the business be successful. In March 2009, Marcus told his two business partners that the company needed to live by a new philosophy: "They Ask. You Answer." Marcus brainstormed all of the questions he'd ever been asked and found that the major questions were often ones businesses don't like to answer online. Committed to the new philosophy, however, Marcus began writing blog posts about customers' questions, including the good, the bad, and the ugly. The company became committed to answering questions more consistently and transparently than anybody in their space. Listen to the show to discover how this new approach transformed the website's traffic, leads, and sales. Online Content Overload Now that many websites have taken the same approach to content that Marcus did, I ask Marcus what advice he would give to any business owner concerned that approaches to website content have changed. Marcus says he's really bothered when businesses assume they shouldn't share their philosophies or content because they think everything has already been said. Those businesses are letting other people in their industry create the content. Business leaders also think they shouldn't share content because their content isn't amazing. Marcus disagrees and notes that initially his writing and video content were bad. However, he kept going and now his content is good. Listen to the show to hear what false idea Marcus says everyone believes. The Five Subjects That Make a Difference In any industry, Marcus says buyers want to discuss five subjects as they research a company, product, or service online, and addressing these subjects on your website will help you reach your marketing goals. Cost questions Problems questions (what the drawbacks and issues are) Comparisons (your product versus another) Best of (for example, the best marketing automation software) Reviews However, Marcus finds that businesses don't like to talk about these topics on their websites. As a result, they lose customers. Most people research cost online before they buy and get frustrated when they can't find that informa...

The Social Media Examiner Show: This Week in Social Media

The Social Media Examiner Show: This Week in Social Media

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Welcome to our weekly edition of what's hot in social media news. To help you stay up to date with social media, here are some of the news items that caught our attention. What's New This Week? We've got exciting news this week! The Social Media Examiner Show: Subscribe now (for free) and discover quick tips for marketing your business in our 10-minute daily podcast. Consume snack-sized social media content each day. The result: this daily dose of marketing know-how will equip you to take your social media to an entirely new level. Watch this quick video from our founder AND to discover how to subscribe via an iPhone. Subscribe via iTunes, Stitcher or RSS. Click here to help us spread the word about this new show. Other News Worth Noting Facebook Unveils Facebook at Work: Facebook at Work is "only available to people who have set up a work account through their employer" and is currently in beta only on iOS. Google Lets You Specify Your Social Profiles: Are you a website developer? This new feature allows you to "use markup on your official website to add your social profile information to the Google Knowledge panel in some searches. Knowledge panels can prominently display your social profile information."   Weekly Video Tip // Post by Social Media Examiner. . Studies Worth Examining Q4 Social Login Report: Facebook Losing Ground to Google: Janrain's Q4 2014 social login report shows that while Facebook is still the dominant way people log into websites, Google is closing the gap among music and consumer brand sites. Facebook lost 3% of its social login market share while Google gained 6% in 2014, going from 34% in Q3 to 40% in Q4. REPORT: Messenger Cuts Into Facebook App's Reach: According to November 2014 data from comScore, the Facebook Messenger app is boosting its share of overall reach among U.S. users, at the expense of the social network's flagship app. Messenger rose to fifth place in rankings of reach among smartphone apps at 43.1%. The main Facebook app still overwhelmingly topped the list at 69%. Facebook-owned photo- and video-sharing network, Instagram, took ninth-place position on the list at 30.7%. Social Media Update 2014: A September 2014 survey conducted by the Pew Research Center finds that Facebook has the highest concentration of users, capturing 71% of American adult Internet users and 58% of the entire adult population. However, its overall growth has slowed, while other sites continue to see increases in users. The study also broke down key demographic trends and frequency of use for each of the five major social networks: Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Pinterest and LinkedIn. Data Driven and Digitally Savvy: The Rise of the New Marketing Organization: Forbes Insights and advertising technology company, Turn, surveyed 331 senior executives from a range of industries. Of those executives surveyed, 7 in 10 believe their reliance on data analytics for decision-making will either increase significantly (24%) or somewhat (47%) over the next 3 years. Data-driven marketing is credited with creating competitive advantages in customer loyalty (47%), gaining new customers (43%) and customer satisfaction (42%). Sixty-one percent note a measurable increase in ROI from data-driven marketing campaigns. Instagram 2015 Study: The Most Valuable Instagram Study for Your Business: Iconosquare released the largest Instagram study ever conducted, surveying 16,000 Instagram users, tracking 250 million media, and analyzing 39 billion interactions. The published results include 200+ pages of exclusive analyses, case studies and best practices. Their goal is to help marketers better promote their brand, understand best practices, analyze user engagement and recruit and retain users. How Long Does It Take to Plan Facebook, Twitter Content?: Research by Percolate reveals how long companies plan ahead for their content distribution on Twitter and Facebook...

Influencer Marketing: How to Work With Influential People

Influencer Marketing: How to Work With Influential People

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you reach out to influencers? Want to create good relationships to increase your visibility and get more customers? To learn how to work with influencers, I interview Doug Karr. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview conversion expert Doug Karr, the author of Corporate Blogging for Dummies and founder of the Marketing Technology blog. Doug also co-hosts the Edge of the Web podcast. Doug will explore influencer marketing and how to work with prominent people. You'll discover how to identify and reach out to influencers, as well as develop relationships and campaigns that lead to sales. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Influencer Marketing How Doug became interested in influencer marketing After Doug got out of the Navy in 1992, he started a newspaper and did direct and database marketing. Then about 12 years ago, he started a blog. From a database marketing standpoint, Doug shares he's always been intrigued by the pockets or the gaps, and not the averages. In the direct mail days, the motto was "go after a certain age group, gender and neighborhood, and get 100% saturation." Doug found, over time, it was the smaller pockets of people who had higher conversion rates. This is true in online marketing as well. People who do SEO optimize for huge keywords with massive search volumes. Maybe they rank, but they don't get any results (meaning business) out of it. Influencer marketing is the same, in that people go after influencers. They spend a lot of money without seeing results, because they make significant errors as they select and research influencers. Doug says he tells people who are transitioning from traditional to online media that he doesn't think a lot has changed. As marketers, it's all about building trust and satisfying clients. Blogging and social media are great for that, because customers can now talk to people at different companies and get insight into their business through these channels. You build relationships virtually, then get those people to convert. Listen to the show to hear what opportunities came to Doug from blogging. How Doug defines influencer marketing Doug believes influencers are people within our industry who already have established trust with an audience. Let's say someone has an amazing audience you want to reach. The best way to get to that person's audience is to create an influencer marketing campaign and work with that influencer to help you promote your products and services. The keys are audience (find an influencer whose audience matches what you need) and reach. Determine if the influencer's reach is wide enough to make your campaign sensible from a time and money standpoint. Listen to the show to hear examples of good influencers to reach out to in the marketing and social media space. The differences among reach, popularity and influence Doug says half of the time, a company fails because they focus on reach and popularity, but not necessarily on influence. Influence is not about retweets or shares. It's about conversions. If someone makes a purchase based on a person's advice, that person is an influencer. When Doug works with an influencer, he looks at that person's target audience to see whether he or she has captivated their trust and made sales to them. One of the telltale signs that influencers are doing well is they've had the same sponsor on their site for 3 years; they don't switch them out every month. Doug also cautions that before entering into a relationshi...

Facebook Ads Strategy: How Marketers Need to Alter Their Techniques

Facebook Ads Strategy: How Marketers Need to Alter Their Techniques

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Facebook ads? Want to learn the latest strategies? To discover what's changed with Facebook ads and how to get better results, I interview Rick Mulready. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Rick Mulready, the host of the Art of Paid Traffic podcast. He's a Facebook Ads coach and has numerous courses on Facebook advertising, including the FB ADvantage. Rick will explore what's changed with Facebook ads and share new strategies that work. You'll discover best practices for video ads, carousel ads, and more. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Ads Strategy Rick's story Rick spent 12 years in the corporate online advertising space, working with big companies like AOL, Yahoo, Funny or Die, and Vibrant Media. He did everything from banner and video ads to search and text advertising. Rick got into Facebook ads around 2010, while still in the corporate world. This was when Facebook was making a name for itself as a social platform, when small businesses could post on their pages and people would see it, and when Facebook started to allow business to advertise. Rick loved Facebook advertising. He saw the power in it, and taught himself as much as he could. He started running campaigns for entrepreneur friends while still in corporate, and the rest is history. Rick left his job at the end of 2012 and has been specializing in Facebook ads ever since. For the first couple of years, Rick focused on social media in general. He hosted the Inside Social Media podcast, where he interviewed the heads of social media from some of the biggest brands around the world. That was great, yet Rick still gravitated toward the Facebook ad side. In January 2015, Rick started the Art of Paid Traffic podcast, where he covers Facebook advertising and everything else to do with paid traffic such as YouTube ads, copywriting, landing pages, metrics, analytics, and so on. It's a combination of case studies, interviews with experts, and solo shows. Listen to the show to learn why only big businesses could really utilize Facebook ads in 2010. How Facebook Ads has evolved A lot has changed in Facebook advertising – such as targeting – over the past year or so, Rick says. For instance, you can upload your email list and create a targeted audience out of them. Also, you can retarget people coming to your website or a landing page. When most people think of targeting, they think of interest targeting, which is targeting fans of another page or somebody in their space. Facebook has recently rolled out detailed targeting. Before, if you wanted to target fans of Social Media Examiner or Entrepreneur Magazine, you could only do one or the other. Now, you can set up ads to target people who have an interest in Social Media Examiner and Entrepreneur Magazine. To take it a step further, you can exclude an audience. For instance, target fans of Social Media Examiner and Entrepreneur magazine, but exclude people who like Inc. Magazine. It's a much more detailed subset of that audience. When Facebook reported its Q4 earnings, they basically said their customer is not the advertiser. While they're making money off of advertising, their customers are the 1.5 billion Facebook users. Facebook recognizes that without these users, they won't have people coming to advertise on the platform. Therefore, Facebook is protecting the user experience. They want to make sure advertisers think of value first to take care of Facebook users. While you can still run an ad to an opt-in or registration page,

Teaching Sells: How to Gain Trust and the Sale by Teaching

Teaching Sells: How to Gain Trust and the Sale by Teaching

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you looking for a way to grow your influence while making more sales? Do you ever wonder if teaching is right for your business? To learn how you can sell with teaching, I interview John Jantsch for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview John Jantsch, who's written four books, including Duct Tape Marketing. His newest book is Duct Tape Selling. John helps small- and mid-sized businesses enhance their sales and marketing efforts. John shares how teaching and sales connect. You'll discover different ways to teach, businesses that do it well and the value of newsletter content. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Teaching Sells How John got into sales John explains that he was exposed to sales at a very young age, when his dad was a representative for a traditional manufacturer. Not only was he exposed to it as a profession, but John's dad was also a great mentor to him. His dad always obsessed about trying to deliver value to his customers and to make sure he kept his word. The way people sell today has changed because of all of the different tools that are available. Back then, people knew what they wanted to buy, but now it's something different. Listen to the show to find out what John's first job was when he left college. How teaching and selling connect First of all, you don't want to be pushy with your product. Most people are turned off by this and build a wall straight away, even if they're interested. Instead, you need to tell stories, share examples of other people's success and start to paint a picture of how you can solve the customer's problem. John feels that with this approach, the trust barrier is removed. It's a great way for other people to relate to you as someone who delivers value, without the exchange of money. Some of the best ways to attract people to you is to teach through workshops, seminars or articles. A lot of people want to be taught and led by someone else. When you develop a reputation for being someone who can teach people, then you get invited to places where you have the opportunity to sell. A lot of people still believe that if you give too much away, you won't be hired. However, from John's experience (and mine), it's the total opposite. The more you give and demonstrate your expertise for free, the more likely you are to attract that ideal customer. People see you as someone who is willing to give before they ask. Listen to the show to discover the percentage of business that John receives from people who are not customers or he doesn't have direct interaction with. An example of a business that is winning by teaching One of the first companies that comes to mind is HubSpot, which makes a profit from teaching. They produce great ebooks and run live webinars with different experts. Another company that John personally uses is REI, which sells quality outdoor gear. They do a tremendous amount of teaching on their website. The information they provide supports the products they sell. It's great for the outdoor enthusiast who wants to be part of that community, as well as buy a product from them. You'll hear a great example of how a small software company stood out from their competitors in the way they market their product and why John believes it's the key to success. Listen to the show to hear other examples of companies and individuals who sell through teaching. What is the "Total Content System"?

How do I Become a Marketing Manager?

by Merrill @ Best Marketing Degrees

At a time when the marketing world is undergoing radical changes, the industry needs leaders to tackle the day’s most pressing challenges. How do you attract new consumers? How do […]

The post How do I Become a Marketing Manager? appeared first on Best Marketing Degrees.

How to Create Word-of-Mouth Marketing Campaigns in the Digital World

How to Create Word-of-Mouth Marketing Campaigns in the Digital World


Socedo Blog

There's no doubt that over the past decade, the traditional definition of marketing has changed. We now live in a world of viral trends that spread rapidly throughout social media, creating buzz to generate word-of-mouth marketing (WOMM) that helps... #digitalmarketing #marketing #socialmedia

6 Instagram Tools to Improve Your Marketing

6 Instagram Tools to Improve Your Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to take your Instagram marketing to the next level? Have you considered using tools to support your efforts there? Adding the right Instagram tools into your marketing flow can help you project a more professional image and give you valuable analytic insights. In this article you'll discover six tools to improve your Instagram marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Filter Your Images for a Signature Look The first step to any successful Instagram account is to tell your company's story. Your images are a reflection of your business, and you want them to appeal to your target audience on an emotional level. It's important to have a cohesive look to your images that unifies your brand assets. One tool that can help with that is A Color Story. This app makes it easy to fine-tune your photos and give them a more professional look before posting them to Instagram. The app's filters will help enhance your images and make them pop; they won't overexpose them or make them look grainy. You can use the app's five basic filters for free or buy all of the filters for $7.99. It's best to stick to one (or two) filters to give your photos a consistent look. Choose an attractive filter that unifies all of the images you post to Instagram. Tip: Avoid posting images on Instagram that are unrelated to your business or the story you want it to tell. #2: Embed Your Instagram Feed for More Visibility You want your Instagram feed to get in front of your target audience as much as possible. One way to do that is to embed it on your website or blog with a tool like SnapWidget. Embedding your feed on your site gives you free advertising and social real estate. You can also use this opportunity to ask website visitors to follow your account on Instagram. With SnapWidget, you can opt for a grid layout, slideshow, or photo map that lets users explore the places you've Instagrammed. Once you add the code to your website or blog, SnapWidget will automatically pull the latest photos from your Instagram account, and it will continue to update on your site automatically. #3: Share Photos From Other Instagram Accounts If you want to have a successful Instagram feed, it's important to develop a supporting, sharing, and engaging community. This is one of the best things you can do for your business. If you interact with and support other Instagram users, they'll likely reciprocate your actions and become active and engaged followers. Sharing other users' photos is an excellent way to build relationships with your followers and within your industry. Repost for Instagram, available for iOS and Android, makes it easy to repost Instagram images from other accounts and share their stories while giving them credit on your feed. This lets you develop relationships and at the same time share relevant and interesting images with your followers. #4: Schedule Your Instagram Posts Even though Instagram is life on the go, sometimes life gets in the way. You can't always be glued to your phone and occasionally you need a few days off from the world of social posting. Maintain an active presence online with a tool like ScheduGram. This web-based tool lets you post immediately to your Instagram account or schedule posts for later. You can manage multiple Instagram accounts so you don't have to keep logging in and out of individual accounts. You can also grant access to multiple users so everyone on your team will have access to your Instagram posting schedule. #5: Track the Performance of Your Instagram Content You want to have a strategy behind every Instagram post. Are you trying to drive people to like your photo, leave a comment, or check out your website? Once you identify clear goals for your Instagram marketing, it's important to monitor your analytics to see if you're meeting those goals. Use an Instagram analytics tool like Iconosquare to track your stats so you can see if your marketing tactics...

2 Separate National Anthem Singers Take a Knee in Protest During NFL Games After Trump’s Tirade

2 Separate National Anthem Singers Take a Knee in Protest During NFL Games After Trump’s Tirade

by Maria Pasquini @ PEOPLE.com

On Sunday, two national anthem singers — one in Detroit and one in Tennessee — chose to take a knee during their performances.

In Detroit, Rico Lavelle who sang the national anthem before the Detroit Lions and Atlanta Falcons game, ended his performance by taking a knee.

Over in Tennessee, The Voice runner-up Meghan Linsey performed ahead of the Sunday game between the Tennessee Titans and the Seattle Seahawks and also took a knee after finishing the song.

Both the Titans and the Seahawks protested the national anthem and stayed in their locker rooms for the performance.

RELATED VIDEO: Story Behind the Story: PEOPLE Editor Corroborates Natasha Stoynoff’s Allegations Against Donald Trump

The Seahawks released a statement minutes before kickoff about their decision saying, “as a team we have decided we will not participate in the national anthem. We will not stand for the injustice that has plagued people of color in this country.”

“Out of love for our control and in honor of the sacrifices made on our behalf, we unite to opposite those that would deny our most basic freedoms. We remain committed in continuing to work towards equality and justice for all,” added the team.

The Titans also issued a statement saying, “As a team, we wanted to be unified in our actions today. The players jointly decided this was the best course of action. Our commitment to the military and our community is resolute and the absence of our team for the national anthem shouldn’t be misconstrued as unpatriotic.”

In a video posted by the team, the players can be seen walking onto the field with their arms linked together in solidarity.

The Seahawks also shared a photo of their team walking onto the field with linked arms, captioned with the word “unity.”

The NFL is taking a united stand after Donald Trump called for the firing of basketball and football stars like Colin Kaepernick who have chosen to protest the national anthem by taking a knee.

On Sunday, NFL players put on a united front as over 100 players linked arms, knelt, or simply stayed in the locker room during the national anthem during several games.


How to Optimize Your Facebook Ads: A Proven Approach

How to Optimize Your Facebook Ads: A Proven Approach

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Want to improve the performance of your Facebook campaigns? Wondering how to successfully test and fine-tune your Facebook ads? To explore his process for optimizing Facebook ads, I interview Azriel Ratz. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Azriel Ratz, author of the Facebook Pixel eBook and the Facebook Ads Mastery online course. He manages Facebook ads for clients across the globe. Azriel explains how he researches audiences and creates ad sets. You'll discover which metrics to consider when testing Facebook ad performance. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: How to Optimize Your Facebook Ads Azriel's Story About five years ago, Azriel started working for a friend whose business had an email list of 1,000 subscribers at the time. Azriel's job was to post on Facebook, Pinterest, Instagram, and Twitter and figure out what posts worked or didn't work. When Azriel looked at the analytics and noticed that certain Facebook posts worked really well, his friend suggested scheduling posts at certain times and targeting the posts based on what was already working. For instance, they created yes-or-no poll questions on Facebook, which attracted a lot of reach and activity. The polls asked how people felt about the day's news. They also posted these questions on the website: A basic form asked a poll question and a reader had to give their email address to respond. With this approach, the email list grew to the tens of thousands, all without spending money on ads. Azriel's friend wanted to know what would happen if they started putting money behind these posts, so they started running serious tests on Facebook. Over the next three years, the list grew to about 150,000 email addresses and led to ecommerce sales and client work. Two years ago, Azriel started his own business, focusing solely on optimizing Facebook ads for clients. He discovers what audience and content work best and then uses Facebook ads to target each client's best potential audience with the best potential ads. As a result, clients get the best return on their ad spend. Listen to the show to discover what Azriel studied in college. The Value of Optimizing Ads Most people think that creating Facebook ads is a very basic process. They know who they want to talk to and what they want to say. Based on that knowledge, they create an ad, choose an audience (thinking Facebook will figure it out), and let the ad run. They believe the cost is what it is, and they can't do anything about it. However, Azriel explains, if a business talks to the same person a different way by creating slightly different ads, this change could possibly save the business money on the cost to reach that person. Over time, a savings of even one cent per click could potentially save a company hundreds of thousands of dollars, depending on the ad spend. Listen to the show to hear my thoughts on conversion rate optimization. Azriel's Process Azriel's process reflects the structure for creating ads in Ads Manager. However, before you begin creating ads in Ads Manager, you can use the specifics of Azriel's process to begin thinking about how to build your ads. Identify what business goal you want to achieve by running these ads: Do you want to get leads? Do you want people to attend your webinar? Do you want people to visit your store? Your business goal helps you choose which type of campaign will most likely get you the right results. If you choose a page likes campaign, don't expect to get webinar subscribers. A video view campaign isn't ideal for getting purchases on your website.

How to Create Twitter RSS Feeds for Better Prospecting

How to Create Twitter RSS Feeds for Better Prospecting

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Twitter to find prospects? Looking for a better way to organize relevant conversations? You can use your favorite RSS reader to monitor customized Twitter searches, Twitter lists, and hashtags that relate to your business. In this article, you'll discover how to set up RSS feeds to easily monitor and manage a steady flow of Twitter leads. Listen to this article: Why Create RSS Feeds From Twitter Among social networks, Twitter has some major advantages to the social seller. It's generally acceptable for anyone to chime in on any conversation at any time. There's a mind-boggling volume of activity, and a great deal of it is relevant to prospecting. Many marketers find Twitter's web interface and mobile app to be less useful for mining opportunities, however. A better option to consider is to use an RSS reader app like Feedly, which makes it easy to organize feeds by theme, priority, stages in the buyer's journey, and any number of other useful parameters. Reader apps can be used as "asynchronous" queues, whereby aggregated content stays put until you view it. Here are step-by-step instructions for setting up Twitter timelines and organizing them into RSS feeds for maximum lead generation efficiency. #1: Create Targeted Twitter Timelines Create and Save Twitter Advanced Searches Twitter advanced searches can be goldmines to social sellers. You can set up queries that involve parameters like language, geographic location, sentiment, and the appearance of question marks. This helps you keep your finger on the pulse of what relevant people think of various brands and products, what they want to learn more about, and what their pain points are. For example, say you notice people asking about the best solution to pain points that your product is perfect for. If you're quick on the draw, you can jump in with content that answers users' questions and reach out to provide more advice if they're interested. To see who's talking about your company, type your company name in the Twitter search box, located at the top-right corner of the screen. On the results page, you'll see a list of tabs: Top, Live, Accounts, Photos, Videos, and More Options. Click on More Options, and from the drop-down menu, select Advanced Search. From here, you have virtually endless Twitter search refinement options. You can zero in on tweets with certain words, phrases, and hashtags, as well as the language they're written in. If you want to target when people are replying to your tweets (or anyone else's), add the relevant username in the To These Accounts box. Also choose whether you want to include positive, negative, questions, and/or retweets. When you're finished, click Search and then check out the results. If you need to refine your search, just click the Back button. Once you're satisfied with the search parameters you've set up, save the search by clicking More Options and selecting Save This Search. Repeat this process to set up advanced searches for the queries you want to track in your RSS-powered dashboard. Tip: Trying to set up a search that's returning results you aren't sure about? You can use the free tool from Warble to test-drive your advanced searches as daily email alerts. See what your queries return for a few days before you go through the RSS-creation process. It's also a good long-term option if you'd rather see tweets as emails than use an RSS reader. Subscribe to Relevant Twitter Lists Curated by Others Twitter lists can help you segment the Twitter accounts you monitor, making it easy to keep abreast of what's happening among specific groups of people and companies. You can use lists to monitor accounts without following them, so it's a great way to keep an eye on the competition, too. There are thousands of existing public lists that others have spent years curating and maintaining. Finding and subscribing to these can be useful when setting...

3 Ways to Advertise on Twitter

3 Ways to Advertise on Twitter

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you thinking about running Twitter ads? Wondering what your options are? Twitter advertising isn't difficult to set up, and for a very small amount of money it can provide an additional stream of traffic, customers and revenue. In this article, you'll discover three cost-effective ways to advertise on Twitter. Determine Your Campaign Budget To control the cost of your campaign and minimize your risk, it's important to set a total and daily budget. This means you'll have to decide the value of a new follower, lead or click-through to your website. Listen to this article: When choosing the amount, you should pay less than the result is worth to you. Otherwise you'll lose money. Remember, though, to take into account the lifetime value of a new customer or lead, not just the initial value of that first action. When you're satisfied with the numbers, set aside the total amount of money you're prepared to spend; this is your total budget. Divide your total budget by the number of days you're going to run your campaign (say three or four days); this is your daily maximum budget. Adjust these figures as necessary, depending on your comfort level and the metrics that apply to your business. Remember, your first attempts at Twitter advertising should be viewed as an experiment. It's an investment in figuring out the winning formula for your business. When you have your budget figures ready, it's time to set up advertising for the three most effective objectives: increasing followers, traffic and leads. #1: Attract New Followers Follower campaign ads are designed to increase visibility and grow your followers. They appear as Promoted Tweets in the person's timeline, and as Promoted Accounts in the Who to Follow boxes on the Home, Profile, and Search results pages. To create a Promoted Account campaign, go to Twitter Ads. If this is your first time in Twitter Ads, you'll be prompted to enter your country, time zone and payment details. Next, choose Followers from the Select a Campaign Objective menu, and give your new campaign a name. Set the campaign dates and select the audience you want to target with your campaign. Next, enter the location, gender and language of the people you want to reach and the devices you want your ads to appear on. You can further target your audience by the people they follow, their interests, behaviors and demographics, the events they're interested in and even the pets they have. There's a wealth of options for targeting the audience for your ads, but you don't want to choose too many in one go. When you add more than one audience feature, your ads will be shown to people who fit any of the criteria, rather than all of them, thus broadening your audience instead of narrowing it. The more tightly targeted your audience is, the easier it is to see which ads are performing and which are not. If there's a number of things you want to target, it's better to split them into separate campaigns so you can measure the results more effectively. A sensible starting point for your first campaign might be simply to target people who follow a competitor, or people who have a particular interest that you can select from the list. You can also upload your own lists of people to target by their email address or Twitter ID, or retarget people who visited your website. Once you've defined your audience, choose an amount you're comfortable with to set your daily maximum budget and a total budget for the campaign. Click on Show Advanced Options to see your pricing options. I recommend you set either a target bid, or a maximum bid, depending on how much a new follower is worth to you. Next, create some tweets that will show in mobile and web timelines. In your tweets, include the words "Follow us" and tell people why they should follow you. I recommend that you don't include an image or any links,

How to Use Facebook Ads to Boost Your Best Content

How to Use Facebook Ads to Boost Your Best Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Facebook ads? Have you considered creating Facebook ads from your top-performing organic posts? To explore how to identify and boost your best Facebook content, I interview Larry Kim. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Larry Kim, the founder and chief technology officer for WordStream. He's a frequent blogger, pay-per-click expert, and social advertising ninja. Larry explains how to improve the performance of your best content with Facebook advertising. You'll discover how to budget for Facebook ads. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: How to Use Facebook Ads to Boost Your Best Content Larry's Backstory Larry's company, WordStream, does search engine and social media advertising, and Larry believes that it's important for businesses to do both types. For instance, B2B software companies build new features, functions, and solutions that nobody is searching for yet. However, with social ads, these businesses can target people who are likely to buy their software based on demographics, interests, or behaviors. Unlike an individual advertiser who has data about only one business, Larry is able to spot trends and patterns in online advertising because WordStream manages approximately $1 billion of ad spending across Facebook, Bing, and Google and runs thousands of campaigns for different clients. WordStream analyzes all of these campaigns to figure out data such as the typical cost per click and typical engagement rates. Listen to the show to discover the percentage of WordStream's clients using Facebook advertising. How Algorithms Work To understand the algorithms, Larry says it's important to think about the context in which your ad appears. (Our conversation focuses on Facebook, but Larry says the same is true for ads on Twitter and other social media platforms.) When you sponsor or promote a post, you're one of thousands or even millions of companies going after the same audience. Larry explains that the Facebook algorithm is designed to handle that volume in a way that keeps Facebook engaging for users so they come back. To determine which posts to show users and how much to charge the advertiser, Larry believes that the algorithm looks at many different factors, but the main one is engagement (clicks, likes, comments, or shares). A post with low engagement has an engagement rate of 1% to 2%. (Only 1 or 2 people out of 100 engage with the post.) A high-engagement post has a rate of 10% to 15%, and the average is around 2.5% to 3%. Larry emphasizes that Facebook doesn't want users' news feeds filled with ridiculous updates that no one cares about. A company trying to promote garbage content with low engagement rates will be dinged with very few ad impressions. The ad might not even be shown. If the ad does show, the click-through rate will be expensive (a few dollars per click versus a few cents). The reverse is also true. Facebook rewards companies that promote interesting content by showing their ads and charging only pennies per click. Listen to the show to hear Larry's thoughts about how engaging ad content needs to be compared to organic content. Unicorns Because algorithms reward engaging content, Larry believes that the winning advertising strategy is simple: promote your unicorns. These outlier posts do spectacularly well. They get three to five times more traffic than the average post and are among the top 1% to 3% of your most engaging content. For instance, a unicorn post might have a 20% engagement rate,

Community Building: How to Grow With the Power of People

Community Building: How to Grow With the Power of People

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Does your business have an active community? Would you like to build a community to support your business? To explore these topics, I interview John Jantsch for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview John Jantsch, founder of Duct Tape Marketing and author of several books including The Commitment Engine. John shares insights into how content and community connect. You'll learn what to focus your efforts on and a few simple tactics that work. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Community-Building John explains how building a loyal community can make or break your business. People are drawn to you over time if you provide good, valuable and authentic information. Listen to the show to hear the example John shares of a woman who created a community before starting a business. What is community?  John shares how we have always had community. The concept of community is based on how people gather around shared interests or location to give and take mutually. This has not always applied to business. A lot of the communities in place today have grown through social media. These tools not only allow communities to connect face to face, but also to connect much faster on deeper levels. Social media allows people to gather regardless of geography into a community of shared ideas. Listen to the show to hear a great example of a company that has a huge online community. How community-building has changed John shares how people are now tired of being drawn into a sales funnel with free stuff that's a "crippled version" of the upsell. Although these tactics worked a few years ago, today it's different. John explains how some of the best marketers are now offering free stuff that is better than what others charge for. Community-building is about building trust and conveying authenticity. John explains how people now want to participate in a community and draw value from it. A percentage of people will ask how they can go deeper into the community. It's now more of a "platform approach" than a ploy to lead customers in. Listen to the show to hear how Evernote's content is being created by their community. How to build a committed community John talks about how communities form around an idea that's worth sharing. You need to have a unique point of view that is different from everyone else's. Start to bring people together and learn everything you can about them. You should aim to provide content that people want to receive and talk about. Listen to the show to hear how you can find the opportunity to build a community. What makes a "hero" community member? John explains that when thinking of building a community, we should look at "Whom do you want to see you as a hero?" You'll learn how this can help you create a successful community. You need to decide the higher purpose that your business can serve and have your customers' best interests in mind. Getting your customers and community involved in creating content is a really powerful way to generate loyalty and create more value for your community. Listen to the show to hear the advantages of having superstar community members. How content and community connect John shares the 5 types of content that every business and community need to create: Content that builds trust Content that educates User-generated content Other people's content Content that converts

The 10 Best Online Masters in Marketing Research

by Merrill @ Best Marketing Degrees

Gone are the days when a hunch or an affable notion successfuly push a product or website to millions of consumers. Particularly with the surge in data about consumers avialable […]

The post The 10 Best Online Masters in Marketing Research appeared first on Best Marketing Degrees.

Facebook Organic Growth: How to Defy the Odds and Grow a Huge Facebook Community

Facebook Organic Growth: How to Defy the Odds and Grow a Huge Facebook Community

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to grow a massive Facebook following? Are you wondering how an organic Facebook strategy can be successful? To learn how to grow a huge organic following on Facebook using techniques you have likely never heard of, I interview Holly Homer for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Holly Homer of KidsActivitiesBlog.com to find out how her Facebook page fan base grew from 7,000 fans to more than 530,000 fans in only 8 months without using Facebook advertising or crazy gimmicks. Holly shares how beginners can develop their own Facebook strategy. You'll discover the unfortunate circumstance that jumpstarted Holly's success. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Customer Service Where the Quirky Momma Facebook page started Holly shares that she and her blogging partner Rachel had started the Quirky Momma Facebook page several years ago. While the page was mildly successful, it wasn't driving any traffic. Even though the page had shown prior growth, it had been sitting at 10K-13K fans for 18 months. In early October 2013, Rachel set a goal of getting to 50K fans by Christmas to support the spring launch of their book, 101 Kids Activities That Are the Bestest, Funnest Ever!, and started to post to the page more frequently. She says they noticed that a competing Facebook page with a huge audience was posting content from the Kids Activities Blog without providing a link back or attribution—the page was even cropping the watermarks from Holly's images and posting them with the updates. When she looked closer, Holly found that the updates from this page posting her stolen content were getting up to 9,000 shares each. Listen to the show to hear why this was a turning point for their Facebook content strategy. How they changed the approach to managing the Quirky Momma Facebook page Holly says seeing the viral impact of their stolen images made them go back and find the top 50 posts on their blog. They concentrated on only sharing posts that were already doing well on other social media sites like Pinterest—posts that had viral potential. She says that they were only sharing a few times a day and sharing mostly their own stuff because that's what they knew best. As the page grew, they realized they could help other people and started to find other really cool content to fit in with their own Facebook posts. Listen to the show to find out how Holly and Rachel used Facebook Insights to develop a successful content formatting strategy. What directs Quirky Momma's high-level strategy Holly explains that there are two things in Facebook Insights that are really important to a Facebook strategy: the People Talking About This number and reach. She laughingly says that to get a good People Talking About This number, you need people to talk about you. She explains that this means you need engagement like people commenting on, liking and sharing your updates. Listen to the show to find out why Holly believes understanding reach is at the root of success on Facebook. What makes up Quirky Momma's content mix With their main goal being to drive traffic to the Kids Activities Blog, Holly and Rachel focus on sharing amazing things to do with your kids. Holly explains that she and Rachel post to the page 26 times a day as part of a 24-hour posting strategy. Each day, they work from a posting framework and try to keep the posting ratio at 1/3 owned content to 2/3 conten...

How to Create a Facebook Video Ad That Moves People to Action

How to Create a Facebook Video Ad That Moves People to Action

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you using Facebook video ads for your business? Want to improve your conversions? Well-structured video ads command viewers' attention and prompt them to take action. In this article you'll discover five steps to crafting the perfect Facebook video ad. Listen to this article: Why Facebook Video Ads? Facebook's head of ad product Ted Zagat recently said that a year or two from now, Facebook will be mostly video. This is likely the reason why we're seeing so many great new features for video advertisers. When you create a new ad campaign in Power Editor, you can choose from a number of objectives for your video ads: Clicks to Website, Page Post Engagement, Video Views and Website Conversions. Facebook is continuously adding new options as well. For example, Facebook automatically creates custom audience lists of people who've viewed your video ad. Until recently, these lists would be created only if you chose Video Views as the campaign objective. But now, if you use another objective (Website Conversions, for example), these video engagement lists will also be created automatically. This means you can easily retarget these groups of people later, similarly to retargeting your website visitors. Writing a Video Ad Script To create a video ad, you have a lot of different options. Of course, you can use a recording of yourself (or hire someone to do it for you), but you don't have to. Using videos with animated text, images and music can be equally (if not more) effective. To create strong ads, it's important to get your targeting right, and communicate a powerful message. This article walks you through a framework you can use to create the perfect Facebook video ad script with only five lines of text. For each line, you have a specific goal: grab attention, build interest, elicit desire, create conviction or add a call to action. To guide you through this method, you'll follow the creation of an example video ad for a free recipe guide, with the goal of growing your email list. #1: Grab Attention How do you grab attention in today's attention-deficit world? Start with a question. You want to immediately focus on the main pain point or desire that your target audience is experiencing right now. What are your customers' biggest problems or struggles? What are they frustrated about? What are their biggest wishes? For this step, it's important to focus not only on the problem or desire, but also on how that makes people feel. When you do this correctly, you have what's called an audience-to-problem match. You want people to instantly recognize themselves and say, "Hey, that's me!" If they do, they'll likely be curious about what else you have to say. The ad above tackles a typical frustration that a lot of people can relate to: struggling to eat healthy. #2: Build Interest Once you've successfully captured your viewers' attention, you need a way to keep it so they'll watch the rest of your ad. In this second phase of the script, hint at your solution by creating an open loop. You want to paint a picture for viewers that it is indeed possible to get rid of that problem or struggle. At the same time, you don't want to reveal what the actual solution is. Only hint at it for now. This ad creates interest by using the words "new" and "easy." Can you see how this approach is creating an open loop in your viewers' minds? If they're still watching at this point, they'll likely want to know what that new and easy method is. #3: Cultivate Desire For this line of the script, create desire for your product or service. Describe your offer in a way that makes it sound amazing and like something viewers must have. To do this, focus on a specific benefit of your product, or how it's different from the alternatives out there. How-to and step-by-step guides are always popular because they help people solve specific issues.

A LOOK AT SOME OF THE BEST BEAUTY CAMPAIGNS OF AUTUMN/WINTER 14

A LOOK AT SOME OF THE BEST BEAUTY CAMPAIGNS OF AUTUMN/WINTER 14


MAMMYPI FASHION BLOG

Seen the new ad on the billboard and T.V? What advert appealed to you and why? Are these beautiful images enough to change your buying habits? Here with a collection of some of the most beautiful campaigns you will find around you. Do these brands create aggressive marketing by targeting you everywhere you go? Let’s take a look at some of the coolest beauty ads.  L’Oreal Paris Exclusive Reds Lipstick Collection Models:Blake Lively,Zoe Saldana, Jane Fonda,Laetitia Casta Julianne Moore,Liya Kebede,Freida Pinto, Eva Longoria Aishwarya Rai, Natasha Poly   Follow me on: 

The Changing Room: Rebranding Sexual Wellness One Queen Bee at a Time

by Kelly Kovack @ BeautyMatter

Adam Lewis, Hot Octopuss’s co-founder and designer of the Queen Bee, said in a press release, "The level of demand for The Changing Room shows how far attitudes have come in terms of the acceptability of women’s sex toys and masturbation. With this event we want to remove the final barrier to talking about this issue – why should it be discussed with any more embarrassment than any other health and well-being activity? Our mission is to empower everyone to have their best possible orgasm.”

The post The Changing Room: Rebranding Sexual Wellness One Queen Bee at a Time appeared first on BeautyMatter.

Why these are the best campaigns of spring/summer '15

Why these are the best campaigns of spring/summer '15


Vogue.com.au

Fendi Photographer: Karl Lagerfeld Models: Lindsey Wixson and Binx Walton Notable because: Lindsey Wixson previously worked with Karl fronting Chanel’s spring/summer ’14 campaign alongside Sasha Luss. This time she was photographed poolside in a luxurious penthouse with natural lighting alongside Binx Walton.

How to Run a Successful Twitter Contest

How to Run a Successful Twitter Contest

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to boost engagement on Twitter? Have you thought about running a Twitter contest? Twitter contests are a creative, fun way to attract more followers, engagement and shares on the platform. In this post you'll discover how to run a Twitter contest for your business. Listen to this article: #1: Identify the Objective Successful marketing starts with clear goals, and this is true for Twitter contests, too. Think about what you hope to achieve with your contest. For example, you might want to increase traffic to your website or collect email signups from potential prospects. Or perhaps you're keen to increase the number of followers or generate more brand mentions on Twitter. Deciding on the goal of your campaign is key, as it will inform the type of contest you launch. #2: Choose a Prize The prize has an important bearing on the overall success of your contest. Choose something that is highly relevant to your brand or related to your company or services in some way. A free iPad is an impressive prize, but it's unlikely to generate long-term gains or brand engagement unless your company offers iPad-related products or services. A Twitter contest isn't an opportunity to offload that box of branded pens or last year's merchandise though. Do a brainstorming session with your team and discuss what types of prizes are likely to excite your loyal followers and inspire new ones. Opt for prizes that are useful, exclusive or seasonal to generate more interest. This is obviously easier for consumer-focused brands, such as those that offer retail, fashion, tech and edible products. However, service-based businesses can package a service or offer tangible prizes like ebooks, branded stationery, free memberships or access to exclusive training materials. You could also team up with other brands or companies and offer a prize bundle to make the reward even more substantial or compelling. #3: Select a Contest Type When selecting a contest type, it's important to consider the barrier to entry for the contest and how it will affect the number, quality and relevance of entries you receive. For example, a simple contest that requires only a retweet will have wider appeal than one that also requires people to upload a photo or answer a question. However, this additional level of effort will help to separate half-hearted followers from those who are really invested in your brand or product. There are a variety of different Twitter contests that work well. Here are three types to consider for your business. Sweepstakes A sweepstakes contest is perfect if your main objective is to drive followers to a landing page on your website. When you tweet about the contest, share the link to your landing page and include text that drives people to enter the competition on your website. Keep in mind that including a number in your tweet, as Rosetta Stone did in this example, increases retweets by 17%, according to Twitter. The level of success of this type of contest will be influenced by the number of followers your brand already has on Twitter. Without a request for retweets or replies, this contest is unlikely to increase brand reach or grow your followers. However, because the contest is hosted on your website, you can promote it on your other social media channels and in your email campaigns, too. Tool tip: Tools like Wishpond or Woobox make it easy to launch custom sweepstakes Twitter contests and manage entries. Retweet and Follow Reward loyal fans with an exclusive contest and encourage new followers with a retweet and follow contest. This is a good choice if you want to boost your reach on Twitter, encourage retweets, attract new followers and increase @mentions of your company's Twitter handle. To encourage more engagement on Twitter, ask followers to submit a photo or answer a quiz to qualify. For example,

35 Best Digital Marketing Campaigns Of Quarter 2, 2016

35 Best Digital Marketing Campaigns Of Quarter 2, 2016


Lighthouse Insights

2016 is halfway through and the digital marketing space in the country is experiencing shifts in demand and supply. Brand managers want their digital marketing campaigns to bring in leads, trend on…

Jennifer Lopez Announces She’s Donating $1 Million to Aid Hurricane Relief in Puerto Rico and the Caribbean

Jennifer Lopez Announces She’s Donating $1 Million to Aid Hurricane Relief in Puerto Rico and the Caribbean

by Maria Pasquini @ PEOPLE.com

On Sunday, Jennifer Lopez joined New York governor Andrew Cuomo in a press conference announcing she was donating $1 million from the proceeds of her Las Vegas show to aid hurricane relief in Puerto Rico and the Caribbean.

First in Spanish and then in English, Lopez, 48, shared her announcement in a speech that was live-streamed on Twitter.

“Alex Rodriguez and I, who are both New Yorkers, are utilizing all our resources and relationships in entertainment, sports and business to garner support for Puerto Rican and Caribbean relief efforts,” Lopez said.

In addition to her own personal contribution, Lopez announced that the New York Yankees and the MLB “have both committed to join us in giving a significant contribution to this cause.”

RELATED VIDEO: Watch Jennifer Lopez Tear Up Remembering Her Twins Being Born

Lopez shared that together with her ex-husband Marc Anthony, they were working to spearhead “additional relief efforts” to “rush the relief that our brothers and sisters in Mexico, Puerto Rico and the Caribbean desperately need.”

She announced she was also working with Dallas Mavericks owner and Shark Tank star Mark Cuban and Dallas Mavericks Puerto Rican player J.J. Barea to send over two airplanes filled with supplies and generators to San Juan, Puerto Rico — they’re just waiting for air clearance.

“I’ve been so moved by the initial responses,” she continued. “They have been overwhelming, nobody has said no. Anybody we’ve have called is right there asking what they can do. They’re all very eager to help.”

In her speech, Lopez confirmed that she still has not heard from all of her family members in Puerto Rico.

“My cousin and I and our family still haven’t been able to hear from all of our family over there and we are concerned for them and for everybody on the island,” she said, echoing the news she revealed on Thursday.

“The conditions are dire,” the star told PEOPLE. “We need to do as much as we can to help the people of Puerto Rico.”

In the meantime, Lopez is doing everything she can to help raise awareness and money for Puerto Rico in the aftermath of the devastating storm.

“Jen and Alex are making personal phone calls to their celebrity friends and heads of corporations and asking them to donate either funds, planes or money to get supplies to Puerto Rico,” says a source.

Lopez, Rodriguez and Anthony are among other stars with ties to the island making impassioned pleas for donations and aid. Ricky Martin, “Despacito” singer Daddy Yankee and Rosie Perez are also using their star power to help raise awareness and money.

“What’s on my mind is what’s going on in Puerto Rico. The devastation is beyond belief,” J Lo said in an Instagram post backstage from her Las Vegas residency show. “Me and my cousin still haven’t been able to hear from our families over there.

“What’s foremost on my mind and many others is trying to figure out the best way to help,” she added. “Today, Puerto Rico needs our help. I urge you to support and donate to the efforts of the First Lady of Puerto Rico, Beatriz Areizaga. Together we can help rebuild our island, and the Caribbean.”

with reporting by ELIZABETH LEONARD

8 Ways to Customize Slack for Social Media Marketers

8 Ways to Customize Slack for Social Media Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Slack? Want to streamline communication with team members and clients? There are a number of third-party apps and add-ons to help you customize Slack to fit your marketing team's needs. In this article, you'll discover eight apps for social media marketers using Slack. Listen to this article: #1: Monitor Your Twitter Feed With the Twitter integration, you can send all of the updates from your Twitter feed directly to a Slack channel. This includes direct messages, mentions, replies, and retweets. You can also monitor outgoing tweets from your Twitter account. Social media marketers can use this integration as a Twitter dashboard. #2: Collaborate With Team Members With Hootsuite Hootsuite has more than 150 app integrations, including Slack. Installing the Hootsuite Slack app lets you send a social post from your Hootsuite dashboard directly to a Slack channel. Note that the app doesn't allow you to send posts from your dashboard directly to a Slack user. However, through a Slack channel, the app lets you collaborate with your team and get the right response for particular social posts. #3: Monitor Subscribers' Social Details With Drift Drift is a live chat service that can be hosted on your website. It lets you chat directly with website users. While the stand-alone product is not particularly helpful for social media marketers, its Slack app is a handy tool. Drift's Slack integration can be connected to your MailChimp account. Once you set this up, you'll receive a notification on your Slack channel every time somebody subscribes. The notifications contain details about subscribers' social media accounts, which is handy if you want to reach out to them that way. You can then use this integration to initiate conversations with them. #4: Find Trending Stories With Nuzzel Nuzzel lets you see the most shared content from your friends' feeds and your friends' friends' feeds. This makes the content that you read very personal and reflective of the topics you're interested in. Think of it as a newspaper service that curates content based on your interests. Nuzzel lets you connect your Facebook and Twitter accounts. Once you do that, it shows you the most popular content in your timeline. With the Nuzzel Slack integration, you can get notifications of popular content in your niche through a Slack channel. This is helpful when you're curating content that you want to share across your social profiles. #5: Integrate RSS Feeds As a social media marketer, you need to follow multiple blogs, influencers, and official news from social platforms to stay on top of industry news, and subscribing to RSS feeds will help you do that. Every time new content pops up on the blogs or sites that you follow, the RSS feeds will give you an update. You can integrate RSS feeds into Slack to ensure that you receive new updates. Once you subscribe to an RSS feed, Slack will automatically update the feed and post new content in a Slack channel. #6: Send Short Video With Giphy GIFs are a great way to convey your thoughts or appreciation to people on social media, as they combine two crucial things: your message and a pop-culture reference, which shows a human side to your business. By installing Giphy on Slack, you won't have to switch platforms to search for the right GIF when you're communicating with people on Slack. For example, if you type in "/giphy im busy," you might get a GIF like this one. #7: Run Polls With Open Agora Slack is known for team collaboration. But how many times do you see all of the communication happening in a channel? It's easy for people to start ignoring stuff unless it's directed toward them. If you need your team's help, polls are a great way to share opinions. It could be anything from deciding whether to run a social campaign or providing an extra six months of onsite warranty to a user.

4 Little-Known Tools to Curate and Publish Content

4 Little-Known Tools to Curate and Publish Content

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is curated content part of your social media marketing? Looking for new ways to collect and share curated content? New tools are changing the way marketers compile and deliver handpicked content to their social media audiences. In this article you'll discover four unique ways to curate social media content on Medium, Twitter, SlideShare, and your blog. Listen to this article: #1: Select Stories on Medium Medium is a great platform for marketers because it allows you to distribute content quickly. You can write long-form articles, short pieces and tweets, and upload videos to share with the Medium community. When you publish articles, they're shared with your followers and a network-wide feed where people find content based on tags and the amount of engagement posts receive. Medium also offers a content-curation opportunity that many people overlook. You can create your own publication and curate articles from authors around the web. To create a publication, go to the Publications page and click New Publication. From there, fill in the details for your publication and design the layout. You can choose the layout style (Grid, Stream, or List) and how many stories to include on the homepage. To curate content, search Medium for articles that are aligned with your publication's message. If your publication is about satire, for example, research "satire" and look for relevant posts. Once you find an article that you want to republish, scroll to the bottom of the story and click the ellipsis icon. Then select Request Story from the drop-down menu and choose the publication you want to publish it to. Once you've selected the publication, you'll see a request email to send to the story's author. If the original author decides to let you use the story, they will submit it to your publication. You'll receive an email from the author, and can click through to the story. From there, click on Edit at the top of the page then click on the Publish button. Now the story is added to your publication. #2: Collect Tweets on Twitter Some of the most popular Twitter accounts don't necessarily share their own content. They seek out the best articles, videos, pictures, and stories related to a specific topic and share them with followers. To curate content on Twitter, you can share links or curate tweets from others. The first approach is the most popular. You find links to content online and share them as tweets on your account. The second approach is to use Twitter's Curator platform. With this tool, you type in a few keywords, hashtags, or individual users and Twitter will deliver the most relevant or engaging content in a real-time stream. Once you've identified content you want to curate, you can publish your curated content directly to Twitter. #3: Clip Slides on SlideShare SlideShare recently rolled out their Clipping tool, which lets you clip and save the best slides from presentations to view or share later. It's a great way to keep curated content organized by topic so you can deliver only the best insights. To get started, sign in to SlideShare and click My Clipboards in the SlideShare navigation bar. On the next page, click Create a Clipboard. Now enter a name and brief description for your clipboard and choose whether to make it public or private. Your clipboard name should be related to the story you're going to tell with your slide collection. Once you've saved your new clipboard, it's time to find slides to add. When you're browsing SlideShare and find a slide that you want to save, hover over the top-right corner of the slide and click Clip slide. The slide is then added to your clipboard. Once you're satisfied with the content you've curated, you'll want to organize your content to tell the story in a compelling way. Include some of your own slides in the clipboard to achieve some of your objectives.

Facebook Live: What Marketers Need to Know

Facebook Live: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Have you heard of Facebook Live video? Do you want to use Facebook Live for business? Facebook Live lets you connect with your fans, friends and followers by sharing real-time video of what you’re seeing and doing. In this article you'll discover how to broadcast with Facebook Live and use Live video in your marketing. What Is Facebook Live? Facebook has steadily been releasing Live over the last several months. It came out in August 2015 for verified public figures through the iOS Mentions app. Early in December, Live became available to select people on their personal profiles and then to all verified Facebook pages later in the month. Listen to this article: Facebook originally introduced Live to only an elite group of users for two primary reasons: to control the demand on the bandwidth and to hopefully set a higher standard for the videos streamed so there's less "noise" in the news feed. Facebook is controlling the reach of Live broadcasts through the news feed ranking algorithm, as with all organic posts. In the coming months Live will roll out to more Facebook profiles and pages, and will become available on Android. Live is currently available to some iPhone users only. Even if you don't yet have access, you can start planning your Facebook Live strategy or use some of these tactics on the numerous other live-streaming services such as Blab, Google+ Hangouts, Periscope and Meerkat. Regardless of whether you have or plan to use live streaming, you can still upload videos regularly to Facebook. #1: Broadcast With Facebook Live You can broadcast Facebook Live through your profile or through the Mentions app. To broadcast through your profile, tap to update your status and click the Live icon. Next, write a quick description in the status update (this is your title). The description is what will go out in the news feed and in notifications. Just like with your other personal status updates, you may also want to choose the audience before going live. Select friends only, a specific friends list or public. Then tap Go Live. You can point the camera at yourself or outward to capture your surroundings. During the broadcast, you'll see the number of live viewers, which friends are tuning in and comments in real time. While people are watching you, invite those viewers to tap the Subscribe button. This way, they'll get notified the next time you're live. After you end your live broadcast, it will be saved on your timeline like any other video you upload. If you don't already have the Follower option enabled on your personal profile, I recommend enabling it. Doing so will allow you to reach a much wider audience, as anyone on Facebook can choose to follow your public updates. To enable the Follow feature, go to your settings and click Followers in the left column. Then, next to Who Can Follow Me, select Everybody. Now, any of your friends or followers can subscribe and see when you go live. Keep in mind, if your previous post was public and you wish to share your next post with friends only, you'll need to select that option. Note: To broadcast through the Mentions app, the process is similar. Open the app, tap the Post icon and then tap Live Video. The only difference is you don't select an audience, since everything you post is public on a business page. #2: Improve Your Video Facebook recommends several best practices for Facebook Live. In addition, here are several of my own recommendations: Have a focus for your broadcast. Know what you plan to talk about ahead of time so you don't have a rambling discussion about nothing. Knowing what you plan to talk about and doing it well will do wonders for your reputation. Create a compelling title. It goes without saying that you should relate the title to the focus of your broadcast. When people get a notification that you're live, the title is the only thing they see when deciding whether they...

Launching: Why Podcasts Are a Hot New Way to Launch a Product

Launching: Why Podcasts Are a Hot New Way to Launch a Product

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you getting ready to release a product, book or service? Do you want to know how a podcast can boost your launch? To learn why podcasts can be a very powerful marketing tool when it comes to starting a launch, I interview Brian Clark and Chris Ducker for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Brian Clark, founder of Copyblogger Media and host of the new podcast New Rainmaker. Chris Ducker is the author of Virtual Freedom and host of The New Business Podcast. Both Brian and Chris are serial entrepreneurs. Brian and Chris share why they've chosen podcasts to launch their new products. You'll discover ideas for your own launches and why you should give audio a chance. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Launching With Podcasts Why launch a special podcast with the same name as a new book? Chris explains that podcasting has been good to him from a personal brand perspective, and it's been a way for him to grow his own personal network of contacts and business associates. It also enables him to expand reach ridiculously in a short period of time. Chris says that he enjoys podcasting because he is more of a talker than a typer. The last thing he wanted to do after he had written his book was to write blog posts to promote it. So when they put together a marketing plan for the book, there was no doubt in Chris' mind that a special podcast with the same name would be the best approach. Listen to the show to find out the two main reasons why Chris chose podcasting to help with the launch of his new book. Why add a podcast to the launch plan for a new product? Brian tells the story of how during his time as an attorney, he was first introduced to the word rainmaker, which means the person who brings in the business. It was back in 1998 that Brian started to publish online and he became an entrepreneur. He didn't have professional or family privileges, so he couldn't be the traditional type of rainmaker that he had observed earlier. Reflecting on it, he saw that the Internet was his way to become a rainmaker. Nearly sixteen years later, it's played out really well. It's the genesis of the concept itself. Copyblogger has done a couple of podcasts, and although they don't have the hugest uptake, people do love them. Brian says that they see audio as a completely new channel to reach people who may not be familiar with their brand, and this is in line with the product they'll soon launch. You'll hear why Brian sees audio as the best foundational content, from which you can create every other form of content. Listen to the show to find out why the New Rainmaker podcast is more than just a podcast. Where is the world of podcasting heading? Brian believes that the reason podcasts didn't do as well as expected back in 2005 was because it was hard for people to make money with sponsorships or advertising. However, everyone uses content to sell things, and the world seems to be waking up to this. Consequently there has been a big resurgence in podcasting. The way Apple has embraced podcasts as a format within iTunes has made it easy to subscribe and more people than ever are now aware of them. You'll hear why podcasts work for anybody who knows what they're talking about, and why Brian believes we are entering the golden age of podcasting. If you want to read more about where the world of podcasting is headed, be sure to check out Social Media Marketing podcast...

LinkedIn Ads: What Marketers Need to Know

LinkedIn Ads: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you advertise on LinkedIn? Have you considered LinkedIn advertising and want to learn more? To discover everything there is to know about LinkedIn ads, I interview AJ Wilcox. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview AJ Wilcox, a LinkedIn ad expert. His agency, B2Linked, specializes in business-to-business advertising and lead generation on LinkedIn. In addition to managing accounts, AJ also specializes in LinkedIn ads training. AJ explores the different types of ads available on LinkedIn. You'll discover what B2B marketers need to know about advertising on LinkedIn. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: How AJ Got Into LinkedIn Ads AJ is a long-time digital marketer who started out doing search engine optimization (SEO) and Google AdWords. About four years ago, a company in Utah recruited AJ. On his first day, he laid out his plans for SEO, pay per click, and social media to the CMO. She gave him the go-ahead and also informed him that the company had started a pilot program with LinkedIn ads. "See what you can do with it," she said. AJ replied, "absolutely," and then turned around and started laughing to himself. He felt like a veteran at digital marketing, yet had never heard of LinkedIn ads. He jumped into the platform to learn about it to try to keep the egg off his face. Within about two weeks, one of the salespeople approached AJ, telling him how much they loved the leads they'd been getting. When AJ discovered through Salesforce that the leads were all sourced from LinkedIn, he realized there was something to it. Listen to the show to hear how AJ started his business, B2Linked. Why Consider LinkedIn Ads? AJ explains that while Facebook's and LinkedIn's ad platforms are very different, they share the same principles. That means that if you have something nailed on Facebook, it will probably work well on LinkedIn and vice versa. While AJ doesn't run Facebook ads for his clients, when he's compared similar campaigns from Facebook to LinkedIn, he's found his conversion rate on LinkedIn to be about double that of Facebook. Plus, the sales teams have told him the LinkedIn leads are much higher quality than the ones from Facebook. LinkedIn is by far the best for B2B targeting, he continues. You can target by job title, seniority, company, skills, specific group membership, geography, and years in business; information people aren't putting on Facebook. AJ shares what he believes are the two best uses of LinkedIn ads. Number one is recruitment and the other is promoting B2B products and services such as an SaaS company (software as a service). Those businesses charge a substantial ongoing rate ($6,000 to $7,000 per month) for access to their software and have a lifetime value of more than $15,000. If you have a lifetime value of under $15,000, AJ cautions, make sure your funnel and your processes are really ironed out on Facebook first, because LinkedIn's cost per click (CPC) is much higher than Facebook's. Listen to the show to discover how to calculate lifetime value. The Ad Types When you go to LinkedIn.com/ads and start a self-service account, you'll have access to two different ad units. AJ explains the first type is text ads. These ads appear in the right sidebar of the LinkedIn homepage (on desktop) and you'll often see three ads there. According to AJ, text ads have a low click-through rate because most people are banner-blind to them. If four people click on them out of every 10,000 times they're viewed, you're doing great, he says.

20 Best Wireless Charging Pads for iPhone 8 and iPhone X So Far

by Karrar Haider @ Hongkiat

Wireless charging was one of the headline features of the new iPhone devices in the September 2017 Apple event. Although, you’ll be able to get your hands on the new devices soon, but Apple didn’t release any wireless charging pad to help you wirelessly charge your device. All we got is an introduction to Apple’s…

How to Create Facebook Ads With Emails: 5 Creative Ideas

How to Create Facebook Ads With Emails: 5 Creative Ideas

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you have an email list? Are you looking for creative ways to use Facebook ads? With Facebook custom audiences, you can reach your email subscribers with relevant Facebook ads. In this article I'll share five ways to target your email subscribers with Facebook ads. Listen to this article: #1: Serve Ads to All Email Subscribers Since it requires no email list segmentation, the best way to get started is to target all your email subscribers. Simply upload your entire email list right into Facebook as a custom audience. The key is to create a unified message across different channels: email to Facebook to website. Target this audience if you're looking to reach your entire list to get the news out about a big event or a storewide sale, where the message is the same for everyone. Make sure your Facebook ad has a similar look and message or offer as your emails. Amazon uses this tactic to remind customers about their Deal of the Day. The idea is to share engaging content, so your email audience will help spread your message by interacting with your ads, acting as brand ambassadors. Since this audience is already familiar with your brand, analyze engagement metrics (likes, shares, comments) to measure the effectiveness of these ads. Their interaction validates how well the ad resonates with them, which results in a higher relevancy score, more social proof and free organic reach. #2: Target Ad Delivery by Opens and Unopens To employ these next few tactics, it's important you are able to segment your email subscriber list into audiences for remarketing. First, divide your email list into people who have opened your email and those who have not. Then, further segment the open list into those who did and did not take action. Target Subscribers Who Opened Your Email Create a Facebook ad that looks similar to the email you sent for those who only read your email. You want to get this audience to take action, so change up the messages with the ad. For instance, if the goal of the email was to get white paper downloads, then offer the same white paper in your Facebook ad, but write a message or ad copy that differs from your email. If you're an ecommerce store trying to get your customers to take advantage of a weekly 20%-off deal, show subscribers an ad that highlights the promotion and encourages them to take action. Sierra Trading Post created a Facebook offer with the same deal as their email. With this custom audience, exclude people who have already purchased or downloaded an offer. Target Subscribers Who Didn't Open Your Email For the subscribers who didn't even open your email, wait a few days and then target them with a Facebook ad. Since they haven't read the email, show them the same message. This helps your company stay in front of your audience. #3: Segment Subscribers by Purchase If you have an ecommerce website, a great way to increase the lifetime value of a customer is to cross-promote and/or upsell related products. Amazon does this brilliantly. The website is always showing their shoppers similar products, bundled products or other products previous customers bought. Their goal is to get people to buy more products that are relevant to what they are viewing. Utilize Facebook carousel ads to highlight multiple products that provide additional value for previous customers. Show products that fit with items they've already purchased. So if they bought dog treats, then show them dog food or dog toys. Look for creative ways to divide your audience for the purpose of upselling or cross-promoting other products they would find useful. Depending on your business goals, consider segmenting your customers by type of products, purchase amount, purchase date and frequency of purchases. Then target a carousel ad to each audience. #4: Reach Out to Disengaged Audiences Do you have a list of people who haven't opened your emails in quit...

3 Ways to Improve Your Twitter Ad Performance

3 Ways to Improve Your Twitter Ad Performance

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want a better return on your Twitter ads? Looking for cost-effective ways to reach relevant prospects? By adjusting your ad bidding and targeting, you can deliver affordable and appealing ads on Twitter. In this article, you'll discover three ways to improve your Twitter ad performance. Listen to this article: #1: Reduce Ad Costs With Bidding Options Automatic bidding is the default choice for Twitter ads, but other bid types can increase exposure among audience members who are more likely to click or follow. To change your bid type when creating a new ad, scroll to the Set Your Budget section and click Show Advanced Options. This reveals a drop-down menu, allowing you to select a bid. You'll see options for maximum and target bidding. Next, make a maximum bid to set how much a lead, click, or engagement is worth to you. You may actually spend less than you offer. Once you win an auction, your offer will be reset to only a penny more than the second-place bid. This method is beneficial for boosting ad performance, because you can end up earning more clicks, leads, and engagement than you thought your budget would allow. Or you can make a target bid to enter as many auctions as possible, potentially advertising to more users while controlling how much you spend. Set the average amount you want to spend per lead or link click. Twitter automatically stays within 20% of what you enter for auctions each day. For example, suppose you bid $3 per click. Twitter will win you auctions at $2.40 per click and others at $3.60, averaging out to your bid price. Compared to maximum bids, target bids can give you access to a larger audience. That's because Twitter won't shy away from auctions that exceed your set price, potentially earning more space on users' feeds. Compared to automatic bids, target bids can win you more auctions. That's because Twitter won't enter you with the lowest bid possible. On a case-by-case basis, making a maximum or target bid can improve your ad performance while saving some of your budget for future campaigns. #2: Refine Targeting With Audience Insights Twitter's built-in analytics suite can help not only when targeting specific audiences, but also when creating ads that appeal to them. To start, open Twitter Analytics and click the Audiences tab at the top of the page. From here, you can toggle between groups of users, ranging from your followers to profiles you've reached organically. You can also navigate the sub-tabs to see information about audience interests, languages, buying habits, and more. This data is valuable when setting the targeting criteria for your ads. For example, say the bulk of users who have engaged with your content are women, and they're mostly from the United States. You now know to target this demographic, which should generate clicks and other interactions. However, there's still the hurdle of crafting ad copy, images, and attention-grabbing calls to action. Referencing Twitter Analytics can help with this challenge, too. As you cycle through tabs that contain different audience metrics, you'll likely come up with different ways to frame your ads. User net worth and household income are factors that appeal to advertisers. Imagine your products or services have price tiers from $30 to $1,000 per month, while a noticeable group of your audience members have annual incomes greater than $250,000. You can glean two insights from this data. First, targeting an affluent demographic is a viable option. Second, advertising your highest price tier should yield some success. When crafting the creative aspects of the ad, you can use the Interests bar graph, which is located under the Overview and Lifestyle tabs. It ranks popular topics based on audience interest. Suppose you want to promote an apparel business and your audience is largely interested in sports. The ad can use an image of an athlete wearing y...

How to Partner With YouTube Influencers: 6 Tips for Success

How to Partner With YouTube Influencers: 6 Tips for Success

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is YouTube part of your marketing strategy? Do you team up with influencers for video campaigns? Potential customers turn to YouTube influencers to discover products and get reviews, tips and tutorials on everything from makeup to their next mattress purchase. In this article I'll share six tips to help you partner with influencers on YouTube to get the word out about your company. Listen to this article: #1: Find Authentic YouTubers The beauty and power of word-of-mouth marketing is in finding the right influencers for your brand, and then allowing them the creative freedom to position your product organically in their videos. When a video feels fake, forced or scripted, potential customers can't click on the Back button fast enough. Find YouTubers who already embody your brand and truly love your product, and then let them do what they do best: be themselves. Remember, most YouTubers are not actors. People don't go to YouTube to watch commercials; they go to search for information and see their favorite video personalities give advice and offer interesting information. #2: Hire by Fit, not Followers When hiring YouTubers to work on a campaign, it may seem enticing to simply go for the ones who have the largest following or view counts. While this makes sense in theory, if you don't have the right fit, your message and product will likely go unnoticed. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H-YnOvpxHRU The YouTuber behind Secret Life of a Bionerd is a natural fit for beauty-related products and services. Brands working with small- and mid-sized influencers tend to have more success, because those personalities have a tight-knit community as the target market for the brand. In particular, smaller influencers who have a highly engaged audience around a niche subject are invaluable. They have greater impact and are often more cost-effective, due to their audience size. #3: Track Response to Links To determine the success of a campaign, create and provide a custom tracking link for each influencer, which leads back to your website, blog or product page. This may seem like common sense, but it's a mistake brands frequently make. When you track activity in this manner, you can see which influencers were most effective, and determine which ones you do and do not want to work on your future campaigns. Ask your campaign influencers to add your tracking link to the top of their video description, so viewers can easily find and click the link. YouTube allows minimal space for text before a viewer has to click Show More to see the rest of the video's description. You want your link to appear in that prime real estate. #4: Offer Coupon Codes It's notoriously difficult to track video conversions on YouTube. For example, viewers search for your company organically by opening up a new browser tab, which doesn't show up in your campaign results. Or they watch your video on certain devices, such as Apple TV, which don't allow you to click description links. A coupon code is an excellent way to track ROI and entice customers to take immediate action. If a potential customer isn't sure about your product or service, especially if your brand isn't well-known yet, a coupon code helps sway them, while giving you a video conversion to track. Since YouTubers have established relationships with their audience, when they provide a "special code" to use at checkout, it proves to their audience they're true ambassadors. YouTubers also get more excited about promoting products with special discount codes, because they want their audience to see that they're getting them a great deal. #5: Create Titles That Drive Views Come up with an interesting and catchy title for the video in your campaign, just as you would write the title of a blog post or book. Work with your influencer to create a headline that makes sense for your product and fits seamlessly with the type of titles and content the ...

YouTube Ads: What Marketers Need to Know About YouTube Advertising

YouTube Ads: What Marketers Need to Know About YouTube Advertising

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you post videos on YouTube? Want to know what makes a video ad successful? To discover how YouTube video ads work, I interview Derral Eves. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Derral Eves, an expert in YouTube and video marketing. He's YouTube-certified in Audience Growth, AdWords, Google Analytics and Video Advertising. He's helped big and small businesses bring in more than 1 billion views collectively. Derral will explore YouTube ads and what marketers need to know. You'll discover the formula for creating great video ads. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: YouTube Ads How Derral got into YouTube In 2006, Derral was doing a lot of search engine optimization work with local businesses when he found their videos ranked easily on Google (this is back when Google had Google Video). Late in 2006, Google purchased YouTube and it became a lot easier to find something on YouTube through Google. Derral realized it was a great way for small shops to share their message and get easy ranking and visibility. Derral shares how a video that cost $99 to make in 2006 received over 385,000 views on YouTube and has sold more couches for a furniture store than any of their other advertising. A couple of years ago, Derral started doing his own videos to help clients get answers to common questions. He created a plan of execution, tried to figure out the best trending videos to make and so on. His goal was to get 10,000 subscribers and a million views in that first year. He reached his goal in three months. In six months, he was number-one for training on how to use YouTube on YouTube. Today, Derral consults with and helps businesses, brands and YouTube channels get exposure, develop an audience and monetize. Listen to the show to discover what originally led Derral to YouTube. Why create video ads? Because video ads convert at a very high level, Derral believes video marketing is a great way to deliver, engage and excite. He says video is powerful if it's done right, but can be negative if it's done wrong. Derral talks about working on the video ad for the Squatty Potty, which appeared on Shark Tank. As of this recording, the video has 43 million combined video views from Facebook, YouTube and some freebooted video. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YbYWhdLO43Q Although Derral found that Facebook video is good for branding and engagement, he says the video got better conversions with YouTube. Listen to the show to discover the benefit of Facebook video versus YouTube. The process for making video ads Derral says you need to start by determining what you want to accomplish with your video ad. He cautions that if you have 80, 10 or even 3 things you want to accomplish, then it's never going to work. You need narrow it down to one reason to make the ad. Then everything else will benefit from it. When you know what success looks like, you work backwards to get someone to take the desired action at the end of your video. Derral says you have a short amount of time to accomplish this and walks listeners through the steps he uses to build YouTube video ads: capture attention, talk about the problem and offer a solution. He believes that if you do this correctly, you can repeat it several times throughout the video and you can keep your audience engaged throughout the process. For example, even though the Squatty Potty video is long (2:54 minutes), the audience retention was high and over 80% of the people who click on it watch the whole ad.

The Art of Story: How to Captivate an Audience

The Art of Story: How to Captivate an Audience

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you give presentations or speak to clients? Want to illustrate your knowledge with better stories? To discover how to improve your stories, and your storytelling, I interview Michael Port. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Michael Port, the author of NYT best seller: Book Yourself Solid. He also teaches workshops called Heroic Public Speaking, where he applies the craft of acting to public speaking. His latest book is Steal the Show: From Speeches to Job Interviews to Deal-Closing Pitches. Michael will explore how to find, use and create stories in your marketing. You'll discover tips to improve the delivery of your stories. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: The Art of Story Michael's story Michael shares how he started his career as an actor. He has a master from the graduate acting program at New York University. Michael worked professionally on the shows Sex and the City, Third Watch, All My Children, Law & Order and 100 Center Street, as well as in the films The Pelican Brief, Down to Earth and The Believer. He earned a living doing commercial voice overs for companies including AT&T, Pizza Hut, Braun, Coors Beer, MTV and others. After he left acting, Michael says he decided to talk his way into a job for which he was completely unqualified. He pitched himself, got the job and worked his way up in the fitness industry on the business side. He credits his post-acting success to being an actor, as he was able to perform during life's high-stakes situations. When the spotlight and eyes are on you, the way you perform will determine the quality of your life, Michael says. After Michael left the fitness industry, he went into consulting for businesses and started writing books, and he saw it more and more. Over the last 13 years, Michael realized he had to meld his experience and training as an actor, his experience as a professional keynoter and what he knows about the business world. That's what Steal the Show is about, Michael says. Half the book is on the techniques associated with being a great public speaker and the other half is focused on performing during life's everyday situations. Listen to the show to learn more about how Michael coaches speakers, as well as why he originally resisted helping people with their public speaking. Why people love stories People love narrative, wonder and imagination, Michael says. Stories can get us out of our own head and into another world. We turn everything into a story, he continues. Politics, religion, love, our success or our failures become stories. Sometimes the stories we tell actually get in our way and sometimes they can change the world. Michael talks about a researcher named Jonathan Gottschall, who studies the neuroscience behind stories. Jonathan says the constant firing of our neurons in response to fictional stimuli strengthens and refines the neural pathways that lead to skillful navigation of life's problems. Listen to the show to discover in what way projects are stories. How to find your stories People sometimes draw a blank when they start to work on a presentation or prepare for an upcoming meeting, because so many things have happened over the years. Those experiences and stories are not top of mind, since you are more likely thinking about today and tomorrow. There are four different prompters for the discovery part of the process. Take a piece of paper and write out four columns, one for each of these categories. Then, when you go to craft a speech or presentation for a sales pitch,

6 Tips to Get Your Business Started on Social Media

6 Tips to Get Your Business Started on Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to create a business presence on social media? Looking for tips to get started? Setting up a good foundation on social media can help you build visibility and connections for your business. In this article you'll discover six tips to get your business started on social media. Listen to this article: #1: Create Profiles on Multiple Social Platforms Social media-friendly businesses don't simply create a Facebook page or Twitter account and leave it at that. They target multiple platforms, including LinkedIn, Instagram, Pinterest and perhaps even Tumblr, too. From the outside, it may seem unnecessary to have an account on each of these channels, but from an SEO perspective, it absolutely is. When potential clients do a Google search for your business name, you want them to see a full list of your social media profiles in addition to your website. Chances are they'll click through to read your reviews, see how many followers you have and maybe (hopefully) even ask a question. KnowEm is a quick, easy way to find out if your business name is available on specific social networks. Enter your business name in the search box, and the tool will search for your name across different platforms. There's also a special category for business networks. #2: Fill Out Your Profiles Completely It's important to fill out your social profiles completely. Incomplete or inactive social media business profiles give visitors little reason to like or follow your business. And inactivity is likely to have the same effect. You'd be surprised how many social profiles are incomplete or inactive for months on end. When filling out your social profiles, keep these questions in mind: What will people gain by following you? Remember that people are busy, so you need to give them a reason to follow you. Do your profile summaries and descriptions include the who, what, where and why of your business? Also, make sure that your contact information is clearly visible. #3: Allow Blog Comments Commenting systems such as Facebook Comments, Livefyre and Disqus make it easy for people to interact with your content through social media. Each system has its advantages. Livefyre is ideal if you want to encourage discussion. It's used by popular websites like Hootsuite, CNET and New York Magazine. Disqus gives you strong moderation features, requiring users to create an account prior to posting comments. It's a great choice for business bloggers. Facebook Comments is the best choice if you get most of your engagement through Facebook, and it allows for direct Facebook shares. #4: Add Share Buttons to Your Blog The easier you make it for visitors to share your content, the more likely it that they'll share your content. That's why it's important for blogs to have social media sharing buttons installed. Include share buttons on your blog posts, home page, landing pages and anywhere else that provides value to visitors. For articles or other high-value content, try placing share buttons at the top, bottom and side of the page. #5: Connect With Your Followers Don't forget that social media is all about being social. If you only post about your products and services in an attempt to generate sales, you'll likely hear crickets in return. Your message won't be heard on social media unless you're actively speaking with people. It's not necessary to reply to every comment of course, but at least try to stimulate engagement by responding to questions or providing further value when and where you can. This is called proactive engagement, and it should be an important part of your business's social media plan. Follow these key guidelines when interacting with customers through social media: Show some personality. Be lighthearted and humorous, but also serious when it really matters. People buy from people, so the more you show your brand's human side,

Beauty Companies Love to 'Empower' Women, Over and Over and Over Again

Beauty Companies Love to 'Empower' Women, Over and Over and Over Again


Jezebel

This week, Soledad O'Brien announced that her O'Brien Raymond Starfish Foundation would be teaming up with CoverGirl cosmetics to produce a series of documentaries as part of their "Girls Can" movement. For O'Brien, Girls Can is an way to help empower young women. For CoverGirl, it's the perfect way to convince young women that buying beauty products does not make them a bad person.

The Best Fashion and Beauty Advertising Campaigns

The Best Fashion and Beauty Advertising Campaigns


Marie Claire

These are the best fashion and beauty advertising campaigns that show what you will be wearing and how you'll be dressing in the seasons ahead.

5 Ways to Improve Your Snapchat Marketing

5 Ways to Improve Your Snapchat Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Wondering how you can stand out on Snapchat? Want to know what's working for others? Taking a cue from businesses that are successfully using Snapchat can help you strengthen your own brand's presence on the platform. In this article you'll discover how to improve your marketing on Snapchat. Listen to this article: #1: Provide Specialized Content Many brands use Snapchat because of its authenticity. You can use this attribute to strengthen your community ties by publishing content that shows a similar but different side to your brand. For example, you can make your fans feel like insiders by providing content that's not available on your other social channels. This will excite users because they'll feel they're in the know and will develop an emotional connection to you and your content. Music producer DJ Khaled has created one of the most engaging Snapchat communities with over 2 million followers, a quarter of which watch his snaps within the first 5 minutes. With his 24-hour Snapchat stories, he provides daily insights, otherwise known as “keys to success,” through inspirational advice and commentary on his life's adventures. By providing exclusive content to your Snapchat community, you create a sense of trust and inclusivity. #2: Surprise Fans With Promotions and Perks Social media giveaways and contests are some of the best ways to build customer loyalty, and Snapchat users love them. Use snaps to offer insider access, promo codes or discounts with a Snapchat scavenger hunt. Build anticipation when you announce the giveaway or promotional offer on Snapchat prior to the launch date.  With their SnapWho campaign at the Coachella music festival, Heineken snapped clues hinting about special performances at the Heineken House. Fans were prompted to respond with snaps on which artists would be there. If correct, they received access and a sneak peek of when that concert would be happening. The campaign provided an exclusive element to concertgoers and reached fans who weren't at the event but enjoyed the content nonetheless. For a more sales-driven angle, you can post a 10-second snap with a special Snapchat referral code or share a daily deal with your followers. When you reward your community for following your Snapchat stories, they're likely to spread the word to their family and friends. You can track customer behavior and the effectiveness of the channel by seeing how many promo codes are used. How to Drive Users to Your Snapchat Account Before you embark on any sales offers, make sure to promote and drive users to your Snapchat account. Create a custom Facebook tab to promote your Snapchat account, or put your Snapchat name in your Twitter bio and use your QR code as your profile photo. For all of your social accounts, you can create images that drive users to your Snapchat account. #3: Involve Fans in Your Story Social media should be a two-way conversation with your community. Engage your followers by asking for their participation. For example, ask them to send in a selfie featuring your product or create a video on why they love your product. For the Super Bowl, Mountain Dew launched a 100% fan-driven interactive Snapchat campaign called Kickstory for their new Kickstart breakfast drink. Fans voted on what would happen next in the story by taking screenshots to indicate the level of engagement. Everlane took a different tack and asked their followers to screenshot their snap or chat with them for more information on their new shoe collection. To create more meaningful relationships, make sure you reply to your fans. You can do this within the chat feature or send back a photo thanking them. Going the extra mile on Snapchat will make users feel special and included in your community. #4: Include Branding Elements in Snaps Snapchat allows you to connect with your community and further enhance your brand's voice and tone in...

5 Most Engaging Activist-Inspired Installations At 29Rooms

by Kelly Kovack @ BeautyMatter

Refinery29's sold-out event produced experiences centered on art and activism that went well beyond branding. As New York Fashion Week comes to a close, we look back on one of the hottest tickets in town this season. Refinery29’s 29Rooms had over 20,000 visitors from 45 states and 13 countries—a testament to the far-reaching appeal of the lifestyle media outlet.

The post 5 Most Engaging Activist-Inspired Installations At 29Rooms appeared first on BeautyMatter.

Vivetta Beauty 2017: the Urban Backstage

by Valentina Carraro @ The Italian Rêve

Caught between urban and dream, between metropolitan and artistic life. This is the spirit of Vivetta’s woman: a modern woman, caught between the severe simplicity of a dust-coloured make-up and the hypnotic colours of a dream. A mature, self-confident creature that knows how to enhance her own features, one that’s not scared of showing whatRead More »

The post Vivetta Beauty 2017: the Urban Backstage appeared first on The Italian Rêve.

How to Craft Instagram Posts That Drive Sales

How to Craft Instagram Posts That Drive Sales

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Instagram to promote your products and services? Interested in ways to drive sales with your posts? A good Instagram post is not as simple as just snapping a photo, applying a filter and posting it to your news feed. To have a real impact, your posts need to be carefully crafted and shared with purpose and intent. In this article you'll discover how to create Instagram posts that increase engagement and drive sales. Listen to this article: #1: Design Images to Capture Attention If you're posting a photo of a product on Instagram, be creative with the shot and make sure it reflects well on the product. Find an Interesting Angle Think about whether you should show the entire product, frame the shot a certain way or include another item to accompany the product. Warby Parker posts creative photos of their eyewear on Instagram, often garnering more than 2,000 likes per post. Even with a simple pair of glasses, there are hundreds of ways to capture it in a photo. Once you find the most effective angle for your products, stick with that approach and be consistent. Don't forget that your Instagram posts are also part of your brand. Focus on Lighting Whether photos are taken indoors or outdoors, good lighting is crucial. This may seem like Photography 101, but lighting also tells a story about your product. Even with careful tweaking and tuning, Instagram's editing tools often can't fix a photo taken with poor lighting. Think about whether your photo should be shown in color or in black and white, and how to portray it best. Prada posts a variety of photos taken in unique lighting. Their exceptional professional shots speak specifically to their brand. Use a Filter Instagram realized early on that much of the app's value and appeal was in its filters. Each filter has a unique story that it communicates. While there is some evidence that photos with no filters perform best, filters may be necessary to achieve a coherent look for your brand. The novelty of the #nofilter hashtag excites some users, but artistically edited photos contribute to the purpose of your posts. Does the X-Pro II filter or Valencia filter present your product in a refreshing or edgy way? There is an array of filters at your disposal to communicate a particular mood for your brand and products. #2: Tell a Story With the Caption You can give life to a photo with the caption. Nike's caption here is evocative and tells a story instead of merely describing the product. It's important to identify what type of description resonates best with your audience. In Nike's case, this photo represents the culmination of training for the Chicago Marathon. #3: Add Relevant Hashtags Hashtags make your photos discoverable. Use popular hashtags when they apply to your photo or your brand. It's best to stick with three to five hashtags at a time. You don't want to overload your photo with too many hashtags because that can be viewed as desperation. Also be cautious about piggybacking on current trending hashtags. Some brands create their own relevant hashtags, such as Tiffany & Co.’s #TiffanyLeather or #TiffanyAtlas, strategically crossed with more purpose-driven popular tags. Create a Hashtag Campaign Regramming user-generated content is one of the best ways to promote your community and products. Create a brand-centric hashtag campaign for your followers to use. Stitch Fix asks their fashion-forward followers to showcase their styling choices with the hashtag #StitchFixFriday. This hashtag not only fosters a sense of community, but also reaffirms who your audience is. Remember that engagement is a two-way street. Follow and pay attention to your followers, and like the posts that are strategically and aesthetically aligned with your brand. #4: Use a Call to Action Consider adding a call to action to your post, which prompts customers or shoppers to do something.

How To Create a Brand Ambassador Program for Employees Using Social Media

How To Create a Brand Ambassador Program for Employees Using Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you looking for brand ambassadors? Have you considered recruiting your employees to help? When you empower your employees to talk about your company on social media, they’ll share a human perspective people naturally gravitate to. In this article you’ll discover how to set up a successful employee brand ambassador program to enhance your social media marketing. #1: Assign a Community Leader The first step is to designate a captain, someone who is able to take the reins. However, don't think of this person as someone who will bark orders. Instead, choose a person who can guide a group of people who already know the ropes. Listen to this article: Your community leader will: Provide a common voice and/or vision for the team Coach employees on responsible social media strategies Oversee and approve social media content Collaborate with co-workers to come up with new methods, stories and ideas for campaigns Lead the measurement and analysis of social media efforts You'll want to be sure your community leader is also capable of handling crisis situations. Your company will undoubtedly stumble into a social media mistake at some point, and you'll need a leader who can think fast on his or her feet. We're all aware how small things become magnified online – no matter how silly they seem to be. Starbucks' latest controversy about their holiday cups is a great example. The coffee chain didn't withdraw their original design. Rather, they made a statement in their official blog and stuck by it. #2: Communicate Your Vision The second step is to impart a single vision to everyone based on your company's mission – why your business exists. Starbucks' vision is to "inspire and nurture the human spirit – one person, one cup and one neighborhood at a time." The coffee chain embodies this concept in everything they do, including how they encourage employees to showcase inspiring ideas through social media. Thanks to their official pages on Facebook and Instagram, which are open to public view, Starbucks employees can quickly exchange ideas even if they're oceans apart. Adapting the tactic for your business will make your employees feel empowered, and at the same time encourage them to promote your company in their own circles. #3: Share Your Expectations No campaign can be successful without guidelines. Although you encourage active participation and uniqueness, your employees still need a set of rules so content remains consistent. Adobe does a great job of educating employees to act as brand ambassadors through their Social Shift program. Here's an image from a short presentation, which shows how they divide their strategy into different courses. During their training, employees are made aware of certain rules of engagement and protocols so their social media posts are consistent with the company's vision. To get a good example of how these guidelines work, take a look at the Adobe stream on Twitter. You can make your rules as detailed or as simple as you want, but you should ensure everyone agrees to them before they post. Here's a glimpse of how #AdobeLife tweets reflect a productive, fun and enriching work experience. https://twitter.com/bossjones/status/675107939921887232 According to Talent Cove, 78% of workers who feel recognized are more motivated to perform their tasks. Head of Adobe Employment Branding Natalie Kessler and her team like to reward employees with the best social media posts using #AdobeLife. Every week, they choose from compiled photos and messages online and then highlight them in Adobe offices. This shows employees how important their efforts are to the company. If you want to boost productivity and amp up your social media presence, make sure you're providing the right rewards for your brand ambassadors. You can arrange a small party or even offer giveaways or exclusive items.

Kickstarter: How Crowd Funding Is Changing Business

Kickstarter: How Crowd Funding Is Changing Business

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you considered crowd funding? Are you wondering how it can help your business grow? To learn about how Kickstarter has transformed the process of funding projects, I interview Richard Bliss for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Richard Bliss, host of the podcast Funding the Dream on Kickstarter. He's also a coach and consultant for crowd funding. Richard shares the do's and don'ts when it comes to creating a Kickstarter project. You'll learn the process in detail of how Kickstarter works for both the campaigner and the supporter. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Crowd Funding How would you describe Kickstarter? Richard believes that Kickstarter is a new phenomenon that most people are familiar with. He says the idea is similar to what happens in a church when they pass around a collection plate. The crowd helps fund an idea, a passion or something that they all would like to get more of. It's very public radio– and television–esque in its approach. Listen to the show to find out how Kickstarter has been around nearly 4 years and seems to have hit mainstream now.  Why entrepreneurs and marketers need to pay attention to Kickstarter Richard explains how Kickstarter is totally changing the rules of how we think about money. Traditionally it's the money that blocks us from fulfilling our dreams. However, what crowd funding and Kickstarter have done is made the money worry go away and that leaves us with "Now what do we do?" If you have an idea for a game or a project, for example, you can put it out there and Kickstarter allows you to go find like-minded people. These people want to see you succeed because they like what you are doing. We buy into people's passions. You'll hear an example of someone who wanted to do a tour through New Zealand taking video and photographs and how with help from Kickstarter, she achieved her goal. Kickstarter is not into causes, political campaigns, charities, funding businesses or equity. They are into one thing: If you have an idea for a project, which includes a beginning, an end and a deliverable, they will help you fund it. Richard describes what the deliverable can be and why it has to be clearly defined. You'll discover why the founders of Kickstarter built the platform and the reason it started with film and music. Listen to the show to find out how Richard picked the name for his podcast, Funding the Dream. Types of businesses that benefit from Kickstarter Richard explains how film is the largest category when it comes to sheer numbers. Sundance Film Festival has had 14 of their projects backed by Kickstarter. This year for the first time, an Academy Award was won by a Kickstarter project. Amanda Palmer made news when she raised more than $1 million to fund her new CD. Richard explains how Kickstarter has 13 different categories and 50 subcategories. One of the biggest categories that gets covered in the news is technology. Transformation is what is happening with Kickstarter and crowd funding. Every Kickstarter category that catches fire turns everything upside down. Richard gives an example of a project he has backed recently and how in the past you'd have to convince a bank to give you a business loan for your idea. But Kickstarter totally transforms the money. You'll hear the difference between reward-based and equity-based crowd funding. Richard tells the story of how his reputation led Kic...

How to Make Better Facebook Video Ads

How to Make Better Facebook Video Ads

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Have you tried Facebook video ads? Looking for better ways to connect with your Facebook audience? Small adjustments to the way you design and target your Facebook video ads can increase your engagement and conversions. In this article you'll discover seven tips to improve your Facebook video ads. Listen to this article: #1: Tailor to Audience Preferences Rather than create content that targets a wide audience, focus on creating videos that target a specific audience segment. These videos are more likely to get clicks to your website, shares, comments and likes. For example, if your website offers several services or products, create a video for one specific product or service rather than your business in general. General videos are good for branding but not for businesses focused on direct response. You can use Facebook Audience Insights to find out who your audience is, if you aren't sure already. To access Audience Insights, log into your Facebook Ads account, click Tools and select Audience Insights from the drop-down menu. Choose the audience you want to know more about (for example, people who like your page). Analyze people who like your page, people in a remarketing list and people who are in an email list you uploaded to Facebook. Based on the data you collect about your target group, you'll get a clearer idea of the type of video to create. In the bottom left, select your Facebook page to see information on that page. From here you can explore demographics, such as age, gender, lifestyle, relationship status, education level and job title. You'll also see page likes (what pages your audience likes), where your target audience is located, how active they are on Facebook, composition of their household and more. Combine the data on each tab, and you can create a full target audience profile. For example, households with an income of $250K+ are more likely to buy luxury items, and households with many family members are more likely to purchase in bulk. #2: Capture Attention Quickly Successful videos get to the point right away. You need to catch the attention of your audience in the first 5 seconds. Here are a few ways to achieve this goal: Grab attention with a catchy start, like in this Friskies "Dear Kitten" ad. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G4Sn91t1V4g Tell people that you can solve their specific need. Hint at what you're going to talk about. Most videos are muted unless the user clicks on the audio button. This means that you need to complement the audio with a supporting visual so the first 5 seconds help you achieve good performance. Keep in mind, too, that Facebook is a social platform, so viewers are likely to skip videos that are too commercial. #3: Create Ads That Don't Look Like Ads When users visit Facebook, they're typically taking a break or finding out what their friends are up to. They're not surfing to buy. To attract the attention of Facebook users, your ad needs to deliver its message through something unusual such as insightful information, funny content or news. This isn't easy to do, but it's the best way to create videos that achieve your goals. Depending on where your ad appears, what customers consider valuable will differ. Always' #LikeAGirl Campaign does a great job of appealing to their target audience: women. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XjJQBjWYDTs #4: Keep Runtime and the Message in Mind Lengthy videos aren't as effective as shorter ones because people are more likely to stop watching them. Many online advertisers recommend that you create videos that are about 30 seconds long. If your video is particularly entertaining and builds value for users, you might be able to go up to 2 minutes long. There are a few cases where long videos might work. For example, users already know your brand and like your content. Also, if the video is useful or entertaining,

9 Google Analytics Tips to Improve Your Marketing

9 Google Analytics Tips to Improve Your Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Google Analytics? Are you leveraging the many apps that work with Google Analytics? Integrating data from third-party tools, plugins and platforms with Google Analytics helps you gain insight about your online marketing efforts. In this article I'll share nine tips to help you get more out of Google Analytics. Listen to this article: You can also subscribe via RSS, Stitcher and iTunes. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. #1: Add Google Analytics to WordPress You can easily add Google Analytics to your self-hosted WordPress website using the Google Analytics by Yoast plugin. The plugin lets you configure advanced features such as tracking outbound clicks, downloads and internal links that redirect to external websites; for example, affiliate links you create using your own domain (yourdomain.com/affiliate/product). You can also use it to ignore traffic from admins and other users, track search results pages and 404 pages. Yoast's premium version offers more advanced features, such as tracking views per author, views per post type and other specific dimensions. #2: Integrate All Analytics Platforms If you want to combine Google Analytics data with additional analytics tools and platforms to gain insights about your traffic, try Segment. The platform allows you to manage data from over 100 different advertising, analytics, developer, marketing, sales, support and user testing platforms in one place. Simply install one piece of tracking code on your website, and the rest of the tracking codes from any platforms you choose are managed by Segment. Segment offers a free plan for using Google Analytics with 20 other specific platforms. Premium plans for more platform integrations start at $29 per month, based on the integrations you need. #3: Visualize Google Analytics Data It's possible to view and compare data from multiple websites at the same time in Google Analytics with a tool like Cyfe. Use Cyfe dashboards to show an overview of all of your websites' pageviews, sessions and users, then analyze the data to identify bigger trends in: Conversions, traffic sources, bounce rate and location of users Traffic from search engines and social networks Real-time traffic, including users, location of users, traffic sources and content they're currently viewing You can even use it to create dashboards with a detailed view of your websites' real-time traffic, including users, location of users, traffic sources and content they're currently viewing. With a premium upgrade, you can create unlimited dashboards and widgets from over 50 advertising, analytics, blogging, email, sales, SEO, social media and support platforms for only $19 per month. #4: Learn About Email Marketing Traffic Want to link your email marketing efforts to the traffic in Google Analytics? Email marketing platforms such as MailChimp, GetResponse, Constant Contact and Vertical Response allow you to track traffic from links in your emails to your email campaigns. For example, MailChimp lets you check one box to add UTM parameters to links when you create an email campaign so you can view traffic from those links inside Google Analytics. You can also set up Google Analytics tracking for your automation emails and campaign archive pages. #5: Link Social and Website Engagement If you use social media management tools like Buffer, Hootsuite and Oktopost to publish and schedule updates to your top social media networks, you'll benefit from linking them to Google Analytics. Link Hootsuite and you get an overview report with your Google Analytics data along with the social updates you published through Hootsuite. One custom report is included with the $9.99 per month pro plan. With Buffer, you can customize the UTM parameters you use to track custom campaigns within Google Analytics so they match the updates you publish through Buffer.

Best Beauty Campaigns of 2015 - The Buzz Bin

Best Beauty Campaigns of 2015 - The Buzz Bin


The Buzz Bin

For most, December is a time to flip through loving family photos while drinking some eggnog and listening to holiday tunes before they begin planning out their Chrisma-Kwanz-akkah celebrations. Lucky …Read more

Stand Out: How to Build a Following That Matters

Stand Out: How to Build a Following That Matters

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you wondering how to stand out in the noisy online world? Want to build your status as a thought leader? To discover new ways how to stand out, I interview Dorie Clark. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Dorie Clark, author of Reinventing You and an adjunct professor at Duke University. She's also a consultant and speaker. Her clients include Google and Microsoft. Her latest book is called Stand Out: How to Find Your Breakthrough Idea and Build a Following Around It. In this episode Dorie will explore how to stand out in the noisy online world. You'll discover why creating breakthrough ideas and becoming an expert are essential today. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Stand Out Dorie's backstory Dorie started her marketing and strategy consulting business nine years ago, following a pretty eclectic career. After studying theology in graduate school, Dorie was a political reporter, a spokesperson for first a gubernatorial and then a presidential campaign, and ran a non-profit. Through her journey, Dorie noticed increasing numbers of people reinventing themselves, so she wrote Reinventing You to capture best practices for the process. She then realized the next challenge (after you find the place to make your mark) is to become a recognized expert. She wanted to learn from the best, so Dorie interviewed 50 top thought leaders, including Seth Godin, Daniel Pink and David Allen, to try to figure out how they came up with their breakthrough ideas and built their following. Dorie wanted to demolish the myth that famous people are perceived as having always been famous. There are certain replicable actions that anyone can do with the right strategy. One common thread is that all of the people she profiled are known for their ideas. The idea comes first, and then these people roll up their sleeves and work in the trenches in their profession to spread their ideas. Mindset is a key factor in whether someone will be successful. Dorie refers to Carol Dweck from Stanford University, who talks about a growth mindset versus a fixed mindset. If you have a growth mindset and you're not getting the results you want, you believe if you change what you're doing, you'll get those results. If you have a fixed mindset and you're not getting the results you want, you think it must be because you're not smart or talented enough, and there's nothing you can do to change it. Sharing ideas puts you in a position of vulnerability, because it's possible people won't like them. However, it's fundamentally an act of generosity if you have ideas you believe can help the world. People need to step up and be willing to share their ideas, because those who are doing it now are no different than anyone else. They are just willing to do something differently. Listen to the show to learn more about what stops most people from becoming successful. Why create a breakthrough idea? A breakthrough idea is something new and valuable that you (and often only you) can contribute, Dorie explains. This is more important than ever, because the world we live in today is so competitive and globalized. There is always going to be someone willing to do the work for less money than you. Ten years ago, if you needed a website designed, you went to the Chamber of Commerce mixer to see who does websites, and you picked a designer. Now, you go on Elance or Odesk and find someone who will do it for half the price around the world. As a result,

Vine: Short Videos and What Marketers Need to Know

Vine: Short Videos and What Marketers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to know more about Vine video? Are you wondering how brands and businesses can successfully market with Vine video? To explore how to use Vine short video on Twitter, I interview Zach King for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Twitter Vine personality and host of KingFilmSchool.com Zach King. Known as FinalCutKing on YouTube and Twitter, Zach has more than 1.6 million followers on Vine and creates short special effects videos that have been watched millions of times. Zach shares how he got started with film and online video. You'll discover tips for shooting your own Vine video. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Success on Vine How Zach got started with Vine Zach's curiosity was piqued in September 2013 when friends started showing him Vines. He shares that he decided to try the platform for 30 days. During that time, he made a Vine a day based around silly ideas he and his roommate came up with. Each 7-second Vine featured a special effect and in 30 days, Zach says he accumulated 200,000 followers. He was hooked by the growth rate. Zach talks about why the challenge of using Vine to tell stories excites him. Listen to the show to find out how Vine works. What Zach's most popular Vines have in common Zach believes his Vines are successful because they include circumstances everyone can relate to. For example, almost everyone has locked the keys in the car or wanted a special souvenir from a vacation. Listen to the show to hear about more of Zach's successful videos. How making Vine videos has changed things for Zach Zach shares that as he was working his way through film school by teaching FinalCut, he was introduced to posting on YouTube. As he added Vine and Instagram to the mix, his exposure grew. Zach says that Vine exposure has brought him bigger clients, like Coca-Cola and McDonald's, with bigger budgets. Listen to the show to discover why Zach believes platforms like Vine are changing the commercial branding world. Vine's culture Zach states that Vine is very secretive about their analytics. The only metrics available are likes, ReVines and the released loops. He shares that he estimates the average Vine user to be between 13 and 25 years of age—otherwise known as Millennials. He explains that Vine has a diverse collection of categories including a DIY category where you learn how to do a project in 7 seconds and a Comedy category, which Zach believes is the number-one reason people are on Vine. Zach says you don't need any film experience to be successful on Vine. He points out that a lot of Viners who have 7 or 8 million followers simply grabbed a camera and started recording. Listen to the show to hear how personality and style lead to follower growth. How Vines can be viewed or shared Zach shares you need the Vine app to view videos on Vine, but that they can also be embedded on websites. He says embedding is what led to Vine's increased popularity and that Vines perform best outside of the app. Listen to the show to find out how a third-party YouTube compilation of Zach's Vines contributed to his success. How bigger businesses are using Vine While it attracts bigger brands like Coca-Cola and Virgin Mobile, Zach explains that marketing on Vine is different than on platforms like Facebook because Vine hasn't monetized. He says that because brands can't pay to have their Vines put in front of someone,

How to Create Facebook Image Posts That Engage

How to Create Facebook Image Posts That Engage

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use images in your Facebook marketing? Are your image posts performing as well as you’d like? While targeting, relevancy and timing play significant roles in the success of Facebook campaigns, the right image is key to improving engagement. In this article, you’ll discover how to improve the performance of your Facebook image posts. Listen to this article: #1: Start With Quality Images People respond to outstanding images. These are pictures that inspire likes, comments and shares, and encourage people to engage. The importance of images (as well as video) has skyrocketed in recent years, so images that were good enough in the past may not be anymore. While most brands think they share captivating images, unfortunately most are missing the mark. You not only need to use pictures that are high-quality and unique, you need to make sure those pictures relate to your brand and stimulate engagement. For example, even though TripAdvisor has access to some of the most captivating imagery in the world, some of their images work better than others. After reviewing their 20 most recent posts on Facebook, I discovered that TripAdvisor receives an average 251 likes and 30 shares per post. Many of those posts display user-generated content like this beautiful landscape above with the text, "Caption this …" An image like this used to be "enough" for fans to get excited about and engage with. (And 376 likes would make many fan pages stand up and cheer.) However, the text is very basic and it's just one view of a setting. Alternatively, but still in line with their brand, TripAdvisor recently posted 12 beautiful images of natural pools in an album with a clever title ("Natural Swimming Pools You Wish Were in Your Backyard") and a caption ("We like our pools au naturel."), designed for a reaction. The result? Nearly 2,700 likes and almost 300 shares. In this case quantity and quality paid off. There's no question about it. It's harder to compose Facebook posts like this. However, if you want to increase engagement on your images in a big way, it may be worth the time to put in the extra work. #2: Test for Performance To find what will inspire your audience to engage, you need an image that makes them stop in their tracks, followed by irresistible content. Trial and error with split testing is a surefire way to determine what your fans do and do not respond to. It just takes time. Study your image performance to see which ones fall flat, and which images trigger a response, whether it's in the form of a like, share, click, sign-up, purchase, etc. When you find what works, replicate and scale it. You should also review images that don't lead to a response, so you can try to understand why they weren't successful. Keep in mind that the image itself is not the only thing that makes a post successful. Pay attention to the title, body content, call to action and any additional text (such as percentage off in an ad or expiration date for a deal) as well. After testing images to see what resonates with your audience, gather images that are in alignment with your brand. Then, write out your messaging in the form of titles, text and calls to action. Don't go with just the first few things that come to mind. Get creative and take the time to do this right. Now, mix and match to create a massive library of image and text combinations. Some of the combinations should be completely different and others just slightly different. The goal is to make sure that every post people see for your brand is different than the one before. #3: Pay for Visibility Facebook has changed quite a bit in recent years. Organic reach is not what it used to be. So unless you already have thousands of highly engaged fans, the odds of an organic photo post performing well are slim. The answer? Facebook advertising. If you're going to put in the time to develop amazing photo posts,

How to Use Hashtags on Instagram to Grow Your Reach

How to Use Hashtags on Instagram to Grow Your Reach

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more people to see your Instagram content? Are you using Instagram hashtags? Using the right hashtags makes it easier for people to find your Instagram posts and grows your reach. In this article you'll discover how to use Instagram hashtags to connect with new people on Instagram. Why Hashtags Matter on Instagram Instagram is a powerful social channel. With over 400 million users, an average of 80 million photos posted each day and 3.5 billion likes on any given day, it's a valuable platform to include in your social media marketing mix. But how can you get some of those 3.5 billion likes for your business? That's simple: Use hashtags. Listen to this article: Instagram is a social channel where hashtags are particularly valuable. According to Buffer, accounts with fewer than 1,000 followers that use 11 hashtags with their photos get an average of 77.66 interactions per post. With hashtags, you can reach a wider audience and increase your followers. You can also do market research on your competitors and connect with people who have specific interests. Now that it's clear hashtags are an important part of any Instagram strategy, here are some ways to use them for your business. #1: Leverage Established Trends Popular (or trending) hashtags are a great way to develop an Instagram presence and build brand awareness. There are many popular hashtags you can use, including: #photooftheday: Choose a behind-the-scenes photo of your company and share it as your photo of the day. #selfie: Take a selfie while you're working (or have your employees do it) and share the selfie on your Instagram account. #instalike: Don't just use this hashtag, also go through other posts that use it and interact with those users. #2: Tap Into a Popular Theme Themes can be a lot of fun, and Instagram has some popular themed hashtags that you can use with your Instagram posts. Here are a few to consider for your business: #TBT or #throwbackthursday: Throwback Thursday is a great way to reminisce about your company. On Thursdays, share your first dollar made or photos from a special event. You can even include cute or hilarious high school photos. #motivationalmonday: Add some positivity to your feed by participating in Motivational Monday. Share quotes or life lessons from your professional life. #followfriday: Showcase photos from other users and encourage your followers to follow them with this hashtag. You might even get a reciprocal #followfriday tag from those users. This is also a great way to say thank you to your client base. #3: Share an Inspirational Quote Quotes are a great way to get traction and interaction for visual content, and they work as well on Instagram as on your other social channels. Use image tools like Canva to create high-quality image quotes to share. Here are some hashtags to use with them: #instaquote: Use this hashtag with your quote posts. Also look through other tagged posts to boost your client engagement and share something interesting with other users. #quoteoftheday: Whether you use #quoteoftheday or #qotd, you can get some traction from other Instagram users. Consider creating an editorial calendar and plan quotes to share throughout the week using this hashtag. Share quotes from authors and industry leaders, as well as from your blog posts. Quotes that reflect your brand and goal are typically good choices. #4: Tell People What You're Doing Now Telling people what you're doing now is a great way to make your Instagram account fresh and inspiring to users. Plus, balancing business with fun is a great way to create a following on Instagram. Try these hashtags: #amreading: Are you reading an interesting book about your industry? Or the latest Stephen King bestseller? Share it with your audience to spark conversation and make new connections. #amwriting: Whether you're an author or simply writing a blog post,

5 Creative Ways to Grow Your Email List

5 Creative Ways to Grow Your Email List

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to grow your email list? Got a blog? New tools and placement options have made it easier than ever to create an offer that compels blog visitors to share their email address with you. In this article you'll discover five unique ways to grow your email list from your blog readers. Listen to this article: #1: Put Your Best Offer on Your Homepage To encourage email signups, show the value of being an email subscriber on the homepage of your blog. The main focus should be on your opt-in box. Place the links to other areas of your site below the fold, so readers won't see them unless they scroll down the page. Bluewire Media collects email addresses directly from their main page. Below, they offer visitors free marketing templates in addition to news and updates delivered to their inbox. #2: Use a Feature Box to Present Lead Magnets If you don't have a custom homepage or don't have the resources to redesign your current homepage, a feature box might be a good option for you. A well-designed feature box exchanges your lead magnet for new email addresses. You typically place the feature box above the fold of your page so it's immediately visible to users. Unlike entry pop-ups, feature boxes don't interrupt visitors from scrolling down the page and browsing your blog content. They can either take your bonus or scroll down the page. The feature box at DIYthemes increased the blog's subscription rate by 51.7%. Feature boxes convert well even if they're subscription-only and don't offer a lead magnet. Choose a good opt-in offer, such as a free email course. The Enchanting Marketing blog offers readers a free writing course in their feature box. If you're looking for a tool to create opt-in feature boxes, try the WordPress plugins PlugMatter Optin Feature Box or Thrive Leads. Don't forget that your homepage is one of the most visited pages on your blog, so it deserves special treatment. Think about changing your homepage design to include an engaging sign-up box as the next step after a feature box. #3: Add Content Upgrades to Blog Posts Content upgrades are another way to grow your email list. The principle behind them is the same as for any opt-in form: You give away free material (a lead magnet) and get your visitors' email addresses in return. Place a link to your bonus content with a call to action in your article and wrap it with an eye-catching box. When readers click the link, a pop-up box appears, asking for their email address to get the bonus material. Michael Hyatt offers readers a list of literary agents as a bonus in the following article, which is valuable material for his readers and relevant to the topic of the article. When readers click your download link, open a pop-up box asking for their email address. After readers complete the form, redirect them to a page with the bonus. You can use a variety of different materials in your content upgrades. Here are a few examples: A PDF version of your article A checklist An instructional video A template A list of tools or resources An infographic Remember that you need to choose bonus content that is highly relevant to the topic of your article. That's why content upgrades are often called "content-specific bonuses." To implement content upgrades on your blog, try a tool like LeadBoxes or the Content Upgrades PRO plugin for WordPress. #4: Display a Scroll-Triggered Box Another effective and unobtrusive way to turn readers into email subscribers is to use scroll-triggered opt-in boxes. Unlike pop-ups, scroll-triggered boxes don't interrupt the visitor's reading and don't cover up any content. Place a scroll-triggered box at the corner of the page when readers scroll down to a certain part of your article. By the time the box appears in front of readers, they've already read most or all of your article. They've formed an impression of you,

The Cheat Sheet to Socedo’s Free Trial

by Jingcong Zhao @ Socedo Blog

During the Socedo trial, you’ll be able to: Set up a campaign to find your target audience on Twitter & LinkedIn Set up a workflow to follow your target audience on Twitter and send them direct messages See the lead information we can provide for email marketing Take 5 minutes to learn how to set […]

What can I do with a Masters in Marketing?

by Merrill @ Best Marketing Degrees

FACT: Master’s Degrees in Marketing Have an Excellent Career Outlook Every website, company, and governing body that expects financial growth has practiced the principles of marketing, researched consumer behavior, and […]

The post What can I do with a Masters in Marketing? appeared first on Best Marketing Degrees.

The Best B2B Lead Generation Ideas Based on Budget

by Mary Green @ Oz Content

It isn’t difficult to find B2B lead generation ideas. The problem is in choosing which ideas might work for your company and then getting those ideas implemented. It takes a lot more than merely seeing an idea to make it successful. You have to get buy-in, budget, time to create and implement it, and tools. So we thought, how can we help you implement more B2B lead generation ideas? By listing them out based on your resources and assets. “B2B…

The post The Best B2B Lead Generation Ideas Based on Budget appeared first on Oz Content.

How to Increase Your Post Reach on Top Social Networks

How to Increase Your Post Reach on Top Social Networks

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more people to see your social media posts? Have you thought about investing in social media advertising? With targeted ad campaigns, you can ensure that your posts reach the audience you define. In this article, I explore the top social networks that offer promoted post options and how they help you reach your audience. Listen to this article: #1: Boost Posts on Facebook To combat low organic reach on Facebook, you can boost your Facebook page posts in a variety of ways. You can boost your posts as you create them. You can use the Boost Post button after a post is published to your Facebook page. This is especially helpful if you're using social sharing tools to post to your page. You can also boost posts from inside your page's Facebook Insights. This is particularly useful if you're browsing through your analytics and notice a particular post could use a boost or could go viral based on its current organic reach. When you click the Boost Post button, a lightbox pops up that gives you simple audience targeting, scheduling and budgeting options. If you want the quick and easy approach, use this interface. For more detailed options, visit the Facebook Ads Manager, create a new ad and choose the Boost Your Posts ad objective. This approach gives you the full Facebook Ads interface for advanced audience targeting, scheduling and budgeting, allowing you to get the most out of your ad budget and post promotion. Alternatively, go to your Audience Manager and create custom audiences and saved audiences. You can create custom audiences with email or phone lists of your customers and subscribers. A saved audience is created when you save an audience based on specific configurations. When creating audiences, use the Boost Post buttons on your page and Facebook Insights to target specific audiences faster. Using specific audience targeting ensures that your Facebook page posts will reach the right audience to drive qualified traffic and engagement to your business. #2: Promote Tweets on Twitter If you think Facebook is the only social network suffering from low organic reach, think again. One of the more popular tweets from Whole Foods, a company with over 4 million followers, resulted in only 233 favorites, 96 retweets and 5 replies. That's pretty low reach, which is why promoting your tweets on Twitter is a good idea. You can start a promoted tweet campaign from a few places. First, you can click on the tweet Analytics icon beneath any of your tweets. This reveals your tweet's activity, as well as a Promote Your Tweet button. Second, you can click on the Tweet Details link in your Twitter Analytics to get the option to promote your tweet. Unfortunately, the Promote Your Tweet button doesn't offer much in the way of targeting or other options. This is why you'll want to use the Twitter Ads interface to promote your tweet instead. Here, you can post a new tweet to promote or choose from tweets you've already posted to your profile. Then you'll find all of the targeting, budgeting and scheduling options you want for your promoted tweet campaign. Again, using specific audience targeting will ensure that your tweets reach the right audience to drive qualified traffic and engagement to your business. #3: Sponsor Updates on LinkedIn The most recent update on Microsoft's LinkedIn company page has 1,376 likes and 111 comments, which is pretty good since they have over 2 million followers. Past updates have netted fewer than 500 likes and 100 comments each, making LinkedIn yet another network where organic reach is low. Fortunately, you can sponsor updates you've posted to your LinkedIn company page. You can do it from your page with the Sponsor Update button. You can also do it using the Sponsor link from your LinkedIn company page analytics.

Twitter Traffic: How to Double Your Traffic to Your Content

Twitter Traffic: How to Double Your Traffic to Your Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Twitter for business? Are you wondering how to use Twitter to increase traffic to your blog? To learn how to use Twitter to grow your business, I interview Kim Garst for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Kim Garst, CEO of Boom Social, a company and blog that specializes in social media marketing. One of Kim's areas of topical expertise is Twitter marketing. Kim shares how she uses Twitter to promote her content and offers. You'll learn about what type of content works best and how frequently you should share it. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter for Business How do you use Twitter to help your business? Kim describes many ways to leverage Twitter to help grow your business. One way is to use news updates. Kim refers to Twitter as the "info superhighway." A lot of people don't use Twitter search in the same context as they would with Google. In many cases, the news hits Twitter before it hits the major news channels. There are real people out there who share real information in real time. With Twitter, you can leverage the search function as a way to keep track of your competition. You can search for keywords and find conversations in real time. It's a great way to pay attention to trending topics. You'll hear an example of a news story where 85% of the people polled said they found out about an incident on Twitter before the traditional news got the information. One of the biggest values that Kim has found for Twitter is to drive traffic. It's the most responsive targeted traffic source that you can have at your fingertips. Listen to the show to find out how Kim uses Twitter to drive traffic to her Facebook Page. How Twitter can drive more traffic to a website Kim describes the free offers on built-in tabs on her Facebook Page and why she tests them first on Facebook. Twitter is unique in that you can share your free offer 2-3 times a day; whereas on your Facebook Page it would be considered overkill. A tweet has a lifespan of about 30 seconds, so you can share your free offers multiple times a day and it's seen as acceptable. Different viewers see them as they come through their news feeds. Kim explains the strategy behind sharing the same link multiple times a day and why you shouldn't use the same tweet throughout the day. You'll want to switch them up and test different wording to see what people respond to the most. Kim uses HootSuite to schedule her tweets. You'll find out why it's the number-one opt-in source for leveraging her Twitter traffic to her Facebook Page. Kim shares how she monitors and keeps track of each tweet's performance and why you should only run 2 or 3 at a time, otherwise it's overwhelming. You'll hear what type of content Kim shares from her own articles and how frequently she schedules them. Twitter is Kim's number-one traffic source. She has leveraged the same concept for her clients and increased their traffic by 100-400%. Kim highly recommends that you share content that is still relevant and holds value. You'll hear an example of how to use a hashtag when promoting a blog article and why hashtag content has more relevance. Listen to the show to find out what is one of Kim's top converters. Common mistakes businesses make on Twitter Kim says the mistake people make with their Twitter account is to remain inactive. You need to be consistent regardless of which platform you use,

Smartphone Video Excellence: How to Film Like a Pro

Smartphone Video Excellence: How to Film Like a Pro

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you record videos with your smartphone? Want to make them look really professional? To talk about how to do video like a pro from your smartphone, I interview Justin Brown. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Justin Brown, a video professional who specializes in helping marketers look great on camera. He's been a coach, producer, and cameraman for 25 years, specializing in extreme sports. You can find him at PrimalVideo.com. Justin explores how to use your smartphone to create excellent recorded and live video. You'll discover what tools you need to make your videos look professional. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Smartphone Video Excellence Justin's story When Justin was little, he recalls, his dad was always filming the family. As kids, they would grab the camera, make up mock TV shows, and watch them. His interest progressed and Justin eventually started editing video with the early versions of Windows Movie Maker and with Adobe Premiere. Later in life, while Justin was a lifeguard at his local beach, he became heavily interested in motorboat racing. He began to create highlight videos from the footage of boats flipping, people falling out, and other exciting occurrences, and found that he enjoyed editing high-paced action video. From there, Justin pivoted into doing underground mine training videos. Justin broke into extreme sports through an interview with professional big wave surfer Mark Visser. Justin ended up working closely with Mark and producing his documentary TV series: Justin filmed Mark surfing JAWS in Hawaii at 2 AM, solo skydiving, and throwing jet skis out of a plane to surf remote locations. It was full-on action sports video. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_jfM1Vsl70k Somewhere along the line, Justin found that he was more interested in teaching people to create their own video content, rather than shooting the video for them. The goal at Primal Video, which launched last year, is to help people get up to speed with video, allowing them to magnify their results by removing any barriers or excuses they have around creating videos for themselves. Listen to the show to hear more about Justin's career transition. Lighting Justin says there are a few simple elements that will help you create a professional-looking video using your smartphone. Proper lighting, he says, will dramatically increase the quality and professionalism of your video, no matter the situation. There are a couple options for lighting when capturing videos with your smartphone. One is to to use a rig mount with a light on it to illuminate your subject in the same way you would with a DSLR camera. Another option is to use a desk lamp or the lighting in your office or studio. The key is to use whatever you have to light up the person presenting the content (maybe that's you); make sure that person is lit well, and if you have the time and the ability, you can also light up the background. The goal is to have an even light across your entire face, so people can connect with you. Some shadow is good, because it creates depth on the face and you can see some details, but harsh shadows aren't ideal. If bright light is coming in through a window that's in your shot, do your best to reduce it by closing the curtains, shutting the doors, or lighting up the other side of your face to balance that light. When you film with a smartphone, you typically have three scenarios: selfie-style with you holding the phone yourself, someone using their phone to film you,

How to Improve Your Pinterest Boards and Gain More Followers

How to Improve Your Pinterest Boards and Gain More Followers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you struggling to grow your Pinterest following? Are your Pinterest boards performing? Adding the right types of boards to your Pinterest profile will help increase your visibility and followers. In this article you'll discover how to create Pinterest boards people want to follow. Listen to this article: #1: Stay Relevant With Evergreen Content Boards with evergreen content are important for attracting Pinterest users, and they remain both relevant and interesting to people year-round. Having a Christmas board during the holiday season is normally a good strategy. Ideas for gifts, decorations and food will likely go over well in those few weeks. Come December 26, however, that board will lose a lot of allure for most users. While you'll occasionally get a stray pinner who is interested and saves the board for next year, most users won't be too invested after the holiday has passed. Ideally, it's best to have a large number of boards featuring content that will perform well for longer periods of time. This content will stay relevant, and you can anchor your boards and followers through Halloween jack-o-lantern patterns and stocking stuffer recommendations in December. For example, Food and Wine's evergreen boards Best Brunch Recipes and Grilling drastically outnumber Halloween Party Ideas in the number of pins. Long-term, you'll want both new users and current followers to engage with your pins and follow your boards so they'll continue to be exposed to your content and share it. Evergreen boards are ideal for this purpose. They allow you to push out new content to boards with plenty of followers, getting increased exposure and staying relevant and active. If you curate boards that offer value for longer periods of time, you'll consistently gain more followers. #2: Appeal to Pinners With Current Trends Though it's important to have a solid base of evergreen boards on Pinterest, it can also be hugely beneficial to have a few boards focused on current trends. Whether you dedicate a new board to gifts under $30 for the holiday season or create a board for your best-selling items throughout the year, having at least one immediately relevant board can help catch users' interest. Create a current trends board to promote your most popular or newest items. Sephora uses this tactic with their Trending Now board, which showcases their most popular and talked-about products. They also have Makeup of the Day and Today's Obsession boards that capitalize on this same idea, promoting relevant content that users would be interested in right now. Plenty of Pinterest users want to keep up with the latest trends, so if you have a current trends board that you update regularly, you can grab a lot of followers. Every time you update this board, you're distributing pins of your most popular or newest items for followers to see, increasing the chance that they'll repin and share them with their own followers and the rest of the Pinterest world. Thanks largely to the sense of urgency, current trends boards are a great way to feature your products and drive sales on Pinterest. The only struggle with this type of board is that you need to update it consistently. If you don't, your "trending now" theme will become outdated, and you'll lose user interest and followers quickly. Stay on top of your current trends board to increase followers with content that is important and timely now. #3: Feature How-To Ideas to Draw In DIYers As a site full of recipes, home décor and style recommendations, Pinterest hosts a large amount of DIY content. You can learn how to wear a pashmina 20 different ways, make an apple pie from scratch and update your kitchen with nothing more than spray paint and super glue (though, for the record, not all ideas are necessarily advisable). It's no secret that Pinterest and many of its pinners love the DIY and how-to ideas that show up all over the ...

5 Facebook Advertising Tools That Save Time and Improve Your ROI

5 Facebook Advertising Tools That Save Time and Improve Your ROI

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you advertise on Facebook? Looking for more efficient ways to manage your campaigns? Facebook ad tools can make a world of difference in the amount of time, effort and money you spend on your ad campaigns. In this article you'll discover five Facebook advertising tools that save you time and boost your return on investment (ROI). Listen to this article: #1: Facebook Ads Manager App Facebook has offered Ads Manager for mobile devices since 2014, but earlier this year they launched a stand-alone iOS Ads Manager app with some pretty necessary features for advertisers. Now you can track ad performance, edit existing ads, revise ad budgets and schedules, receive push notifications and create ads from the app. It was nice to be able to manage ads with the first iteration of the mobile manager, but the stand-alone app is more convenient and powerful. It's designed for small- to medium-sized advertisers and allows you to create ads from your existing page posts or from images and photos on your device. If you're using Android, you'll be happy to know a version will be released later this year. #2: Facebook Ads Exclusion Targeting Facebook continues to add more precise targeting options to their ad platform, making it possible to market to incredibly granular groups, right down to specific individuals. Often though, it's beneficial to exclude certain segments to get your ads in front of the right audience. Enter Facebook's Exclusion Targeting, a tool launched to help you avoid targeting the same people twice. For example, you can exclude your existing customers from a promotion designed to generate new leads. Or target your website visitors (as a custom audience), but exclude those who've already converted. Facebook promises that exclusion targeting can help you lower your cost per action or cost per click, reduce money spent on wasted clicks and reach people who are more likely to buy or convert. It works with regular Facebook ads, as well as the newer (and awesome) carousel ad format on both desktop and mobile. See Facebook’s Help resource for instructions on setting up exclusion targeting. #3: Qwaya Sure, you can split test Facebook ads on your own, but if you're attempting to glean useful insights from it on any scale, you're going to want a tool to automate the process. Qwaya is a paid tool with a ton of features including ad scheduling, performance-based rule setting, autorotation of ads and a campaign organizer. But one of its best features is its ability to automate split testing (A/B testing) for both creatives and audiences. If you're already using Facebook Power Editor, you know that the ability to split test audiences, as shown above, is sorely lacking. Qwaya also helps you determine which combinations of imagery, text and targeting make up the best-performing ads with its split testing feature. #4: AdEspresso's Facebook Ads Compass Report AdEspresso's Facebook Ads Compass is like a report card for your Facebook ads account. If you're agency-side, don't worry; it lets you choose which account and which campaigns you'd like to analyze so you don't get a mass of information for all of your accounts together. If you're already using a tool to analyze your ads' performance, the Compass report might seem redundant. But it's a great starting place if you're a small business and have been doing the bulk of your Facebook ads optimization based on manual analysis. You have to factor in your time spent managing your Facebook campaigns into overall ROI, so a tool like this can help you save time and enhance performance (if you act on its recommendations!). AdEspresso has analyzed over $290 million in Facebook ad spend to create industry benchmarks against which your campaigns are compared in the Compass report. It's a great way to see how you stack up against other businesses in your industry. #5: Hootsuite Ads

Live Video and Marketing: Where the Industry Is Heading

Live Video and Marketing: Where the Industry Is Heading

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Interested in using live video for business? Have you considered creating a live video show? To find out what live video can do for your business, I interview Brian Fanzo. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Brian Fanzo, a tech evangelist who specializes in live video. He's the founder of iSocialFanz and host of the FOMOFanz podcast. Brian explores live video, where it's headed, and how it can help your business. You'll discover whether to use Facebook Live or Periscope if you're just getting started. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Live Video and Marketing What Live Video Means for Business Whether yours is a small business, a brick-and-mortar store, or an ecommerce company, you need to shrink the distance between yourself and your customer, Brian explains. Live video is much more than a marketing play because it shrinks that distance by humanizing your brand and business. Live video is also the gateway to technologies such as augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR), which Brian believes will be huge by 2020. To embrace AR and VR, he says, companies and brands will need to have a live video strategy already in place. He says today's consumers want you to convince them that you can be trusted, that you're a resource, are invested in them, and can understand them. They don't want to be marketed or sold to; they want to engage and have a conversation with you. Businesses need to spend time building rapport, a relationship, and trust with their audience, and live video is a great vehicle for that. With regard to building trust, Brian believes the most valuable statement anyone can make on live video is, "I don't know." If a brand admits they don't know something on live video, it adds validity to what they do know. (When you're stumped, you can also ask audience members to send you a message on Twitter or Facebook, and say you'll have your product manager get back to them.) Listen to the show to hear more about the strategy behind using live video to break down barriers with your audience. Getting Started With Live Video Brian says that according to Cisco, 79% of Internet traffic in 2020 will be video. Nowhere did anyone say that's going to be great video, good video, or live video, Brian continues. However, he believes most brands are thinking about video. Many people think live video is scary because they picture themselves on the video. Brian has to remind them that the best live videos are often made when you're celebrating customers and employees. And if your live video brings people access they can't get anywhere else, the camera doesn't even need to be on you. For example, say you use live video to interview a client, a customer, or a celebrity while they're in the office. As the person behind the camera, you can watch the comments for questions and decide which are important enough to ask the guest. With these kinds of live videos, all of the scary elements of being on air are taken away. Listen to the show to discover my process for doing live videos. Innovative Examples of Live Video Brian says Cisco has done an amazing job with their We Are Cisco campaign. Employees in different offices are trusted to take over the company's social media accounts, including Snapchat and Instagram, to share their point of view. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oMjEzVH1d0k Not only does the campaign celebrate Cisco's employees, it's also a great recruiting tool. The company doesn't have to convince job applicants that they trust their employees; the proof is v...

Copyranter: Dove's femvertising is anything but 'real' - Digiday

Copyranter: Dove's femvertising is anything but 'real' - Digiday


Digiday

For over 10 years, the personal care brand has passive-aggressively assaulted women’s physical insecurities to sell beauty products, argues Mark Duffy.

More Marketing Time: How to Procrastinate Your Way to Success

More Marketing Time: How to Procrastinate Your Way to Success

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you spend too much time on insignificant tasks? Want to have more time to do what you do best? To learn how to multiply your time as a marketer by procrastinating, I interview Rory Vaden. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Rory Vaden, the co-founder of Southwestern Consulting, an organization designed to empower sales pros. He's the author of Take the Stairs. His newest book is Procrastinate on Purpose: 5 Permissions to Multiply Your Time. In this episode Rory will explore how busy marketers and business owners can get ahead by procrastinating. You'll discover how the principles of time management have changed over the years, as well as why and how to embrace the focus funnel. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: More Marketing Time Rory's backstory Raised by a single mother who sold Mary Kay cosmetics, Rory grew up around women who taught him the principles of success. Rory says it also means he knows more about makeup than cars. During college at the University of Denver, Rory was recruited to work in a program called Southwestern Advantage, where he sold educational children's reference books door-to-door and eventually managed salespeople. He says that's where he developed a passion for sales. In 2006, Rory and three others started Southwestern Consulting, with the mission to help salespeople achieve their goals in life. They now have 115 team members and are working with more than 1,000 people. Rory's first book, Take the Stairs, is all about the psychology of overcoming procrastination, improving self-discipline and getting yourself to do things you know you should do that you don't feel like doing. It answers the question, "How do the most disciplined people in the world get themselves to be disciplined?" Rory's second book, Procrastinating on Purpose, addresses the question, "How do the most successful people today think about time and do they believe the same clichés we often hear about time management?" Rory says a lot of them don't. Listen to the show to discover what launched Rory's speaking career. Why people struggle with time management Rory says there is no such thing as time management, only self management. In the world we live in today, time management isn't just logical, it's emotional. Our feelings of guilt, fear, worry and anxiety, as well as our desire for success and our need to feel valued dictate how we spend our time—as much as our inbox, our to-do list and our calendar do. There's also a new type of thinker that has emerged: the multiplier. Rory shares the history of time management. Era one time-management thinking is one-dimensional. It was developed in the 1950s and 1960s, and was all about efficiency. All things being equal, doing things faster is better. However, there is a point of diminishing returns with efficiency. Era two time-management thinking is two-dimensional. This was ushered in by Dr. Stephen Covey, author of The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, in the late 80s. Dr. Covey gave us the time-management matrix. The Y axis was importance (how much something matters) and the X axis was urgency (how soon it matters), so it was a way to score tasks and prioritize based on their score. While prioritizing is a relevant skill today, there is a massive limitation—nothing about prioritizing creates more time. Rory believes you cannot solve today's time-management problems with yesterday's time-management solutions. People who are multipliers, Rory says,

8 Tips to Simplify Your Social Media Marketing

8 Tips to Simplify Your Social Media Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you struggling to keep up with your social media marketing tasks? Looking for ways to increase productivity? Incorporating a few changes into your social media marketing can help simplify processes, improve efficiency, and free up your time. In this article you'll discover eight tips to help busy social media marketers be more productive. Listen to this article: #1: Focus on the Platform With the Highest ROI Treat social media like the business activity it is. Use the simple principle of return on investment (ROI) to decide where to spend your time. If a certain social platform is giving you zero ROI, it may not be worth your time. You want to focus on the platform that does have a strong ROI. Ideally, you should track your numbers and make sure you're looking at all angles of the equation. For example, you should also identify customer lifetime value (CLV) channels with the highest ROI. What does this look like from a tactical perspective? The exact methods differ depending on your analytics and reporting, but here are the main points to keep in mind: Compare conversion rates across all of your social media channels. Perform a side-by-side comparison of conversion rates and channel cost. Pick the single social channel that has high conversion rates and high ROI. Increase your efforts and expenditure on that single platform. This simple awareness can save you hours of time in your social media marketing. #2: Use Social Media Management Tools It almost seems unnecessary to say because most people are already doing it: If you're not using social media management tools, it's time to start. It's hard to know just how much time you'll save by using a tool, but suffice it to say that it's likely hours per week. You can choose from a variety of popular social media posting tools like Buffer, Socialoomph, and Hootsuite. #3: Reuse Old Posts If you had great engagement from a social media post in the past, use it again. You're probably thinking, "Won't this annoy people?" Probably not. The half-life of tweet isn't very long, so if you're posting the same tweet twice in a week, month, or even a day, it probably doesn't matter much. Even if others retweet you, the duration is not very long. You can use tools like Buffer and Edgar to repurpose and repost old social media posts. Here's a glance into how Edgar works. You can organize your content using filters, set up your queue, and let your social media repurposing go. #4: Create a System for Curating and Scheduling Content The key to saving time on social media is developing systems that are organized, repeatable, and habitual ways of doing something. As long as your system is streamlined and scalable, you can be more productive in less time. Collecting content that you want to share is a good example. If you don't have a system, this process could take hours. Just using a system is more important than which system you use. For example, use Chrome extensions to keep your most important tasks a single click away. You can also click Buffer's extension twice to save and schedule any piece of content to social media. You can create systems for every aspect of your social media life. Here's an example: Use Feedly as a source for gathering content. Set up the automatic integration of Pocket with Feedly to add articles to your curated list with a single click. Set up IFTTT to automatically send articles you favorite in Pocket to your Buffer queue. Collect a group of stories that will appeal to your audience. Comb through the stories you've collected and remove content that doesn't apply to your target audience. This is a look at the kind of micro-categorization that you can use on Feedly. Using a system like this will require some work on the front end, but it can save you tons of time later on. If you try this hack, be sure to look for the best time-saving IFTTT recipes.

Blogging Success: How to Create Content People Love

Blogging Success: How to Create Content People Love

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to drive more traffic to your website? Would you like to create content that people would go crazy for? To learn the secrets of attention-grabbing blog posts that generate traffic, I interview Michael Hyatt for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Michael Hyatt, author of Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World, former CEO of Thomas Nelson Publishers, and the host of the This Is Your Life podcast. Michael shares his experiences as a successful blogger and content creator. You'll learn why headlines and photos are the most attention-grabbing aspects of your articles. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Content Creation Michael tells the story of when he first started blogging in 2004. He was the CEO at Thomas Nelson and saw blogging as a means to communicate with his own employees. It was a way to be innovative, rather than sending out standard email newsletters. It wasn't until someone suggested opening it up to the public that he thought it was a cool idea and maybe could become an archive for his best thinking. Listen to the show to hear about Michael's blogging schedule when he first started. What evergreen content brings to your website Michael's blog today averages around 300-400 blog comments a day. Michael explains that about half of his traffic comes from older posts. These include posts that he wrote 2-3 years ago that still get a huge amount of comments today. Michael shares how he promotes his older posts. One of the tactics he uses is to bulk upload and schedule tweets in SocialOomph for older articles such as this one: Our words carry enormous weight. More than we sometimes think. "How Our Words Impact Others." mhyatt.us/gIC8Vn — Michael Hyatt (@MichaelHyatt) November 18, 2012   Michael had the idea from when he was working in the book publishing world. Publishers have two types of books: new books (newly published or yet to be released) and a backlist (an archive of content). For large publishing companies such as Thomas Nelson, 50-60% of their revenue can come from their backlist. Most bloggers don't have a strategy for this. They write it, it disappears and then it's gone forever. Listen to the show to find out Michael's secret for keeping his older blog posts up to date and continuing to drive more traffic. How to write killer blog posts Over time Michael has written about 1,400 posts. You'll learn how he tries to start from the reader's perspective and frame everything in terms of his or her needs. Somebody once said, "People are tuned into WIIFM (Whats In It For Me)." You have to write from this particular viewpoint if you're going to be successful. Look at what other people's hopes, fears, frustrations and obstacles are. And don't assume that everybody knows what you know. Michael talks about how a lot of his how-to articles stem from what he needs to find out and then he documents the process for his readers. These articles bring him a ton of traffic every day. Listen to the show to learn why the how-to articles have been the most successful for Michael. Topics to write about Michael explains how he uses "intentional leadership" as a filter for content on his website. He shares how he might look at a current event and reframe it into a leadership lesson. You'll also learn how to decide what to publish on your site and how to stay focused on being good at what you do. Listen to the show to find out why giving away you...

How to Optimize Your Facebook Posts With Facebook Audience Insights

How to Optimize Your Facebook Posts With Facebook Audience Insights

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to increase your Facebook engagement? Interested in discovering what content appeals to your audience? With Facebook Audience Insights, you can get the information you need to tailor content to your audience's preferences. In this article you'll find out how to use Audience Insights to optimize your Facebook posts. Why Facebook Audience Insights? Facebook Audience Insights is a social media marketer's dream come true. It was designed as a tool for targeting Facebook ads, but it also provides a treasure trove of data on your current audience, target market and competitors' customer bases. Listen to this article: Simply plug in your page or a heap of desired demographic data, including age, gender, location, interests, finances, employment, income, family structure, purchase behavior and more. Here are some ways to tap into this data to optimize Facebook posts for your audience, increasing organic reach and engagement without advertising. #1: Use Lifestyle Data to Create Personas The Lifestyle data in Audience Insights creates mini-personas based on demographic data, purchase behavior, brand affinity and interests. Though the personas are rather broad, they lay the foundation for a comprehensive picture of who your audience is. The Apple Pie Families lifestyle persona comprises 7% of the U.S. Facebook audience over age 18. Facebook defines this persona as "upper-middle class couples with school-age children . . . homeowners, often minivan drivers and avid radio listeners." From this snippet of information, you can picture the lives of this audience. You can envision parents driving their children to school in the morning, listening to the radio. After family dinners, the children retreat to their rooms to do their homework on weeknights. You can speculate these are parents who are highly present in their children's lives. They are involved, informed, and in some ways, defined by their status as parents. So how does this information translate into writing posts that will capture this audience's attention and motivate them to act? You do it on their terms. Consider what is likely on their minds right now, and how your brand can assist in quelling their anxieties and make their life better overall. When it comes to audience personas, it's all about framing. Say you're running a promotion. Could you adjust the timeframe and the scope of the promotion to frame it as a back-to-school campaign? Or more broadly, how could the campaign speak to the everyday joys and challenges of parenthood? For example, the largest Facebook audience segment for Kraft Foods is Apple Pie Families. In this August post the company includes a link to kid-friendly recipes. Understanding that at the time, a large segment of the audience was likely focused on sending the kids back to school, Kraft Foods adjusted their content not only to grab their audience's attention, but also to provide information people could put into action. #2: Gauge Interests and Affiliations With Page Likes You can learn a lot about an audience segment based on the Facebook pages they like. Think of this information less like a report on other businesses and more like a key interest breakdown. The Page Likes section of Facebook Audience Insights is comprised of the top pages liked in each category and the pages most likely to be relevant to your audience. This combined data helps you continue piecing together a comprehensive persona. Page Likes let you see insight into what your audience's political affiliations are, which media outlets they follow, where they shop, what organizations they support, what apps they use and more. From a macro perspective, study this data to get into the heads of your audience. Add to the picture you started to form from Lifestyle data. What do these people talk about with their friends? How do they spend their spare time? What issues do they care about?

Best Offline GPS Map Apps for Android & iOS [2017]

by Karrar Haider @ Hongkiat

GPS Maps and navigations apps have totally changed the way we travel these days. You can have access to turn-by-turn navigation, complete traffic update, the best route to a destination, hotels nearby and many other types of handy road information, all in the palm of your hand. However, almost all of these apps require an…

The 9 Best Online Doctorates in Marketing

by Merrill @ Best Marketing Degrees

Consumer behavior is ever-changing. Do you have your thumb on the pulse? From social media marketing to global markets and globalization of local products, understanding marketing in this ever-changing atmosphere […]

The post The 9 Best Online Doctorates in Marketing appeared first on Best Marketing Degrees.

How to Create LinkedIn Ads That Generate Results For Your Business

How to Create LinkedIn Ads That Generate Results For Your Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use LinkedIn to prospect for new business? Want to reach a highly targeted professional audience with your message? LinkedIn ads are an excellent way to increase visibility and generate leads. In this article I’ll explain the different types of LinkedIn ads and show you step by step how to set them up to reach the ideal audience for your business. Listen to this article: Why LinkedIn Ads? No matter what industry you're in, it's likely your business audience is on LinkedIn. The platform's 350+ million users are almost entirely businesspeople, so why not use ads to get in front of your ideal prospects? Ads increase your visibility, and therefore improve the "know, like and trust" factor. If your advertising budget equals or is more than $25,000 a quarter, you can get access to some amazing (and premium) advertising tools such as Lead Accelerator, display ads, sponsored InMails and sponsored groups. The alternative, which is perfect for small- to medium-sized businesses, is sponsored content (similar to Facebook news feed ads or sponsored tweets) and text ads (similar to PPC ads on Google, or Facebook ads). While LinkedIn ads tend to be more expensive than other platforms, they can be worth the money if you use their specific targeting options (companies, titles, education, etc.) and do micro-campaigns (instead of doing one big campaign that reaches 50,000 people, do 50 micro-campaigns that reach 1,000 people each). This reduces the cost, is easier to track and gives you more visibility. There are two ways to set up ads: cost per click (CPC) and pay per impression (mille) (PPM). When you do sponsored content, go with CPC, because people don't click through as much on sponsored updates. LinkedIn will keep showing your ad until they get their money, which is why micro-targeting is such a good idea. This is perfect if your strategy is to start getting recognition and visibility. When you do text ads, go with PPM. These ads are a good option for lead generation. For example, you can send a white paper or another incentive to get someone into your marketing funnel. Once folks feel like they know you because of your sponsored updates, they'll be more likely to click on the link, and then you'll have them in your funnel. #1: Get Started To use any ads on LinkedIn, you need to have a company page, which is easy to set up. Just click Interests and choose Companies from the drop-down menu. On the next page, click the Create button. Then input your company name and email address, and click Continue. Upload logos and content, and you're good to go. To set up an ad, go to the LinkedIn Ads page. Click Start Now to get started and then select the ad you want to set up. #2: Set Up a Sponsored Ad To set up a sponsored ad, click on Sponsor Content. First, type in a name for your campaign. Choose something specific that you can easily recognize and track. Then select your company. If you manage pages for a lot of companies, you'll get several options. Now, choose an update that you've already created or create direct sponsored content. The limitation of doing direct (new) sponsored content is that you get fewer characters to work with. To promote an update you've already created, you can use 600 characters plus an image. If you choose to promote new, direct sponsored content you'll have to limit your ad to 160 characters, and it won't show up on your company page. If you want to offer something that you don't want to show up on your company page, this is the route to go. Once you've selected the content, do your targeting. Choose your audience, and at the very least, you have to choose a location. Be as specific as possible. Then you can target by company or category (industry or company size). Focus on job title, job function or job seniority, as well as education. Another option is to target by group, because if you share a group,

Mobile Local Marketing: Reaching the Mobile Customer

Mobile Local Marketing: Reaching the Mobile Customer

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have a local business? Want an effective way to market to people who are near you? To explore how to reach your customers with mobile marketing, I interview Rich Brooks. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Rich Brooks, author of The Lead Machine: The Small Business Guide to Digital Marketing. He's also host of The Agents of Change podcast and The Agents of Change Digital Marketing Conference. Rich explores how local businesses can use mobile marketing to deliver relevant messaging to their customers. You'll discover how to combine mobile marketing with social media. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Mobile Local Marketing The Importance of Mobile In 2017, every business should focus on mobile, Rich says, especially businesses with physical locations and a local audience. Mobile is important because people always have their devices by their side. For example, when Rich takes his daughter to volleyball practices in different towns, he uses Waze on his phone to get directions. Then after dropping her off, he goes to Yelp to find a coffeehouse or asks Google or Siri to find the nearest supermarket so he can go shopping. While he waits in line, Rich explores Facebook, Twitter, or Instagram; plays a game; or reads a news article. Because people are always on their phones, local businesses can attract customers who are looking for information on the go and making immediate decisions. If those people are in your area, you can capture their business with a strong mobile presence. Listen to the show for more about how potential customers use mobile. Mobile Offers and SMS Messages To engage people on mobile, Rich says you can create mobile offers, which are being redeemed at 10 times the rate of old print coupons. Mobile offers take many forms. You can run a Facebook campaign on mobile, promote an offer that's available on a mobile device, or tell people they can download a deal onto their phones and show it at the counter. Another option is SMS text messaging. Rich explains that SMS offers work a lot like email marketing. For example, a pizzeria can send people discounts. A massage therapist near Rich gives customers who opt into SMS text messages first dibs on appointment times that open up due to last-minute cancellations. To send SMS marketing messages, you start by finding an SMS marketing vendor in your area. These vendors work similarly to email marketing vendors, such as MailChimp, Constant Contact, AWeber, and smaller local players. Your vendor assigns you a short code and customers opt into your SMS messages by texting that code and confirming they want to receive your messages. Rich says a pizza restaurant might tell customers, "Text Pizza to 004400." After you're set up to send messages, you can start building your SMS marketing list. Rich emphasizes that people will sign up to receive messages only if you offer an incentive for signing up. For a pizza business, that incentive might be a dollar off, a free topping, or free delivery. Rich suggests promoting your SMS list on your social media profiles, website, flyers, and product packaging (such as pizza boxes). Rich says you can expect a smaller but more engaged audience for your SMS messages. Fewer people will opt in, but right now those who do are much more likely to look at their text messages immediately. Rich predicts that engagement with SMS messages may drop off if people become overwhelmed with text messages, but says that currently SMS is still fairly new and can be a boon to a local business.

Split Testing: How to Improve Your Site Conversions

Split Testing: How to Improve Your Site Conversions

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you split test the opt-ins on your website? Want to get better results? To learn how to create effective split tests, I interview conversion expert Joanna Wiebe. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Joanna Wiebe, a copywriter, conversion expert and founder of CopyHackers.com--a website designed to help you improve your conversions. She's the author of the Copy Hackers ebook series. Today Joanna will explore how split testing can help improve your email opt-ins and much more. You'll discover how to alter your headlines and buttons to improve your website opt-ins, as well as what tools to use to analyze results. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Split Testing What led Joanna to copywriting and conversions Joanna says she fell into the field of copywriting. After leaving law school, she was looking for her next opportunity. When a friend who worked at an agency said they were looking for a writer, Joanna got the position, along with the title creative writer. (She thought copywriter sounded too boring.) A couple years later, Joanna went over to Intuit (makers of Turbo Tax) as senior copywriter. Once there, she says she finally figured out what copywriting was ... and understood that it was not boring! Joanna explains the difference between a creative writer and a copywriter. A creative writer is a person who is more likely to come up with tag lines and concepts for ads and campaigns. It's someone who abstracts a message from insights. On the other hand, from Joanna's experience a copywriter is more of a scientific writer. Copywriting is not about you. It's about listening to people who are potentially nothing like you to find the right message, she says. According to Joanna, split testing became more readily available eight or nine years ago, and testing tools, like Optimizely, VWO and Omniture (before it was acquired by Adobe), were starting to pop up. So the company started split testing different approaches to solving problems. They would test them using actual data: website visitors or email subscribers helped them test by voting with their clicks or their credit cards. This led Joanna to start Copy Hackers about three years ago. Listen to the show to discover how creativity stifled Joanna in her first position as a writer. The ad at the bottom of Copy Hackers To capture email addresses Joanna uses a solution called Bounce Exchange. They have been experimenting with ways to get people's attention. There’s a little guy in the corner of the website and it says “Click here to get a free guide.” It appears as you’re scrolling down the page. Once you click on it, it gives you the opt-in box. Bounce Exchange is software presented with a service, Joanna explains. For best results, you work with their creative team and they come up with variations. They split tested different content and "The Free 2015 Persuasion Guide" got the best response. Now they are testing different messaging for the guide, as well as ways to get people to opt-in. Listen to the show to learn what other content Joanna tested against the persuasion guide. The exit intent popup Exit intent means when the mouse moves up into a certain range to indicate someone is leaving your website. In this case, when the Copy Hackers' exit intent box appears, readers are given the choice. “Yes, get the free guide” or “No, I reject the persuasion guide.” Joanna says this king of messaging is about having your audience make a decision between a choice and a consequence.

How to Win With Pinterest Contests

How to Win With Pinterest Contests

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Have you considered running a Pinterest contest? Looking for tools to help? Pinterest contests can increase your followers, boost engagement, and promote your brand and products. In this article, you'll discover how to easily host and manage a winning contest on Pinterest. Listen to this article: #1: Choose a Contest Management Tool Pinterest contests can be challenging to run, simply because they're hard to keep up with. Fortunately, Pinterest contest apps can make the process significantly easier. Some apps will even create landing pages to capture valuable lead information (like email addresses and phone numbers) that users otherwise wouldn't likely submit on a social media platform. If you're going to host a Pinterest contest, here are three apps you may want to try. Wishpond Wishpond has a user-friendly interface and features a lot of great tools for customizing your contest to fit your needs. Wishpond's contest app allows you to create "entry galleries" where other users can vote on their favorite pins or boards that have been entered into the contest. Users can do this by submitting their email addresses, providing an additional way to capture lead information. Other features allow you to choose customizable landing page templates, add a countdown to your landing page to increase urgency (and entries), and access analytics to see views, conversions, and conversion rates. You can also share entry forms on Facebook and Twitter. The landing page is designed to be both desktop- and mobile-friendly. You can preview the landing page and entry forms while creating them. The Wishpond contest app features the ability to have two different periods (or sections) of the contest: one period allows entries and another only allows voting on the entries. Wishpond offers a free trial, so you can see if the software is right for you. The basic plan, which includes social promotions, starts at $45 per month. PromoJam PromoJam's Pin-It-to-Win-It promotions app makes it easy to run a Pinterest contest. It can take as little as 10 minutes to get your contest up and running. With PromoJam's Pinterest contest app, you can create an SEO-optimized URL for your landing page. Choose from a variety of stunning and fully customizable landing page templates. This landing page converts into a confirmation page once users have submitted their entry. Other PromoJam features include the ability to share customized QR codes for your contest, view analytics and user entries as the contest progresses, add social plugin buttons (like a Facebook like option) to your campaign, and use a random winner selection tool. To use PromoJam's Pinterest contest app, you need to upgrade to the pro plan, which costs $249.99 a month, and allows you to collect up to 10,000 user submissions. Woobox Woobox is another amazing contest app that's used by brands like Fisher-Price, Crayola, and Shopify. Woobox's Pinterest contest features let you collect email addresses, allow unlimited entries or only one per user, create tabs for Facebook pages, create HTML entry forms, add an age restriction, and require users to follow you to enter (users must follow you on Pinterest for contest eligibility). Woobox has a free plan and trial, so you can get a feel for the interface before you purchase. To access all of the social promotion apps continually, including the Pin to Win app, you'll need to upgrade to a paid plan. The basic plan starts at $30 per month. #2: Pick a Contest Type At a first glance, it seems like the easiest way to host a Pinterest contest would be to ask users to repin a specific pin. That would be easy to track and easy for users to participate. However, it's not a valid option. You're not allowed to ask users to pin one specific pin. Here are some other options to consider. Require Pinners to Use a Specific Hashtag

The best ever Calvin Klein campaigns | HUNGER TV

The best ever Calvin Klein campaigns | HUNGER TV


HUNGER TV

From Marky Mark to Guy Bourdin.

How to Research and Locate Your Audience Using Social Media

How to Research and Locate Your Audience Using Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you struggling to connect with your customers on social networks? Do you know where they hang out online? To optimize your social media marketing efforts, it's important to know who your customers are and which social networks they spend their time on. In this article you'll discover how to connect with your target audience on social media. Listen to this article: #1: Identify Your Ideal Customer One of the first questions I ask is, "Who is your ideal customer?" Some of the answers I've received include women, people who have to eat to survive, bosses, employees and people looking for work. While these answers may be true for you, too, they won't help you find your audience because they don't help you prioritize where to spend your time. John Lee Dumas has famously talked about identifying your business avatar. This means you'll want to create a fictional persona of your ideal customer, to the point of naming it, knowing how many kids it has or what it does on the weekends. The clearer your avatar is, the easier it is to find people on social media who resemble the persona. #2: Determine Your Audience Size Once you have a good sense of what your audience looks like, you can use Facebook Ads Manager to estimate the size of your audience. For example, if you want to reach women in Maine who are interested in nutrition, you can find out that 62,000 people on Facebook match that audience. This is also good business information, because if your audience is too small, you may need to change your offering to expand your audience. On the flipside, if your audience is too large, you might want to target a narrower niche to start. Of course, not everyone is on Facebook. According to recent research, almost 60% of Americans are on Facebook. That number may be more (or less) depending on where your audience lives, their age, gender and household income, but it's a good starting point. #3: Survey Your Customers If you've been in business for any length of time, you have customers you can survey. For the purposes of optimizing your social media campaigns, wisely spending your ad dollars and targeting guest blogging opportunities, you need to know where your audience hangs out online. As part of your survey, ask your current customers the following questions: What social media sites do you regularly use? What websites do you visit for information on _______ (for example, remodeling ideas, pricing strategies or whatever is appropriate for your business)? Do you listen to podcasts? If so, which ones? Do you regularly read blogs? If so, which ones? What people do you follow or pay attention to online? You can also use free tools like SurveyMonkey or Google Forms to collect your answers. In this video, Steve Dotto walks you through how to create your own forms with Google Forms. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wwf72lwPLVY Google Forms is a great way to collect feedback on live events, for example, because it graphically displays your audience's feedback. Go to your form results and select Form > Show Summary of Responses from the drop-down menu. #4: Research Online Behavior What do you do if you're just starting out, your customer base is too small for meaningful results or you're expanding into a new category? In cases like these, or simply to supplement your surveys, you can research online behavior. The Pew Research Center has an excellent breakdown of where your audience spends their time online. It's not difficult to find studies and infographics that provide information on specific platforms or other countries. For example, check out this chart from MarketingCharts to see a makeup of the top social media channels based on gender, age, education and more. #5: Find and Connect With Your Customer Once you get the results from your survey and have reviewed the demographics of the available research, it's time to put that knowledge to work across different so...

How to Get Started on the Most Popular Social Media Networks

How to Get Started on the Most Popular Social Media Networks

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you starting a new social media presence? Do you know what to share on each platform? In this article, you'll discover tips to guide your posting on six social media networks. Listen to this article: #1: Start a Conversation on Facebook People typically use Facebook to catch up on news and chat with friends. If you want to connect with your audience, you can't just copy a headline and call it a day. Instead, ask a question or tease what makes your post interesting. Picture someone sharing the post with their friends. Encourage that with your tone. Your posts will get more engagement on Facebook if you include an image. Share a link and choose a bold image to catch the attention of your fans. You can upload a photo or video directly to the platform. Facebook's algorithm favors native videos uploaded directly. Keep your photos in the 1200 x 630 pixel range. Remember, if you want to boost the post or use it as an ad, the image must include less than 20% text. Facebook users are most active in the afternoon. A general rule is when people are bored at work, they're probably browsing Facebook. One study found that Facebook posts at 3 pm receive the most clicks. Thursday and Friday tend to be the busiest days. Keep an eye on your Facebook analytics to see which posts get the most engagement and adjust your posting schedule accordingly. #2: Inspire and Educate on Pinterest People come to Pinterest on a mission. They want to learn a new skill, buy a new product, or find a new project. For these reasons, valuable and informative posts get the most engagement. Pinterest favors information-rich captions, which can be up to 500 characters long. Tell your audience what inspired you about the pin, give an overview of what they'll find if they click through, and include a call to action like "Click for more" or "Comment with your thoughts." Resize your photos to fit the vertical pin standard. The recommended size is 600 x 1200 pixels. To add more interest, you may want to combine a few photos or add a text overlay. Pinners are more active in the evening and especially on Saturday. Schedule your pins in the evening and make sure you spread them out. If you upload a group of pins at the same time, you'll likely miss out on some engagement. #3: Join the Conversation on Twitter People typically go to Twitter to have a conversation or follow news at a specific moment in time. It's a great place for you to share product updates and news or answer questions from your users or community. Your space and time are limited on Twitter, of course. You have 140 characters to share your take on your link or ask a question. Add one or two relevant hashtags to connect your post to a conversation or community. If you add photos or other images to your tweet, you can boost your retweets by as much as 150%. Horizontal images perform best on Twitter. Keep your images around 440 x 220 pixels. Twitter generally sees the most activity between 1 and 3 pm on weekdays. But because a tweet's half-life is just a few hours, it's good practice to share your content more than once, perhaps in prime time and in the evening or early morning. #4: Keep It Professional on LinkedIn LinkedIn is the professional social network, so people come to the platform with a work mindset. Joining the conversation on LinkedIn is like making a presentation in your office or at an industry conference. Share your industry updates or thoughts on strategy as you would speak to peers or potential clients. This is the place to use the industry lingo you often avoid on other social networks. Like other social networks, visuals will help boost engagement with your content. Horizontal images typically work best. In terms of size, keep your images around 646 x 220 pixels. People spend the most time on LinkedIn mid-week. Post early in the morning or late in the afternoon on Tuesday or Wednesday for bes...

Facebook Instant Articles: How to Get Started

Facebook Instant Articles: How to Get Started

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you seen Facebook Instant Articles? Are you curious about how to publish them? To discover how to get started using Facebook Instant Articles, I interview Leslie Samuel. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Leslie Samuel, a blogging expert who runs BecomeABlogger.com. He's also the host of the Learning With Leslie podcast and the head of training for the Social Media Marketing Society. Leslie explores the benefits and challenges of Facebook Instant Articles. You'll discover what you need to know to get started with this new feature. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Instant Articles What Are Instant Articles? A relatively new feature, Facebook Instant Articles offers publishers content-hosting directly on Facebook, so users get a better mobile experience. If you're on the Facebook mobile app and you see an article with a lightning bolt at the top right of the open graph image, it's the Facebook Instant Articles version. When you click through to read that content, it loads very quickly because you're not leaving Facebook to go to another website. Listen to the show to learn about some special features you can add to Facebook's Instant Articles. Benefits for Bloggers Facebook has more than 1.65 billion users. Chances are, if you're trying to reach someone, they're on Facebook. One problem Facebook solves with Instant Articles is eliminating slow page-load times. According to a study by Kissmetrics, if a website takes longer than 3 seconds to load, more than 40% of those users will abandon it. Instant Articles makes content available very quickly. Other benefits include great user experience. Leslie adds that some of the interactive elements help the articles really stand out. Since Facebook seems to reward those producers whose content keeps people on Facebook longer, such as live broadcasting, I ask Leslie about Facebook's monetary benefits for those who choose to advertise. Leslie explains that if you use Facebook's Audience Network, you can do a revenue share. You keep 70% of the revenue generated from ad clicks. It's kind of like AdSense within your instant articles. Leslie doesn't see it as a huge benefit, because you can do that on your website with AdSense or other networks. However, Facebook makes it easy to use ads within your instant articles. According to Facebook, as of right now, they're not giving instant articles preferential treatment. However, the Facebook algorithm strives to show people the best content quickly. So, if more people click through to instant articles, Leslie can see the algorithm naturally giving preferential treatment to this content. Plus, Facebook will show content that gets a lot of engagement to more of the people who like your page. Facebook's desire to get users to spend more time on their platform gives content creators a unique opportunity. Leslie says that in the past, if people put up engaging images or videos and others shared them like crazy, they would get additional reach. With this control over content, ads, and links, a business could use that reach to benefit their brand and business, grow an email list, promote products, and more. For instance, put a link to an email opt-in form at the end of an instant article. Leslie believes that smart marketers using Facebook as a primary marketing platform will figure out how to take advantage of the benefits of instant articles to get users into their system. Leslie discusses the difference between Facebook Notes and Instant Articles,

7 Ways to Improve Your LinkedIn Company Page

7 Ways to Improve Your LinkedIn Company Page

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more exposure for your business on LinkedIn? Are you using your LinkedIn company page to its full potential? LinkedIn company pages let you provide value to your audience while giving them the chance to engage with your business, effectively establishing your credibility as a trusted resource. In this article you'll discover seven ways a LinkedIn company page can help your business stand out on LinkedIn. Listen to this article: #1: Support Brand Recognition There are two primary visuals to be aware of on your LinkedIn company page: your company logo, which should be consistent on all websites and marketing materials, and the banner image on the top of your profile, which you can customize for LinkedIn and change whenever you'd like. The banner (or background) image is important to brand your company. Since you may have a different audience on LinkedIn from your other social networks, keep certain graphic elements that define your brand such as colors, fonts, and design, while adding visual variety. For example, HubSpot's LinkedIn banner image has their colors, along with the words "Academy & You," to promote the #FindYourAnd hashtag campaign for their HubSpot Academy educational program. Even though there's a place for your website link on your LinkedIn company page, I recommend that you add your URL and central phone number (if you have one) to the banner image. You don't need to include your logo, since it will be right above the image on your page. Add a call to action, tag line, or hashtag to invite some engagement from your audience. In addition to a main primary banner image, create custom background images too. This can promote upcoming events, a new content series, a product launch, a hashtag campaign, your best clients, or new hires. For instance, Ventiv Technology features their new CEO in their current background image. More than anything, your visuals should be consistent and reflect your other social media and business branding. To update your company page images, or really anything on your page profile, click Edit on the right side of your company page, then Edit Page. #2: Promote Specialized Landing Pages Your website URL is required for your company page, and it's likely you'll want to keep the main one most of the time. However, if you're launching a book or promoting something, change your website URL to point to your blog or a product or event page. Putting your website URL in the banner image gives you the freedom to change the link for your website at any time. #3: Speak Directly to Prospects In a lot of situations, the company description is someone's first impression of your business. Whether they're job seekers looking for more info about your company, vendors seeking strategic partnership, or potential customers and clients checking you out, you want to captivate them immediately. Most businesses copy and paste their About section from the company website. While that's better than nothing, there's a way to step it up a notch. Write a description that directly speaks to the people who are visiting your company page, letting them know who you are and how you can benefit them. In her description, Jeanne Bliss of CustomerBLISS tells her company's story and her background, shares the pain point of her ideal client, and then states how she can help. Plus, the image is an excellent visual representation of what she has to offer. Speak directly to the client with a description that builds your and your business's credibility. #4: Improve Visibility in Search Go to the Specialties section and add your keywords. This will make your company page a little easier to find. Your keywords are likely your specialties. Make them known, so those searching can find your company. #5: Feature Specialties Showcase pages are really subpages of your company page. You may want to use showcase pages if you have an annu...

3 Ways to Grow Your Audience on Snapchat

3 Ways to Grow Your Audience on Snapchat

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more followers on Snapchat? Are you taking advantage of every connection option? Using the right tools to their fullest potential will grow your following and increase the chances that others will discover your Snapchat profile. In this article, you'll discover three ways to grow your audience on Snapchat. Listen to this article: #1: Make an In-Person Connection The easiest way to get people to follow you on Snapchat is when you're with them in person, where it's simple to share your username (and make sure you've spelled it correctly) or your snapcode. Add by Username If you want to add someone by username, open Snapchat and tap Add Friends. Then tap Add by Username. Finally, type in the username ("johnleedumas," for example) and tap the plus sign. Add by Snapcode An increasingly popular way to add people to your Snapchat is to give them your snapcode. You'll find your unique snapcode on your home screen. Someone can take a picture of your code with their phone and then easily add you, and vice versa. To add people by snapcode, first you take a picture of their snapcode with your phone. Then open Snapchat and tap Add by Snapcode. Next, tap the snapcode of the person on your camera roll. Finally, tap Add Friend. Another cool feature of snapcodes is that you can simply open Snapchat, point your camera at your friend's snapcode, and tap and hold the snapcode. This will automatically add that person. #2: Post Your Snaplink on Your Social Channels Leveraging other social platforms is another great way to increase your Snapchat following. You can share your username and snapcode like in step 1; however, the easiest way for someone to add you on Snapchat is online with your snaplink. Similar to unique snapcodes, everyone has an individual snaplink. You can share your personal snaplink on other social platforms, and even in your emails to your audience. To create your personal snaplink, simply type snapchat.com/add/ and then your username (for example, snapchat.com/add/johnleedumas). Snaplinks are powerful, because you can simply tap on someone's snaplink on your smartphone, and the Snapchat app will automatically open and add that person. No other steps are required and there's no username to memorize. #3: Engage With Users on GhostCodes GhostCodes can help you grow your Snapchat following even faster. The app makes it easy for people with similar interests to find one another without requiring a previous connection outside of Snapchat. Think of GhostCodes as a phonebook for Snapchat. You create a profile on the app and upload your snapcode so others can add you on Snapchat. You can also browse the app's directory to follow other Snapchat users based on categories that interest you. How's how to get started with GhostCodes. Set Up Your Profile First, download the GhostCodes app from the App Store or Google Play. Then open the app and create your account. Fill in your personal information, including your Snapchat username and a brief bio. Next, you're prompted to add your snapcode. To do this, open Snapchat and tap on the little ghost icon to see your snapcode. Then take a screenshot of it. (On iOS, press and hold the Home and power buttons simultaneously. On Android, press and hold the Home and volume-down buttons simultaneously.) Next, go back to GhostCodes and tap the ghost on your screen. The screenshot you just took will appear and you've now added your snapcode! Finally, add your interests (this will help other like-minded people find you). Select a category that best fits the type of content you create on Snapchat. You can only pick one category, but you can change it later if needed. For example, select Inspirational as your category, so other users searching the Inspirational category can find you. Use the App After setting up your account,

The 5 Best Ways to Promote Your Content

by Sasha Kudler @ L&T Co.

When it comes to content marketing, putting yourself out there pays off. The Internet is saturated with content, and getting yours in front of prospective customers and clients requires more...

The post The 5 Best Ways to Promote Your Content appeared first on L&T Co..

Blog Growth: How to Build a Mega-Following

Blog Growth: How to Build a Mega-Following

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to attract a bigger audience to your blog? Are you wondering how you can write content that will generate more comments, shares and subscribers? To learn how to grow a successful blog, I interview Syed Balkhi for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Syed Balkhi, founder of multiple popular websites, including WPBeginner and List25. He's also the founder of OptinMonster. Syed shares how he grew his very popular sites and provides actionable tips that you can employ to grow your own blog traffic. You'll learn about the different types of content that work best and some profitable choices for monetization. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Blog Growth The idea for WPBeginner Back in 2009, Syed did consulting work for small businesses, with a lot of the work retainer-based. To free up some time, he decided to switch his clients to WordPress, which would give them the ability to change their own text and not have to contact him directly. Once this change happened, Syed was still approached with the same questions about WordPress. At the time there was no other WordPress resource site out there for beginners. So WPBeginner was formed on July 4, 2009. Syed explains how his goal in the beginning was to produce multiple posts a day and answer all of the questions that he was asked. The idea was to put the answers on the website so he could link back to them, rather than send an email. When he noticed that other people were using the site, he knew there was definitely a market for it. You'll hear how Syed used Twitter to help with content creation and why he used Digg and StumbleUpon to push articles. Listen to the show to find out why it was Syed's goal to help individuals, rather than have hugely popular articles. WPBeginner's site metrics Syed states that WPBeginner gets an average of 1.5 million page views a month and they have just over 70,000 followers on Twitter. Listen to the show to find out how these figures are similar to Social Media Examiner's. The lessons learned about content creation From the very beginning, Syed built an email list, but he didn't engage with it. At first, he didn't realize the value of asking people to ask you questions. Now when you subscribe to WPBeginner, it asks you one question: "What is the one thing we can help you with right now?" You'll discover why there is huge value in this one question and how this has changed the way WPBeginner creates content. Syed used to be the only person who wrote articles, but the site now has multiple writers with a very good editorial workflow. Listen to the show to hear how the interaction and response to email has developed the WPBeginner community. WPBeginner's business model Syed explains that his business is monetized through building WordPress applications and plugins. A lot of the time, it's conversion marketing for clients. The WPBeginner brand allows them to position themselves as experts. Whenever somebody wants a WordPress company to work with, they automatically think of WPBeginner. You'll hear how they use affiliate links for paid plugins. In the beginning, Syed tried display advertising. He had ads through AdSense, BuySellAds and private ad sales. You'll find out why these ads didn't work for the WPBeginner audience and how affiliate deals make more sense. Listen to the show to find out why we use DoubleClick for Publishers at Social Media Exam...

4 Ways to Improve Engagement With Hashtags

4 Ways to Improve Engagement With Hashtags

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you include hashtags in your social media posts? Want more traction from your hashtag campaigns? Adding hashtags to your campaigns can drive engagement with fans and followers, as well as attract new and prospective customers. In this article I'll share four ways to improve reach and engagement with hashtags. Why Hashtags Matter Since social media is social, it's important to participate in conversations on a variety of topics. Listen to this article: However, the virtual world does not give us body language cues, and it may be difficult to keep track of everything that's going on. This is especially important when it comes to interacting with hundreds or even thousands of people on social media. Instead of pleasant and engaging conversation, all you hear is noise. Hashtags help cut through all the noise. They connect your business with your audience and put it at the heart of conversations on social networks like Twitter, Instagram, Google+ and Facebook. #1: Align Hashtags With Your Brand Use a hashtag that aligns with your brand to reinforce the message your social, digital and traditional marketing send to your customers. Kit-Kat, the company behind the popular chocolate snack, does this particularly well. They use the hashtag #mybreak, which is in concert with their wider branding message, "Have a break, have a Kit-Kat." Kit-Kat's social media team reinforces the use of #mybreak. They favorite and retweet the social media posts of customers who use the hashtag. This engagement not only helps develop the relationship between Kit-Kat and their customers, but also more broadly extends the reach of the hashtag and Kit-Kat's branding. #2: Choose Hashtags Carefully In social media and in life, there's always the chance things won't work out exactly as planned. Your hashtag could possibly be hijacked, either by another brand or by activists with an axe to grind. Kit-Kat's #mybreak hashtag is unlikely to get hijacked. It's on-brand, and there's not a lot of online activism aimed at chocolate-wrapped wafers. When airline Qantas launched the hashtag #QantasLuxury, they hoped their business and first-class flyers would post about their dream luxury experience. Instead, the hashtag was hijacked by the far larger group of disgruntled Qantas passengers who fly economy class. Give each hashtag strong consideration before deploying it in a tweet or a post. Reflect with your team and colleagues, and ask advice from friends active on social networks about potential hashtags. While you can consider best-case scenarios (like Qantas envisioned), also be sure to consider potential worst-case situations. Choose a hashtag with the least risk of hijacking, so you can avoid a potential social media crisis. #3: Take Your Hashtag Offline Don't limit your business hashtags to only social media. It's important to use them as part of a wider branding strategy that includes offline and traditional media. For Coca-Cola’s 2015 Super Bowl campaign, the company launched the related hashtag #MakeItHappy. The hashtag populated the company's social media feeds on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram and YouTube. Plus, it appeared in television and print advertising, as well as in earned media online. Increase traction for your hashtag by using it away from your social networks. Small businesses can make it easy for their customers to share positive reviews and social comments about their experiences by encouraging the use of a hashtag. If you have a brick-and-mortar location, make sure your hashtag is displayed prominently near the point of sale, on your promotional flyers, print ads and every receipt. Online businesses should create clickable hashtags, encourage visitors to 'click to tweet' text including the hashtag and prominently display the hashtag on the company home page. Whether it's a physical or a digital business, the advice is the same.

9 Social Media Tools Recommended by Marketing Pros

9 Social Media Tools Recommended by Marketing Pros

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you looking for new social media tools? Want to know what the experts are using? We asked top social media professionals which social tools they’re using right now. In this article you’ll discover nine social media tools to save you time and improve your marketing efforts. Listen to this article: #1: Schedule Repins Using BoardBooster I use BoardBooster to schedule Pinterest. There are several features I use daily within BoardBooster, but my favorite is the "looping" ability. This feature lets you set a board to repin an older pin from that board, and then delete the original pin or the new pin based on which one performed better. This allows me to keep each of my boards active daily while repinning great stuff. I pinned it the first time, so I know it's good! Holly Homer created Kids Activities Blog and Business 2 Blogger, a company that matches bloggers with businesses that need them. #2: Create Weekly Reports With Rival IQ Over the last 6 months, I've started using Rival IQ to track competitors and analyze the results of social media marketing. It's become a vital tool for weekly reporting. Every week, Rival IQ emails you a PowerPoint to show how your social media accounts are performing, how this compares to your competitors, any changes competitors are making and "breakout posts." For example, I get notified if a competitor changes their profile information on their accounts or if one of their posts gets a lot more likes, shares and comments than other posts. Ian Cleary is the founder of RazorSocial, one of the world’s leading marketing technology sites focused on social media and content marketing. #3: Automate Evergreen Updates Using Revive Old Post Hands-down my new favorite tool is the WordPress plugin Revive Old Post. Install it and the plugin will pull from all of your existing blog posts and post them randomly to your Twitter, Facebook and LinkedIn accounts automatically. Use it and you don't have to worry about scheduling any of your latest or evergreen blog posts on social media at all anymore. Set it up and watch the traffic flow on automation. Nathan Chan is the publisher and editor of Foundr Magazine, a digital magazine for young entrepreneurs. #4: Access Images Everywhere With Google Photos Install Google Photos on every computer and device that you own, then select the free option (up to 16 megabyte file size), and Google Photos will upload every picture it finds on your devices. It even works some magic and uploads a version of any RAW images it finds! It took more than a week, but Google Photos uploaded more than 50,000 of my pictures. Some fantastic consequences include: Automatically back up all of your pictures to the Cloud. I now have at least three copies of my photos: local Lightroom, Dropbox and Google Photos, so lots of things have to go wrong for me to lose a photo. Move photos from one device to another. For example, if you have a photo taken with a camera, you can now easily download it to your phone from Google Photos, so that you can post it to Instagram. The opposite direction works well, too; a picture from your phone is available on your computer, so you can edit it easily. Google Photos takes its best shot to make animations, stories and collages. It helps you “rediscover this day” from years ago and helps you view pictures you probably would never have seen again. Think of all of those baby pictures! The results are delightful. Search through your photos by faces and topics. For example, if I search “track,” I don't have to add other keywords for the results to show images from railroads and track meets. And remember, it's all free. The only reason not to do this is if you’ve lost your mind. Guy Kawasaki is the chief evangelist of Canva, an online graphic design tool. #5: Broadcast Live Calls to Action on Periscope Periscope is my new favorite social media marketing too...

How to Build a Peer Network to Increase Your Social Reach

How to Build a Peer Network to Increase Your Social Reach

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Does the content you share get the reach it needs? Want to learn how to get your content seen by more people? A network of social advocates will help you amplify the reach of the content you share. In this article you'll discover how to build a network of peers and fans that will help your business. Listen to this article: #1: Decide What to Share With Whom The purpose of a social advocacy program is to have a network of people ready to share your content to expand your overall reach. To start, you need to decide what you want your network to share. It helps to begin with a goal in mind. Here are a few possible goals: You want to promote your brand so your business stays top of mind with prospects. Push only the strongest content possible out to an advocate network of employees a little less frequently. For cues on what content to deliver, take a look at the original content you're currently creating and see what your target audience responds best to. You want your business to be a recognized source of thought leadership. The content you deliver to your network of advocate employees should be a daily mix of original and third-party content that will keep them engaged in industry discussions throughout the year. Because consistency is key, you need to figure out how often you can push content to your social advocates. At the beginning, your core marketing team will provide all of the original and third-party content for advocates to share, so keep their bandwidth in mind. Then once the program is fully up and running, you'll be able to deliver more content. #2: Make It Easy for Advocates to Share There are two ways to deliver the content you want shared to your social advocates: The first is easy and free. Simply post the content on your brand's channels and then email links for those posts to your advocate network. In the email, ask advocates to share the content and add their own spin to personalize it for their unique audience. You can also include sample tweets or social posts if they need more guidance. While this method is fairly labor-intensive, it has the benefit of naturally increasing engagement levels for your main channels. The second route is to consider using an automating service like Circulate.it. Load your links into Circulate.it and it will automatically deliver an email to your advocates on the days and times you choose. People receiving the email can share your content to Twitter, Facebook, and LinkedIn. Circulate.it even schedules the shares for the best time of day so your advocates' posts don't all come out at the same time. #3: Expand Your Content Discovery Team After your internal team members have seen how this process works, you can invite key people to take on a larger role. Ask them to find links to third-party content similar to the content you're already sharing. Make it clear that each new team member is responsible for submitting a minimum number of links per day, which helps to maintain a steady flow. You need to create a submission process to vet the links your new team finds. It can be as simple as asking team members to email you links as they find them or load each link to your automated delivery tool for review. This tactic generates a lot more third-party content to share. It can also strengthen the content posted to your main social channels to the extent that you can segment content for delivery to different social channels. For example, if your LinkedIn channel is mostly for lead generation, ask a group of discovery contributors to focus on that content category just for that platform. If Facebook is where you share stories about employees and customers, assign a group to focus on that. Don't forget that your discovery contributors are also your best source of feedback for this process, so use them as a focus group. Ask them how often you should be delivering content to advocates,

How Content Can Help You Build a Loyal Following

How Content Can Help You Build a Loyal Following

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you trying to build an engaged loyal following that loves you and your business? Have you tried to use video, podcasting or social media to build engagement? I explore these questions with Pat Flynn for our new Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This New Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a brand-new show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Pat Flynn, founder of Smart Passive Income. Pat shares insights into his tactics and strategies and how social media content contributes to the success of his business. You'll learn how to create content to publish on different social media platforms to connect to a large audience. And you'll discover the techniques to use to build a loyal fan base. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Social Media Content for Business The business strategy behind Smart Passive Income  Pat explains how content plays a key role in his business. You'll learn why his focus is to provide valuable content for those looking for information. You'll hear how you can do this when you share content based on your own experiences. Pat shares the results his business has had from his different content platforms: blog, video and podcast. Listen to the show to discover Pat's personal stories behind his successful business. How to make a personal connection with your audience Pat talks about the different ways he shares personal information about himself to connect with his audience and how he incorporates this into his business content. Pat shares the reason why he gives his audience strategic insights into his personal story. Pat shares how he connects with his audience on Facebook. You'll find out the strategy behind the different components of Pat's Facebook page photo and how this strategy helps him connect with his audience. People like to connect with people. You'll pick up some useful tips on how to build affinity online. Listen to the show to discover why Pat leverages his "trifecta" content creation strategy (blogging, video and podcasting) to connect with a wide audience. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bJIJ_6G9Z84 Pat's video strategy YouTube is the #2 search engine in the world. Pat explains how he uses videos to respond to questions from his audience. Pat explains how this strategy works well for his business and drives traffic back to his website. Listen to the show to find out how Pat intentionally uses keywords in his videos for great results. Pat's blogging strategy Pat blogs three times a week. He publishes content based on his own experiences and explains what he does wrong, what he does right and the results he gets. He's very transparent with all of the different processes. Pat talks about the Niche Site Duel, where he was challenged to build a website from scratch. Pat publicly displayed the process and how it reached #1 in Google. Pat explains the role email marketing plays in his business model and why it's crucial for business. You'll discover why email is still the best tool to use to connect with people in a direct and personal way. Listen to the show to discover insights into the business strategies behind Pat's successful blog. Pat's podcasting strategy You'll discover how Pat was surprised by the extent that podcasting helps his brand. Learn how Pat discovered that 20% of his readers find his website through his podcasts. Find out how to train your podcast audience to get to your blog with calls to action in your podcast. Pat uses the Pretty Link Pro plugin and domain names for easy redirect URLs to get podcast listeners to come to his site.

52 of the Buzziest Celebrity Beauty Campaigns of 2016

52 of the Buzziest Celebrity Beauty Campaigns of 2016


POPSUGAR Beauty

As serious beauty junkies, we get psyched about every new product to hit the market. But we get even more excited when we find out our favorite celebrities are

How to Grow Your Facebook Fans Without a Budget

How to Grow Your Facebook Fans Without a Budget

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to increase the size of your Facebook community? Want to avoid costly Facebook ads? When you develop relationships with others in your niche and experts, your Facebook page can easily grow without advertising. In this article you'll discover three ways to grow your Facebook fan base without ads. Listen to this article: #1: Guest Curate for Other Pages Curating content for other pages is a great way to network with other people in your industry, while increasing your own visibility and reach. Choose 5 to 10 successful Facebook pages run by companies offering services complementary to yours, since they share your target audience. Your expertise will offer real value to their fans. Then offer to curate content for them once a week in return for credit on their page. For example, the CEO of a company was a speaker at a marketing and advertising course, which spent a lot of money promoting its own Facebook page. Every week on "Mobile Wednesday," this CEO would be the guest curator on the course's page, and share interesting articles on the topic. At the end of each update there was a shout-out: "Posts today are curated by OnTheMob." They also included a link to the company's Facebook page. The result of this simple technique was a few thousand new Facebook likes a month. To get started, simply send each of your targeted Facebook pages a message offering to curate content under a specific category for them once a week. You can even do this once or twice a month. However, the more exposure, the quicker the results. The pages you approach should appreciate the opportunity to mix up their content and take some of the pressure off from posting. Remember, the pages you reach out to need to be complementary, not competition. Any direct competitors likely won't allow you to use their Facebook page to promote yourself. #2: Seek Out Promotional Swaps Search for and list about 30 to 40 Facebook pages for products, services or communities that are complementary to yours. As above, these complementary pages likely share your target audience and have roughly the same number of fans. Here's the Excel spreadsheet template I use to track partnerships. Once you have a good list, send each page a message, explaining a bit about yourself and your Facebook status (such as page likes and engagement). Offer to mention their Facebook page to your fans on a Facebook update if they mention yours in return. Here is a sample intro message to adapt for your promotional outreach. Hi (Name of page admin), How are you? My name is (your name) and I'm (name of brand)'s Facebook page manager. I'd love for you to consider a promotional partnership with our page. I think we can both benefit. Our company's Facebook page targets mostly (target audience including: gender, age, occupation, interest), and we post mostly content about (type of content you post). We have (number of fans) with decent engagement rates. You can check our page out here (URL of your Facebook page). It looks like we target a similar audience with different products. Would you consider doing a promo swap between our pages? You would mention us to your fans and we'll mention you. That way we can both get some fresh likes from real people in our target audience. Please let me know if this seems interesting to you. Send me a message so we can clarify the rest of the details. Thanks for your consideration. Best, (Your Name) Once you reach an agreement, share your cross-promotional posts. Track results so you know which partners are good to work with in the future. I first heard about this technique from Neil Patel on a content hackathon. He praised this technique as the one he used to grow his Facebook page for his new experiment, Nutritious Living. Using this concept, pages have received great initial results: 1,200 new likes in less than two weeks. Note: For this concept to work,

Why Things Catch On: The Science of Why People Share

Why Things Catch On: The Science of Why People Share

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to understand the science behind why people share? During this fascinating interview I explore these very concepts. To learn the reasons why people widely share content, I interview Jonah Berger for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Jonah Berger, author of The New York Times bestseller, Contagious: Why Things Catch On. He's also a marketing professor at the Wharton School and columnist for BusinessWeek. Jonah shares the reasons behind why people engage with word of mouth and why marketers should pay attention to this. You'll learn about the 6 principles that drive people to share. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Why People Share How Jonah become fascinated by the reasons people engage in word of mouth As a scientist, Jonah thought it would be interesting to study why things go viral or why certain stories circulate around the water cooler. He grew up studying math, chemistry, computer science and material science and thought it would be interesting to apply these hard science tools to social science problems. It was after reading the book The Tipping Point that he was inspired to think about these things and soon realized there hadn't been a lot of research done on the subject. Listen to the show to find out why he spent his academic career trying to study these things and bottle the phenomena. Why social media marketers should pay attention Jonah starts with how a lot can be done with social media and that there are tons of content out there already from many brands and organizations. Some content does better, but it's not about luck and it's not random. Jonah and his team spent a decade doing research to try to understand why people share word of mouth. With the 6 principles they discovered, you can make it more likely for your own posts to be contagious. People will share them and pass them onto others. You'll find out what the research entailed and how it led to the discovery of the psychological drivers behind sharing. Word of mouth can be over 10 times as effective as traditional advertising. People trust word of mouth more. It's also more targeted than traditional advertising. Plus it's cost-effective, if you can get it to work. It doesn't cost you anything to get people to talk about your brand. However, it requires you to understand why they are talking about some things rather than others. Following the rigorous academic research, Jonah decided to write the book Contagious to help people apply the insights, so their products and ideas could take off. Jonah explains how when the science was applied to a number of different companies to increase word of mouth in a given campaign, there was an increase of 20-50%. You can definitely guarantee more views and more shares when you follow the 6 principles. Listen to the show to find out what you need to do to help activate your existing customers and get them to spread that message to more potential new customers. The 6 principles in Contagious Jonah gives the high-level of each principle, which is called the STEPPS framework. These 6 principles drive people to talk and share. Social currency Triggers Emotion Public Practical value Stories These steps are based on psychology. It's about being able to understand the motivation or the drivers that cause us to pass things on. Some people wonder if you need all 6 principles for it to work.

How a Podcast Built a Business: The Lou Mongello Story

How a Podcast Built a Business: The Lou Mongello Story

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have or want to start a podcast? Are you wondering how your podcast can lead to bigger things? To explore how a podcast went from a hobby to a full-time business, I interview Lou Mongello for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Lou Mongello. Lou hosts WDW Radio, a podcast focused on Walt Disney World, which has won Best Travel Podcast 8 years in a row. He's also authored many Disney-related books including the Walt Disney Trivia Book I and 102 Ways to Save Money For and At Walt Disney World, and blogs at DWDRadio.com. Lou shares how he began pursuing his passion. You'll discover how podcasting helped turn Lou's passion into a full-time opportunity. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Building a Podcast Business What Lou was doing before and what led to his podcast For a number of years, Lou practiced law in New Jersey and had an IT consulting company on the side, but always had a love for Disney and Walt Disney World. He'd been going to Disney parks every year since 1971 with his parents. Because he was in the service business, he had this idea for making something once and selling it. He shares that what he really knew all about was not law or computers, but Disney World. In 2002, Lou gave himself a personal challenge. He wanted to write a book, get it published and get it validated by somebody. When the book came out, he thought that was the end of it. But his two-page brochure website turned into articles, which turned into a thriving discussion forum. In 2005, Lou realized podcasting was more powerful than anything he could write. That's when he started podcasting, doing videos, creating other products, doing events, etc. He's been doing this full-time since 2007. Listen to the show to learn how Lou found a publisher to work with. How Lou moved from the book to the blog When he started the book, he was on things like Usenet news groups and early discussion forums. He says this showed him there was a community of people out there interested in Disney in the same way he was. Because he was responding to so many similar emails, he decided to write the responses as articles (which is what blog posts were back in 2003). He also created a discussion forum on his site; 29 people signed up on the first night! That number organically grew from 29 to 1,000 to 5,000 to 10,000 to 50,000 and the community is still going strong. Listen to the show to find out what Lou built his discussion forum on. How building his community led to the podcast Lou says he started working on his second book the day after his first book came out. His community was very active and he shares that in 2005 he started hearing about podcasting and how anyone could use podcasting to broadcast their message. He shares that he started without knowing what he was doing and if or how people would find the show. Within the first week, the podcast had a few hundred downloads then a few thousand. Lou believes this is because people interested in Disney were and still are hungry for content. Listen to the show to hear Lou's experience moving from the first wave of interest in podcasts into the second wave of interest. When the podcast turned from hobby to profession While Lou had things like AdSense and affiliate programs making some money on his website, it wasn't enough to quit his job. Lou says he'd left his law practice and sold his IT consulting company.

Shonda Rhimes Is On a Mission to Give You Olivia Pope-Level Confidence in Yourself

Shonda Rhimes Is On a Mission to Give You Olivia Pope-Level Confidence in Yourself


PEOPLE.com

The television producer and beauty brand are on the hunt for real women to share their real stories of beauty with the world

How to Use Facebook to Market Your Products

How to Use Facebook to Market Your Products

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have products to sell? Have you tried using Facebook ads to promote your products? To find out how to market products via Facebook, I interview Steve Chou. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Steve Chou. Steve and his wife run an ecommerce site that sells handkerchiefs and linens at BumblebeeLinens.com. He's also host of the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast and the website MyWifeQuitHerJob.com, where he teaches people how to sell physical products online. Steve explains which Facebook ad types he uses to sell his physical products. You'll discover how Steve uses email and Facebook ads in tandem. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: How to Use Facebook to Market Physical Products Steve's Story As Steve and his wife were preparing for their wedding, his wife wanted a nice handkerchief because she expected to cry during the service. After shopping around, they imported a bunch of handkerchiefs from Asia. After using only a few, Steve and his wife listed the rest on eBay, where they sold like hotcakes. Later, when Steve's wife became pregnant with their first child, she wanted to quit her six-figure income job. They reconnected with the handkerchief vendor and opened their online store, Bumblebee Linens. At first, Steve worked as a microprocessor designer by day, and after the baby went to bed, Steve and his wife ran the business. It became such a success that they maintained their income even after his wife quit her job. Steve explains that soon afterward, their friends began wanting to have kids and quit their jobs, and they kept asking Steve how to launch an ecommerce store. Instead of answering the same questions over and over again, Steve began blogging about his experiences running the store. That's how MyWifeQuitHerJob.com got started in 2009. To generate sales in the early days, Steve used Google AdWords. His brother-in-law worked at Google in the AdWords division and showed Steve how to use it. Back in 2007, Steve generated a lot of sales via clicks that cost him about 10 to 15 cents. Steve says online content also helped generate sales. They wrote articles to help brides and provide craft ideas for their products. After three to six months, the articles started ranking in search engines and sent traffic to their store, too. Today, Bumblebee Linens sells handkerchiefs, linen napkins, linen towels, lace parasols, aprons, and more. Steve says the store has several target audiences. The handkerchief audience includes people planning weddings and an over-55 crowd. Event and wedding planners are the target audience for napkins and moms are the audience for Mommy & Me aprons. The company has in-house embroidery machines for personalizing their products. Listen to the show to learn more about the audience and the content on MyWifeQuitHerJob.com. Win-back Campaigns Steve explains that a win-back campaign targets people who have already purchased from your shop because those people are more likely to buy again. To run this type of campaign, you need to figure out who those people are, and if they haven't purchased within a certain timeframe, give them an incentive to come back. You can automate a win-back campaign with an online merchant system. For example, if someone hasn't purchased from Bumblebee Linens in 60 days, they automatically receive an email and a Facebook ad with a 10%-off coupon. To automate the Facebook component of the campaign, Steve says the ecommerce system Klaviyo allows Bumblebee Linens to export a specific segment (in this case people who haven...

Luisa Beccaria Beauty 2017: The Backstage of a Dream

by Eleonora Pilastro @ The Italian Rêve

The sun bathes the gardens of the Villa Reale, in Milan, for a last glimpse of summer. The season of light, of innocence, seems to smile over Luisa Beccaria’s collection. An extremely young girl, eternalized as she puts on her mother’s lipstick for the first time. A fragile creature caught as she crosses that delicateRead More »

The post Luisa Beccaria Beauty 2017: The Backstage of a Dream appeared first on The Italian Rêve.

6 Ways to Use Advanced Twitter Search for Increased Influence

6 Ways to Use Advanced Twitter Search for Increased Influence

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to be a recognized expert in your industry? Looking for relevant conversations to weigh in on? Using Twitter's Advanced Search to monitor keywords and conversations can help you connect with influencers and uncover opportunities for thought leadership. In this article you'll discover six ways to use Twitter's Advanced Search to increase your influence in your industry. Listen to this article: #1: Find Conversations to Participate In Doing a keyword search on Twitter is a quick and easy way to find out what people in your industry are talking about, identify accounts to follow, and discover new business opportunities. With Twitter's Advanced Search, you can create complex searches with keywords that are relevant to your industry. To start, choose three or four keywords that are relevant to your industry and use the Boolean search operator "OR" to create a single search for all of your terms. For example, search for "digital marketing" OR "digital marketing advice." Look at the search results to find conversations in your niche. Then join relevant discussions to offer expert advice and build meaningful connections with people in your industry. Use the OR operator to ensure that every key phrase or search term is relevant to your mission. Keep this list updated and weed out the keywords that aren't helping you find the best results. Soon you'll have a filtered list of conversations to review on a daily basis. You can also add keywords like "recommend" to find prospects looking for services you offer. You can also use a keyword search to optimize your own Twitter profile. Add keywords to your bio to help other users find you. Including key phrases (such as "public speaker" and "charity worker") may help you uncover new opportunities. #2: Monitor Hashtags for Media Opportunities You can follow specific hashtags and keywords to discover people who are looking for thoughtful comments or quotes. For example, the hashtag #journorequest is popular among journalists and industry writers. You can create an advanced search that pairs both #journorequest and your key industry terms ("skincare expert" or "facial expert," for example) to find opportunities for free coverage in print and online. Once you've uncovered opportunities through hashtag monitoring, reach out to users to share your expert insights. This helps you get media coverage for your business and create meaningful connections. #3: Connect and Converse With Industry Peers Your influence is often measured by the network you keep. Use Twitter's Advanced Search filters to find key contacts and people to follow in your industry. Filter Results by Account In Twitter's search box, search for a keyword (or group of keywords). Then to filter your results, click More Options and select Accounts to see only those accounts that contain your keywords. Once you create a tailored list of key industry contacts, follow those users, add them to a list, or use a monitoring tool like TweetDeck to track what they're saying. Filter Results by People You Follow You can also limit your search to only the users you follow. To do this, enter your search term (for example, "social media data"). Then filter your results by clicking More Options and selecting From People I Follow. Your search results will only include tweets that match your search query and are from the accounts you follow. Filter Results by Date You can add a date range to find conversations relevant to your topics of interest and occurring within the last few weeks from users you follow. This gives you the opportunity to add comments, share your insights, and show thought leadership within your online peer group. Filter Results by People You can also use Twitter search to find previous conversations you've had with your contacts. This is a great way to revive relationships and build camaraderie.

How to Vet Social Media Groups for Prospects

How to Vet Social Media Groups for Prospects

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you looking for ways to engage directly with your customers? Have you thought about joining social groups on Facebook, LinkedIn and beyond? Joining the right social groups allows you to connect with your customers by answering their questions and sharing valuable information. In this post you'll discover how to choose the best social groups for your business. Listen to this article: #1: Look for Real Discussions The most important thing to look for in a social group is discussion. You're not looking for posts; you're looking for posts with comments. This signals a group whose members are actively engaging with each other. In other words, you want to steer clear of the "link farms" of social groups. These are the ones where members stop by to drop a link to their latest content or sales page, and nothing more. Note that groups that allow people to share links can still have engagement. It's the groups that have zero engagement and lots of links that you'll want to avoid or leave at your earliest convenience. Sure, you could drop your own links into those groups, but chances are no one is listening. #2: Consider Groups Your Competitors Join If you're having trouble finding social groups to join for your business, take a look at what groups are listed on your competitors' profiles. Start by visiting your competitors' Facebook profiles. Click on their About tab and scroll down to see if they have any groups listed publicly on their profile. You can find a similar listing of groups on some LinkedIn profiles. Note that some LinkedIn users can see who has visited their profile. Also check the About tab on your competitors' Google+ profiles to see if they publicly share the communities they've joined. This research should point you toward groups that will be great for your business to participate in to find customers, colleagues and partners. #3: Make Sure Your Customers Are There To ensure that the groups you've joined are home to your customers (and that they're actively engaged), do a quick preview of engaged member profiles. You can do this by hovering over names of people engaged in discussions in Facebook groups. You can scroll through discussions on LinkedIn to see the headlines of discussion starters or hover over names in the comments or discussions. Both will usually include job titles and company names. On Google+, hover over names of Google+ users to see their taglines, many of which will also include job titles and company names. This research should ensure that your customers are participating in discussions within a group and help you figure out the right people to start engaging with yourself. #4: Go Local Whenever you're searching for great groups for your business, don't forget to go local in your search. Even if your business isn't solely local, you'll likely find great local groups on Facebook, LinkedIn and Google+ that focus on helping businesses refer other businesses. In many cases local groups tend to be more heavily moderated than general groups, making them invaluable. #5: Try Paid-Entry Groups Another option when searching for social groups with strong engagement is to focus on groups that require some form of payment to enter. This includes the use of paid products, courses, subscriptions, memberships, masterminds, events, conferences and other premium points of entry. To find these groups, ask yourself what premium resources your customers would buy. These groups likely are filled with the customers you want to connect with; ones who've shown they're willing to invest in premium education, products and services. Go Beyond Social Networks Don't just rely on the top social networks to connect with your customers. Look beyond social networks for forums, Q&A networks and other online communities within your industry. These also offer a wealth of opportunities to engage directly with your ideal cust...

What Beauty Brands Can Learn from L’Oréal’s Successful Influencer Marketing Campaigns

What Beauty Brands Can Learn from L’Oréal’s Successful Influencer Marketing Campaigns


Tubular Insights

L’Oréal is doing things right when it comes to influencer marketing - from smart segmentation to working with up-and-coming micro-influencers.

How to Drive Website Traffic With Instagram

How to Drive Website Traffic With Instagram

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you using Instagram to market your business? Want to direct followers to your website? With a few simple tactics, you can generate quality website traffic from Instagram. In this article you'll discover how to use Instagram to drive traffic to your website. Listen to this article: #1: Add a Website Link to Your Bio The most common way to lead Instagram followers to your website is to use the "link in bio" tactic. Instagram lets you include one clickable link in your bio, so make sure you use it effectively. To add a link, go to Edit Profile and type it in the Website text box. In Birchbox's Instagram bio below, their link directs followers to a customer appreciation day promotion on the company's website. With the tool Have2Have.it, you can use your bio link to direct followers to a page with the same look and feel as your Instagram feed, where they can click images to purchase your products or read your content. The New York Times has a Have2Have.it link in their Instagram bio. When followers click the link, they're taken to a curated page with the top stories of the day. Users can click on an image to see the story behind it. With an analytics dashboard, you can gain key insights to see what content performs best. Focus on high-performing posts to form a content strategy. By tracking clicks on Instagram, you can increase revenue and subscribers to online content (such as blog posts), newsletters or email campaigns. Of course, you'll want to track your click-through rate, so use a shortened Bitly link or vanity URL to know where your clicks are coming from. Overall, you can use this tactic for any links including an ecommerce website, YouTube channel or company blog. To take it a step further, create an Instagram landing page that captures email addresses through downloadable content like an ebook. The landing page design should mirror the look of your Instagram feed so there's a visual connection for the user. #2: Place a Call to Action on Images Design Instagram photos that convert. You can layer a call to action and your website URL directly onto an aesthetically pleasing photo. In Canva's post below, the image has a call to action asking followers to enter a contest for a year of free access. The photo caption then directs users to click the link in Canva's bio. This technique is beneficial for Instagram contests where you ask your followers to enter their email information on your website. Now, you have a strong piece of shareable branded content that drives followers to your contest. #3: Include a URL in Videos Instagram video brings digital storytelling to life. In fact, videos on Instagram generate three times more inbound links than image posts, so it's definitely worthwhile to invest in a 15-second narrative. Brands like Dollar Shave Club use video in innovative ways to spice up their Instagram feed. Their videos work similarly to a television commercial. Dollar Shave Club's videos include the URL in a text overlay and a voiceover ("Shave with a fresh blade anytime; try Dollar Shave Club.com") that further drives Instagram followers to their website. The videos are quick, fun and engaging, making viewers want to learn more. #4: Invest in Instagram Ads Instagram recently announced it was opening its API to all companies and brands. By investing in the platform, you can target the right audience demographic through people's interests. With an ad spend alongside your Instagram strategy, you're likely to see an increase in website visits and ecommerce conversions. Clickable links in Instagram ads give you an opportunity not only to be creative, but also let your followers learn more about your digital campaigns or attribute direct revenue from Instagram. There are three types of sponsored Instagram ads: image, video and carousel. Image ads are single photos that tell a story with their imagery.

‘Toys“R”Us and Babies“R”Us Stores Around the World Continue Normal Operations

by Mammypi @ MAMMYPI FASHION BLOG

Toys“R”Us, Inc. today affirmed that the Company’s approximately 1,600 Toys“R”Us and Babies“R”Us stores and e-commerce sites around the world are open for business and are continuing to offer customers great service and a curated assortment of merchandise in the toy and baby categories. Toys“R”Us, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries are implementing a court-supervised process in the United States and Canada that will allow the Company to restructure its finances while continuing normal business operations. The Company’s operations outside of the U.S. and Canada, including its operations in Europe and Australia and its approximately 255 licensed stores and joint venture partnership in Asia, which are separate entities, are not part of the Chapter 11 filing and CCAA proceedings. The Company expects this process will enable it to restructure its outstanding debt, which will provide greater financial flexibility to invest in the continued growth of the Company and build on its position as the best toy and baby retailer in the world. ‘Toys“R”Us and Babies“R”Us Stores Around the World Continue Normal Operations “We are confident that we are taking the right steps to ensure that the iconic Toys“R”Us and Babies“R”Us brands live on for many generations,” said Dave Brandon, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. “Our customers around the world can continue to count on an outstanding shopping experience and excellent service whenever, wherever and however they choose to shop with us. As the holiday season approaches, our global team members are ready to serve the millions of kids and families who will be shopping with us.”read more

The post ‘Toys“R”Us and Babies“R”Us Stores Around the World Continue Normal Operations appeared first on MAMMYPI FASHION BLOG.

How to Increase Your Facebook Live Video Reach

How to Increase Your Facebook Live Video Reach

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you broadcast Facebook Live videos? Wondering how to improve their performance? Monitoring the reach and engagement of your Facebook Live broadcasts lets you see what's working and what you need to do to improve your results. In this article, you'll discover tips to improve the reach of your Facebook Live video broadcasts. Listen to this article: Why Broadcast Live? Facebook Live lets you create a stronger, more personal relationship with your audience. While Facebook gives priority to video in the news feed, Live video ranks even higher. According to Facebook, people spend triple the amount of time watching a video when it's live, because of the nature of live content: it's exciting, in-the-moment, and the next best thing to being there. Furthermore, two-thirds of Facebook Live video views happen after the fact. This, combined with the new engagement graph where viewers can skip to the parts of the video that get the most engagement, means marketers have more reason than ever to step up their game and offer good, consistent, engaging Facebook Live videos. Measuring Impact To get the most out of your Facebook Live videos, you need to know what works. Here's how to find your video data, understand it, and improve on your video metrics. View Live Video Summary Data To view your video stats, go to your Facebook business page and click on Insights at the top. Then in the left navigation, select Videos. On the right, you'll see charts with your video views. If you want to change the date range, enter the dates in the Start and End boxes. You can also choose from three options to filter your stats: Organic vs. Paid, Auto-Played vs. Clicked-to-Play, or Unique vs. Repeat. For both total views and 10-second views, you can benchmark to compare your average performance over time in each of these three areas. Below total video views, you'll see a chart with your 10-second video views. A video view in the news feed is just 3 seconds (whether the video is auto-played or clicked-to-play). However, Facebook shows page admins stats for views of 10 seconds or more. Hover and then click anywhere on the charts to see additional details. Overview metrics are helpful to see which days are good for your video posts, as well as to compare which types of actions led to video views. Look at Insights for Individual Videos To get specific stats for a video, page down on the same Insights page. They'll be listed by most popular video. Click Video Library to see stats in reverse chronological order. (You can also get to your Video Library section by clicking on Publishing Tools at the top of your page.) Note that you can use filters that are Basic (Title, Description, Views, Date Created, or Video Tags) or Advanced (Distribution, Embedding, Social Actions, or Live). To see all of your Facebook Live videos, go to Advanced > Live > Recorded Live. Select the video you want to review, and go through the stats for Video Views and Post Views. A quick and easy way to review stats for each video is simply to go to the video on your wall and click on the reach number. A Post Details report card pops up with two tabs: Video and Post. Video Views Tab The Video Views tab tells you Peak Live Viewers, Minutes Viewed, Unique Viewers, Video Views, 10-Second Views, and Average % Completion. Remember, a video must be watched for at least three seconds to be recorded as a view. Select any of this data for more information. For instance, Peak Live Viewers will tell you at what point in the broadcast you got the largest audience. Ten-second views shows how many people have watched 10 seconds or more of your video on any given day. The stat is divided by people who watch with the sound on versus the sound off. While you obviously want a high completion rate, a low completion rate is actually normal, even on short videos. If you get a high completion rate (even 25% is hi...

Self-Portrait Spring/Summer 2018 with Nails by Morgan Taylor at NYFW

by Kelly Kovack @ BeautyMatter

Inspired by the Self-Portrait woman’s poised and playful individuality, Morgan Taylor Lacquer lead artist Gina Edwards created three manicures.

The post Self-Portrait Spring/Summer 2018 with Nails by Morgan Taylor at NYFW appeared first on BeautyMatter.

6 Ways to Increase Twitter Engagement

6 Ways to Increase Twitter Engagement

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to encourage more interaction with your Twitter followers? Looking for ways to engage your Twitter community? In this article you'll discover six ways to increase engagement on Twitter. #1: Offer Personalized Encouragement The best engagement is sometimes a simple response. Customers are thrilled when you devote time to interact with them. It's a sign of respect and appreciation. Listen to this article: Nike encourages customers to #JustDoIt. To align with the brand's value of inspiration, Nike tweets words of encouragement to their followers. So if you're anxious about your next run, the company could be your #1 fan. To do something similar with your brand, thoroughly read the timelines of 20 to 40 of your followers. Identify tweets that announce major milestones (such as a new baby, running a marathon, getting married or a first car purchase). Then craft a short message (aim for three to six words) of encouragement. You can make the message more personal if you don't use any hashtags or add it to your timeline feed. Make sure you stay away from disingenuous comments. If your business isn't known for encouragement, your customers may be confused by the message. People desire human connections, and a great way to do that is to motivate people to reach their potential. #2: Share Their Tweets It's human nature to want to be validated, so retweet your followers to show you recognize the value of their content. Let them know that what they're saying or posting online matters. ProFlowers retweets their fans often. The retweets usually reflect the beauty of flowers, so popular shares include floral arrangements, mantel ideas and centerpieces. If your business is an extension of your personal brand, you may want to retweet content on your personal account. When retweeting your followers, choose tweets that align with your brand's values. Check the user's profile to be sure it's a real person. Also consider adding a comment to the retweet to contribute something to the conversation. Some experts recommend that you retweet only 20% of your tweets, while others prefer a 50/50 split. Find out what works best for your industry and your audience and go from there. #3: Include a Relevant Hashtag Create and promote a hashtag campaign to reinvigorate your community and spark conversation around your brand. Subway is redefining their image with the #SaveLunchBreak hashtag. The fast-food chain encourages people not to give up their lunch breaks and to eat healthy. The campaign also asks customers to show how they're enjoying their lunch breaks. To start a hashtag campaign, decide on the goal of your campaign and how it will relate to your customers. Then research what your audience is talking about to come up with a hashtag that they'll identify with. #4: Link to Problem-Solving Content One way to grab your followers' attention is to provide content that will help improve their lives. This is a great way to integrate your brand into their lifestyles and strengthen the bond between you and your customers. Whole Foods gives their followers tips on how to prepare and cook food. The supermarket chain regularly tweets seasonal recipes, healthy eating advice and cookbook recommendations. To identify what content might be valuable to your audience, read through your followers' profiles to discover their likes, dislikes and current influences. Select a common issue that they're dealing with (for example, finding concert tickets or locating a logo designer for their business). Then create content that presents a solution to their problem and promote it on Twitter. Avoid creating content that is merely disguised selling tactics, though. Customers will quickly notice your deception and may decide to take their business elsewhere. Rather than sell to them, educate your followers by posting information that they'll find valuable.

Visual Social Media: How Images Improve Your Social Media Marketing

Visual Social Media: How Images Improve Your Social Media Marketing

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use visuals in your social media marketing? Are you wondering how you can use images to take your marketing to a whole new level? To learn about visual social media, I interview Donna Moritz for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Donna Moritz, who is a social media and visual marketing expert. She's also the founder of Socially Sorted, a blog designed to help small businesses achieve more with visual social media. Donna shares the importance of visuals in your social media marketing. You'll discover the types of images that work best and the tools you can use to create them. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Visual Social Media What is visual social media marketing? Donna sees it as the use of some kind of imagery to communicate visually. You can use images or video to tell a story or share a message. This has been done in marketing for years. As humans, it's in our nature to communicate visually. Images process quickly and people are drawn to them. Listen to the show to find out why visual marketing has merged with social media. Why do visuals matter so much? Donna explains how most people started out with a blog, where they would write in long form and build a community around it. Then along came Facebook, where posts became shorter and then Twitter burst onto the scene with a 140-character limit. People have moved from blogs to microblogs and now to multimedia microblogs. The only direction to go is to communicate with pictures. With Instagram and Pinterest, you can communicate purely with images. Sometimes words aren't even necessary. Images have become even more popular with the ability to take photos and video with the camera on a smartphone. Detavio Samuels, who owns the marketing business Global Hue, said, "The only thing shorter than a tweet or a post is a picture." Listen to the show to find out why all platforms are becoming image-centric. Image options for marketers Donna explains how you can use images in different ways in your marketing. You can make a short, snappy video; use images and graphics; slides or a SlideShare presentation; infographics and text-based images. You'll find out which one from the list below Donna discovered gets the most shares and responses. Tips How-to Quotes Checklists Infographics Jay Baer talks about being inherently useful in his book Youtility. If you want your image to be shared a lot, then you have to make sure it's helpful to your target audience. You have to remember that as humans, we connect emotionally to images more than video, audio or text. People make decisions and take action quicker when prompted by images, rather than by reading a lot of text. You'll find out how you can use how-to images for your business and why it's easier than you think. Another great option is to tease people with a graphic. You don't have to provide the whole procedure; instead add a call to action to get people to click through to your blog, Facebook page or Pinterest page. On Facebook, you want to build engagement, so the image should be one that people will share, rather than click through to your blog. If you are clever, you can get some really great results. Listen to the show to learn why people feel compelled to click on an image, like it, share it, repost it or save it. The elements of good visuals and what makes them sharable Donna says that with any piece of content,

Facebook Ads Strategy: How Marketers Can Win With Facebook

Facebook Ads Strategy: How Marketers Can Win With Facebook

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Facebook ads? Want to make them more effective? To explore how to create a successful Facebook ads strategy, I interview Nicholas Kusmich. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Nicholas Kusmich, author of Give: The Ultimate Guide to Using Facebook Advertising to Generate More Leads, More Clients, and Massive ROI. He also heads up the H2H Media Group, where he consults and manages accounts for high-profile speakers and authors. Nicholas shares how the four M's can help you plan your Facebook ad strategy. You'll discover the three key elements every Facebook ad needs. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Ads Strategy Nicholas' Story Nicholas got into Facebook ads almost by accident. He had been marketing his products on the Internet without any success, even though he followed what everyone said to do: Create a course or ebook, and get paid traffic to sell it. His next step was to try Google ads, but then Google had another algorithm adjustment. Fortunately, around that time, two websites' ad platforms were being released in beta: Plenty of Fish (the dating site) and Facebook. Nicholas jumped in to advertise his products on both and soon realized Facebook was going in a very aggressive direction. He was in the right place at the right time. Nicholas learned about Facebook advertising very quickly and got the advantage of being an early adopter. This was about five years ago. These days, Nicholas runs his marketing business with two key services. His boutique agency serves clients in a fully managed scenario. His business also offers marketing training and consulting for business owners and entrepreneurs who want to implement their marketing for themselves. Listen to the show to hear what Facebook ads were like in the early days. The Role of Facebook Ads in Marketing Nicholas loves the paradox of Facebook's size. On one hand, Facebook is an enormous platform: around two billion users log in for at least a few minutes each day. Therefore, regardless of your type of business or message, your prospects are probably using Facebook. Moreover, you don't need a 30-second spot on the Super Bowl to reach hundreds of millions of people. With Facebook, you can do that with a few clicks of a button. On the other hand, Facebook allows advertisers to zero in on a small, specific audience because Facebook aggregates data. Facebook notes where people check in, what they like, whom they follow, and what they mention. And it makes that kind of information available to advertisers. So, for instance, if Nicholas wanted to target a Beverly Hills housewife who lives on a particular street based on her zip code, and who shops at Whole Foods, has an Amex card, and spent money on it in the last seven days or so, he could. This capability makes Facebook an interesting platform for an advertiser (a business owner or entrepreneur) who has a message, product, or service and who knows the audience they're trying to reach. Facebook allows people to advertise at far lower cost than traditional advertising. So in the grand scheme of marketing, Nicholas believes Facebook advertising is the best direct-response platform and distribution channel to get a message to your ideal prospects. Listen to the show to discover the joke at Nicholas' office. How to Put Together a Facebook Ads Strategy A lot of people focus on the tactics, such as how much to bid for the ad or what objective to use. Those are legitimate concerns, but Nicholas doesn't think they're the big needle-movers.

Live Video Tools: The Best Apps for Going Live

Live Video Tools: The Best Apps for Going Live

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you planning to start a live video show? Want to know which tools you'll need to broadcast live? To explore the best live video apps and software to produce your own live show, I interview Ian Anderson Gray. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Ian Anderson Gray, the founder of Seriously Social, a blog focused on social media tools. Ian is also a live video tools expert. His courses include Seriously Social OBS Studio and Seriously Social Wirecast. Ian explores the best live video software for beginning and advanced broadcasters. You'll discover which software and add-ons offer the features you need. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Live Video Tools Ian's Live Video Story When Facebook Live started rolling out, Ian felt like everyone had access before he did, because he was an Android user (at the time) living in the United Kingdom. In his search for a workaround, Ian discovered OBS Studio, a free tool for Macs and PCs. With OBS Studio, Ian found a way to broadcast from his computer to his Facebook page, profile, and groups. That was his entry into Facebook Live and live video. Ian wrote a blog post on how to broadcast from your computer with OBS Studio and went out of his way to make the process as easy as possible for people to understand. He even included a tool that allows people to get the magic stream key necessary to broadcast with OBS Studio. Since Ian posted the article last year, the article has had just under three million views. Listen to the show to discover what platform Ian tried using before Facebook Live. What Stops Marketers From Going Live? Two things stop marketers from going live: "the fear and the gear." But Ian believes fear is what really gets in people's way. People are afraid they'll say something silly or wrong. They might be worried their cat will jump on the keyboard, the webcam will fall over, and it will be a complete disaster. Or maybe they're afraid others will think they're a fraud. Marketers also have issues with technology. People think they can't go live because they don't have this webcam, that phone, or a decent lighting setup. Those are excuses for people who are simply scared of getting on camera and communicating their message. Everyone gets nervous, explains Ian, who's trained as a professional singer. He feels it too. The key is to channel your nervous energy into your performance. If you feel nervous or scared, Ian says, it's a good thing. It shows you care. The best performance Ian ever gave was when he was absolutely petrified before he went on stage. The worst performance was when he was entirely complacent. He thought the performance would be absolutely fine, and it turned out to be a disaster. To help you overcome that fear, Ian recommends warming up your voice before each broadcast. Exercise the lower part of your voice up to the high part of your voice. These exercises will likely make you feel a bit more at ease. Also, when you warm up, using the high and low parts makes your voice more engaging. By using your vocal range, you're not trying to become a different person. You're heightening your personality by putting more energy behind it. Listen to the show to hear Ian's example of a vocal warm-up and what your voice might sound like if you don't warm up. Basic Apps The easiest apps for live broadcasting are web-based. Fire up your browser (Safari, Chrome, Internet Explorer, etc.), and go to the tool's web page. BeLive, probably the best-known app, has an advantage because has a free trial. You can broadcast up to two 20-minute broadcasts...

Influence and Persuasion: New Insights From Robert Cialdini

Influence and Persuasion: New Insights From Robert Cialdini

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to persuade more people to become customers? Wondering what the latest science on influence and persuasion has to say? To discover new ways to prepare people for a sale, I interview Dr. Robert Cialdini, author of Influence and Pre-Suasion. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Robert Cialdini, author of Influence and CEO of Influence at Work, a company that provides speakers and training on behavioral psychology and influence in business. Having sold more than 3 million books, he helped coin marketing phrases such as "social proof" and "scarcity." His latest book is called Pre-Suasion: A Revolutionary Way to Influence and Persuade. Robert explores the science behind influence and persuasion. You'll discover how to put these concepts into action to benefit your business. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Influence and Persuasion Robert's First Book Influence, written in the mid-1980s, shares the most successful strategies that professional influencers use to get people to say yes. It was written for consumers so they could recognize and resist these strategies when used in an unwelcome way. The initial response to the book was so mild that the publisher called back the promotional and publicity funds for promoting the book, Robert recalls. They told him it would be like "throwing money down a pit." What happened to change things? Robert explains that times changed. The idea of evidence-based decision-making began to dominate the business world, and Influence provided a compendium of evidence on what factors influence people. About three or four years after publication, the book skyrocketed to bestseller levels, where it's stayed ever since. There were two sources of information for the book. To see what was especially successful in moving people toward a sale, he looked at research literature from the behavioral sciences, marketing, psychology, communication, management, and other fields. He also looked beyond the research literature and began infiltrating all of the training programs he could get access to in the areas of sales, marketing, recruiting, fundraising, etc. This let him see what the professionals were using to train and he gleaned information from those experiences. While he expected consumers to be the audience for Influence, it was actually embraced by the business community first. They wanted to know, scientifically, which factors incline people toward yes, and how to include those factors in messages, marketing campaigns, and more. The interest in harnessing the most powerful practices and procedures for creating change led Robert to write his new book, Pre-Suasion. It's designed for people who want to become more influential. Listen to the show to discover how I was introduced to Robert's work. Pre-Suasion Robert thinks the ideal audience for Pre-Suasion is people who want to increase the extent to which their messages successfully move people in their direction. While this includes salespeople and marketers, it's also for people who want to be more influential inside their families, network of friends, charity boards, etc. Robert says that while Influence covers what to build into a message to get agreement, Pre-Suasion describes the process of gaining agreement with a message before it's sent. The process may seem like some sort of magic, but it's not. It's established science. The key is to create a state of mind in the recipient's head that's consistent with the forthcoming message.

6 Browser Extensions for Busy Social Media Marketers

6 Browser Extensions for Busy Social Media Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you need to increase your productivity? Looking for browser extensions that simplify your marketing? In this article, you'll discover six browser extensions to help busy marketers. #1: Group Multiple Tabs Into a Single Tab With OneTab Some of the best tools are the simplest ones, and you can't get much simpler than OneTab. When you click the toolbar icon, the tool will pull all of your browser tabs into a simple list under a single tab. You can then organize, sort, and save that tab for later. Listen to this article: This free tool can be especially helpful when you're doing article research online. It's easy to get lost when you're reading article after article and following link after link. With OneTab, just click the toolbar icon when you're done and you can comb back through your tabs days or weeks later. The tool also gives you the option to save your newly formed list as a web page that others can view. #2: Save Web Pages With Evernote Web Clipper The Evernote Web Clipper is a fantastic free tool from the Evernote team. It lets you clip a web page and save it as an article, simplified article, full page, bookmark, or screenshot. After you clip it, you can add tags or comments and drop it into a folder in your Evernote account. You can then share that article with whomever you like right from the Web Clipper dialog box. #3: Edit Your Content With Grammarly Grammarly is a free, simple, powerful editing app that hides on your browser toolbar and edits your work as you write. As with many of these apps, there are both free and paid versions available. The free version offers a more advanced spelling, punctuation, and grammar check than Microsoft Word. You can paste your copy into the editor on the Grammarly website, upload a document, or just let the extension edit as you create social media posts in whatever program you're using. The app runs in the background, and if your copy is clean, you'll see a green icon. If your copy needs work, you'll see a red icon along with suggestions. If you opt for the paid version, you get more robust features like style and sentence structure suggestions, vocabulary enhancement tips, and a plagiarism detector. You also have the option to submit your work to one of their professional proofreaders. #4: Schedule Social Posts With Hootlet Hootsuite is a powerful social media management tool, and their Hootlet extension offers an easy way to create and schedule social media posts from within your browser. Cruise to a website article that you want to share and click the Hootlet icon to make the magic happen. You can then choose which social media account you want to post it to, edit the post, and post it now or schedule it for later. #5: Research Hashtags With RiteTag RiteTag is a great tool for researching relevant and trending hashtags. To access the free version, you need to use RiteTag's website. Just enter your keyword or topic in the search box. You can get access to the browser extension at the paid level (starting at $11 per month). This allows you to enhance your social media posts with hashtags related to the topic you're writing about. RiteTag's extension lets you upload images to your post, add emojis, edit calls to action in your links, and see your saved tag sets. You can even search for free images or GIFs to add to your posts. #6: Track Email Opens With RocketBolt RocketBolt works a little differently from other extensions. The extension itself doesn't do anything when you click it; but you need to have it installed to unlock its functionality. When used in conjunction with Gmail, RocketBolt lets you track individual email open and click-through rates. Marketers are used to this in programs like MailChimp and Emma, but those programs don't give you that information on the individual level. Why does this matter? Because you can see if a specific person is reading your email.

"Self-Esteem" Ad Campaigns are Getting it Wrong - The Everygirl

"Self-Esteem" Ad Campaigns are Getting it Wrong - The Everygirl


The Everygirl

In a society where media reigns supreme, women and girls are confronted daily with outrageous and damaging beauty standards. These ideals

How to Boost Your Facebook Ad Visibility

How to Boost Your Facebook Ad Visibility

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Facebook ads to promote your business? Are you struggling to connect with your audience? By fine-tuning your Facebook ads, you can capture the attention of both customers and prospects. In this article you'll discover how to boost the visibility of your Facebook ads. Listen to this article: #1: Use a Clutter-Free Image With Minimal Text The image you choose for your ad depends on what business you're in and whom you're targeting. If you're a personal brand, you may want to choose a picture of yourself, because a friendly face can improve the performance of your ad. It's also possible to get good results with images that show a product or something else that's relevant to what you're advertising. When choosing an image, make sure that it isn't too busy or cluttered. And avoid using an image that has Facebook's shade of blue because people may dismiss your ad, thinking it has something to do with Facebook. It's also helpful to add a border around your image. Keep images text-free, or use a very small amount of text. Facebook has implemented a 20% rule for text in an ad image, which means text can cover no more than 20% of the image. In a tiny ad on the sidebar of a page, a lot of text on an image wouldn't be legible anyway. #2: Write Short, Attention-Grabbing Copy Your ad copy should be short and enticing and grab the user's attention immediately. Spend some time coming up with your ad copy. Facebook suggests you include a timeframe and a price (when appropriate) and stick to one call to action. You can create multiple ads with different text. Then test them to see which gets the most engagement. There are two distinct components to the ad copy: the headline and the text. In the news feed, the ad's headline (which is clickable) appears under the picture, and in the sidebar, it appears before the text copy. Try to keep the headline to a single line in the ad. The text copy sits above the image in the news feed or under the headline in the sidebar. Keep the text short enough that the person viewing the ad won't have to click the See More button. #3: Explore Audience Targeting When you're targeting an audience for your ad, don't just type in male/female, 30 to 40 years old, in a certain city and hope for the best. It's important to know who your customers are so you can drill down and segment accordingly. Target the people you want to be connected to you and your brand. For example, if you're advertising something that people can buy, you might want to target those who have bought from you before or expressed an interest in buying at some time. When creating your ad, always choose the location, age, gender and interests you're targeting. Most people won't list their job title or very personal details on their Facebook profile, so you can leave these details out. Target interests by specifying the pages that your ideal customer likes. You can target your direct competitors' pages. For example, if you're a photographer in Toronto, target the followers of the page of a competing photographer in the area. You might also want to target the pages of businesses whose products and services are complementary to yours. These people likely have the same customers as you. For example, if you're a web designer, target people who like the pages of a particular copywriter. Look at the profiles of people who like your page and see what other pages they like. You'll probably find common likes among your fans. Make sure that you target the actual pages, which show up in Interests, rather than the interests themselves. Note that there seems to be no real rhyme or reason to the pages that Facebook pulls up in the Interests section. You may enter the name of a page that has over 20,000 likes, and Facebook won't find it, but one with 2,000 likes may show up if you search for it. This is something you'll have to test for yourself when choosing page...

Fan Content: How to Leverage Your Fans to Enhance Your Social Media

Fan Content: How to Leverage Your Fans to Enhance Your Social Media

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want your fans to help market you? Are you wondering how to include fan content in your social media? To explore how fan content can enhance your social media, I interview Jesse Desjardins for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Jesse Desjardins. Jesse is the head of social at Tourism Australia, where he manages a small team that oversees large Facebook, Instagram and Google+ communities. Working with fans, Jesse's team receives over 1000 images from fans a day! Jesse shares how he and his team leverage fan content--specifically photos--to promote Australian tourism. You'll discover how Jesse and his three-person team have grown Facebook to 6M fans and Instagram to 800K fans to reach 3M to 6M people a day. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Fan Content How Jesse got started at Tourism Australia Jesse shares that while he was working at a small advertising agency in the U.S. in 2004, he went to Australia on holiday for a month and fell in love with the country. He ended up getting a job and staying. After four years, he returned to the U.S. and was working in advertising doing campaigns for celebrity perfumes when he realized he'd left a brand he loved—Australia and travel. For the next two years, Jesse spent time on SlideShare doing things like You Suck at PowerPoint. During that time he also put up proposals for people to send him money to attend festivals like SXSW and Cannes Lion in exchange for his notes and photos. Jesse says that gave him a good foundation for how to build community. When he saw a job open up for social media manager at Tourism Australia, he sent his résumé, but he knew he needed to do something more. He put his résumé on SlideShare that night and the next morning, it had 40k views and a lot of supportive comments. Listen to the show to find out how Twitter helped Jesse get his résumé into the hands of Tourism Australia's managing director. What Tourism Australia's job is and how promoting tourism has changed Jesse explains that Tourism Australia is basically the marketing agency for tourism in Australia. His team promotes tourism to the country as a whole and also works with the different states and international offices. He says that advocacy and word-of-mouth have always played a role in promoting any industry, especially travel. Tourism Australia had started a Facebook page before he joined the organization; however, it took them three years to hit 1M fans. Jesse shares that he took a look at what had already been done and made the decision to launch Instagram, Google+ and Twitter as well and he's ramped it up ever since. Listen to the show to hear how Jesse views the return on social media for Tourism Australia. The strategy behind Tourism Australia's social media Jesse's social media strategy has a couple of components. He says the first component is to build something that gets bigger over time. Jesse explains that in traditional advertising, the work tends to focus on big campaigns that you work on for 6 months, then launch. His approach for Tourism Australia is different. His team works on the small things that add value every single day. As an example, he explains that instead of running a big campaign or contest to grow Instagram quickly, they've grown the account slowly over the past two years by posting consistently. He says this has been a good way to use the small resources they have to perfect the system to ...

4 Ways Visual Content Improves Social Media Results

4 Ways Visual Content Improves Social Media Results

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want better engagement for your social media campaigns? Wondering how visual content can help? Using visual content to support your messaging makes it easier to grab your audience's attention. In this article, you'll discover how visual content can support your social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Drive Interest and Clicks With Simple Imagery Your social media followers are looking for you to provide relatable, easy-to-understand content. The Travel Channel demonstrates this concept in their Daily Escape series on Facebook. To draw fans in, they'll post a stunning destination photo and a brief description. Notice that the Travel Channel doesn't post a full URL to their blog post. Instead, they post a bit.ly link so it doesn't draw the reader's eye away from the short description. Why use a ton of words when you can let your image do the work for you? It's easy to create your own simple, stunning images that speak to your followers. #2: Sustain Viewer Interest With a Variety of Visuals The goal of any social media marketer is to use messaging that amplifies the brand. A goal that's just as important, however, is to create content that sparks a conversation with fans and followers. To do that, you need to post different types of visual content. Target does a great job of this in their social media marketing. On their Facebook page, you'll see a good mix of recipes, videos, partnership announcements, sales alerts, and more. Target has a strong Pinterest presence, too. Their well-designed and well-organized pin boards provide a wealth of ideas for everyone from wedding planners to interior designers and more. The visual product presentation is more effective than simple links or photos of the store. Target's visual marketing is consistent in its branding, and the company obviously has several templates they're using to create content. So how do you achieve consistency in your visual content? Once you've established your visual content style, use different templates across your social media platforms to reach as many users as possible. If you're a small business, you may not have an army of graphic designers at your fingertips. In that case, consider using an online design tool to create your own simple, beautiful images. To provide a variety of types of visual content, use memes, screenshots, how-to's, tutorials, tips, quotes, mood images, statistics, discounts, puzzles, and polls. #3: Spark Engagement With Fan Photos Once you’ve created visual content for your social channels, how do you get people to pay attention to it? The most successful brands know their audience and market well. Take Harley-Davidson, for example. While Harley-Davidson is a brand that's globally known, it's a particular favorite among the Baby Boomer and Generation X audiences. The company will encourage fans to share photos of their Harleys on social media and then post them on the company's Facebook page. To find out more about your target audience, look at your Facebook Insights to get an idea of the gender, age, and location of your followers. Instagram has also started to roll out tools for business accounts. The data provided by your social media accounts will help you target the right audience to help your business grow. Once you know your audience, find out where and when they're most likely to consume your content. #4: Create Relevancy With Trends, Events, and Holidays Content is king, but if you want your posts to be noticed, start paying attention to trends. Think about holidays, special days, newsbreaks, movie premieres, and more. Tie your message to something that's relevant now, make it visual, and soon you'll start to see positive results. Consider using a tool to help you keep track of holidays and trends. Find one that gives you templates you can customize to deliver your message. Support Your Message With Visual Design

Twitter Analytics: How to Know if Your Twitter Marketing Works

Twitter Analytics: How to Know if Your Twitter Marketing Works

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you review your Twitter Analytics? Want to use them to improve your Twitter marketing? Ian Cleary is with us to explore what you can learn from the data provided in Twitter Analytics. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Ian Cleary, a social tech expert. His blog, RazorSocial.com, placed in our Top 10 Social Media Blogs four years in a row. He also founded the RazorBlazers Club, a community for marketers who want to monetize with social media. Ian explores how you can use Twitter Analytics to take your Twitter marketing to the next level. You'll discover great third-party analytics tools. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter Analytics Core Twitter Analytics on the Home Tab Ian explains that once your account is 14 days old, you can access the free analytics provided by Twitter by going to Analytics.Twitter.com on your desktop. You'll start off with an overview on the Home tab, from which you can drill down to view data on tweets, audiences, video analytics, and more. On the Overview screen, you'll see the total number of impressions for all of your tweets. Impressions are the actual number of people who saw your tweets on their Twitter timeline, by visiting your profile, or in a search. For instance, they may have clicked on a hashtag and your tweet was listed. Ian wonders whether Twitter is able to access all of the information for tweets displayed in third-party tools (Hootsuite, Sprout Social, etc.). He goes on to say that even though the data is never going to be 100% accurate, it will give you a gauge to see if your impressions are going up or down each month. Profile Visits is the total number of people who visited your profile on mobile and desktop combined. This number is important, Ian explains, because when you pin a really good tweet to the top of your Twitter profile, you have an idea of how many people have seen it. For example, if Ian's profile shows 17,000 visits, that means 17,000 people have seen his pinned tweet, which is an opt-in to download a lead generation guide. He uses this tweet to build email subscribers from people visiting his Twitter profile. It's a simple thing, but it's the equivalent of having a big opt-in at the top of your website. Mentions show how often your Twitter username is mentioned on other people's profiles. For example, the number of people who shared your content and mentioned your Twitter name will show up there. While they're not clickable, the mountain graphs you see under each data label give you an idea of whether that data set is increasing or decreasing at a glance. For example, you can see if your impressions are going up or down over the course of the month. Or you can check the Followers graph to see if your audience is growing or diminishing. The Top Tweet section of the Overview screen shows you your best tweet over the last 28 days and the number of impressions and retweets on it. Ian explains that you want to see what your most popular tweets are, so you can turn them into evergreen tweets to share regularly. There's no point in retweeting content that's not resonating with your audience. The Top Mention section shows you when someone else shared a piece of your content and mentioned your name, and it did really well. The Top Follower is your follower who is followed by the most people. If someone with a large following has followed you, and he or she is relevant to your audience, pay attention to and start interacting with that person, Ian suggests.

Nate Berkus Shares How His Entertaining Style Has Changed Since Welcoming Daughter Poppy

Nate Berkus Shares How His Entertaining Style Has Changed Since Welcoming Daughter Poppy

by Megan Stein @ PEOPLE.com

Nate Berkus is the expert on all things party planning. But since becoming a father to one-year-old daughter, Poppy, the designer’s go-to entertaining style has had a few changes.

“We entertain around her nap schedule now,” Berkus, artistic advisor for LG Studio, told PEOPLE at a breakfast on June 8, which celebrated the sleek line of high-end appliances he helped design.

RELATED: WATCH: Jessie James Decker Gives a Tour of Her Lovely Florida Beach House

But when Poppy isn’t snoozing, Berkus, 44, and husband Jeremiah Brent, 31, keep her busy with poolside play dates that are a far cry from a formal outdoor gathering.

“Our home is now filled with blow up toys from Target in the pool as opposed to margaritas,” Berkus said.

WATCH THIS: Designer Nate Berkus ‘Can’t Wait to Be a Family of 3!’

 

And the menu planning is even simpler.

“We throw food on the barbecue, we’ve actually even had a taco truck come once,” Berkus said. “We do put out snacks for the little ones, and they sit and throw them in the pool.”

RELATED: Chip and Joanna Gaines Share Hilarious First Date Story in New Sneak Peek of The Magnolia Story

Although the guest list has been tweaked to include Poppy’s younger crowd, the design-savvy couple couldn’t be happier with their new scene.

“It’s a welcome change,” Berkus said.

For Berkus’ best tips on stress-free summer entertaining, pick up this week’s issue of PEOPLE.


13 Instagram Marketing Tips From the Experts

13 Instagram Marketing Tips From the Experts

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to improve your Instagram marketing? Are you interested in the latest tips and tools for Instagram? Instagram is a fast-growing platform and businesses are eager to establish a presence and encourage engagement on the network. We asked social media experts to share their hottest Instagram tips. Here’s what they had to say. Listen to this article: #1: Shoot Square Your Instagram feed is only as good as your photographs, so starting with high-quality photos makes your Instagram marketing more effective. One of the best ways to save time and compose better photos for Instagram is to shoot square photos. Many digital cameras and smartphones have this in their settings so it’s really easy to do. This lets you save time on cropping and ensures that the essential elements in the photo won't be cropped out later. Because shooting photos inside the Instagram app can be limiting, I like to use Camera Awesome by the SmugMug team on my iPhone (also available for Android users). Using this app, you can take fantastic photos using the grid to follow the rule of thirds. Peg Fitzpatrick is a speaker, social media strategist and co-author of The Art of Social Media. #2: Use a Customized Link Shortener to Track Traffic One of the most important things marketers need to know is how well their Instagram account is driving traffic and leads back to their website. Unfortunately, Google Analytics can’t accurately track this traffic when users visit your website from your mobile Instagram account. To monitor accurate click rates, I recommend businesses use a customized bit.ly link (or a link from another shortener) exclusively for the URL in their Instagram bio. Then you can check your bit.ly data to document how many clicks your Instagram account is actually sending to your website. Create a different bit.ly link each time you change the link for a new landing page, campaign or default page to continuously track successful traffic leads. Jenn Herman is a social media trainer, blogger and Instagram advocate. #3: Be Strategic With Your Bio Link For personal use, Instagram is fun and spontaneous. But if you want to use it as a marketing tool, you have to be a little more calculating with it. I suspect the businesses that are really killing it on Instagram (like Nordstrom, Starbucks, Nike and others) plan their posts well in advance. If you’re a smaller brand or a one-man show, you can still develop a great presence on Instagram. Use the link in your bio to connect to a landing page that holds the same posts you put on Instagram, and allows you to collect leads, promote your ecommerce site, gain subscribers to your blog, collect entries for a giveaway, etc. Jim Belosic is the CEO of ShortStack. #4: Cross-Promote Your Partners Cross-promote whenever you can! The trend on Instagram now is to share the love, so to speak, by tagging others or even by outright promoting other companies, products and services. Locally we have restaurants that serve beer from the many craft brewers in the area. Both the brewers and the restaurants take full advantage of Instagram by tagging each other. The brewers also support one another with tap takeovers, which are rich grounds for Instagram photos and tags. The results are threefold: higher recognition for everyone involved, increased followers (who in turn tag the businesses during visits) and increased traffic and sales for the local businesses. Lisa Karl is a partner and founder at Savvy Digital Business. #5: Take Advantage of Trending Hashtags Users can now use Instagram's Explore feature to find posts related to trending hashtags such as #LoveWins, #CanadaDay and #FullMoon. If these trending tags are relevant to your brand, include them in timely posts to aid discovery. On the topic of search, Instagram also introduced the ability to search by emoji.

StumbleUpon Marketing: How to Drive More Traffic to Your Content

StumbleUpon Marketing: How to Drive More Traffic to Your Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use StumbleUpon for your business? Are you wondering how you can use StumbleUpon to drive more traffic to your content? To learn how your business can benefit from StumbleUpon, I interview Nick Robinson for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Nick Robinson, co-author of StumbleUpon for Dummies. He's also the social media channel manager for SAP Americas. Nick shares how StumbleUpon works and why it's different from other platforms. You'll learn how to use StumbleUpon to discover shareable content and the type of content that works best. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: StumbleUpon Marketing  What makes StumbleUpon different from other social networks Nick explains how StumbleUpon is a content discovery engine. It's a search engine and bookmarking site all in one. It's great if you want to bring exposure to your online content, which can include your website, blog post, video or infographic. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F8DtI9e4xZ8 Nick believes that the key differentiator with StumbleUpon is the Stumble button. It takes you directly to a piece of content on another website that you are interested in. You can tell StumbleUpon what your interests are in several ways. When you set up your profile, you can specify your interests, the interests of people you follow and what pieces of content you have given a thumbs-up to on that particular website. When you click the Thumbs-Up or Thumbs-Down button, it tells StumbleUpon's algorithm if it should or shouldn't serve that type of content to you in the future. Each person's StumbleUpon experience is personalized. It allows you to curate content, promote your content and connect with communities with all types of interests. Listen to the show to find out how you can create content that's relevant to an audience within an Interest category. StumbleUpon for B2B and B2C Nick believes that any business in B2B or B2C can use the platform. It all depends on the type of content you produce. The content needs to entertain, be informative and connect with your audience. To be successful, you need to test and measure, based on the changes you learn. StumbleUpon launched their new design and a new mobile app, which has increased its mobile stumbles by 25% over a one-year period. However, the majority of StumbleUpon activity is still primarily desktop, at over 60%. Since these changes were made, around 40% of their activity comes from mobile. In the next couple of years, Nick thinks it will easily overtake desktop. You'll discover as a marketer what you need to consider with these figures in mind. According to Alexa, StumbleUpon is one of the top 149 websites in the world and Quantcast estimated that 23.4 million people in the last month in the U.S. alone have used it. As of June 2013, when the StumbleUpon for Dummies book was published, StumbleUpon had 25 million registered users. They have indexed over 100 million–plus web pages. Listen to the show to find out how much the average user "stumbles" per month and the time spent on the platform. Companies who use StumbleUpon well  Nick says that two companies come to mind, which are both primarily content publishers. The first is Forbes. They do a great job, which is primarily attributable to their company page. They use it to acquire followers and as a content feed. Unfortunately StumbleUpon has closed off access to these pages to the general ...

4 Tips to Improve Your Pinterest Exposure

4 Tips to Improve Your Pinterest Exposure

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is the Pinterest algorithm burying your pins? Looking for tips to get better exposure in the Pinterest Smart Feed? Pinning more isn't always the answer to increasing your visibility on Pinterest. In this article you'll discover four ways to improve the quality of your pins and boards on Pinterest. Listen to this article: #1: Clean Up Your Account Every Month For Pinterest's algorithm to view your account as high-quality, you'll want to focus on curating the best of the best. In turn, Pinterest will be more likely to recommend your pins to others. Not all popular pins are created equal and many of your account's pins won't get substantial repins from your followers. To make sure your account is up to date, set aside time once a month to go through your boards and delete all of the pins that have fewer than five repins. Here's an easy way to delete underperforming pins from a board: Click on the board and then click on the Move Pins button at the top right corner of the board. Next, click on the red Move button. Now you're able to scroll down and view all of the pins on your board and note the number of repins each one has generated. Select the checkmark on each pin that has fewer than five repins. When you're done, click the red Delete button. Currently you can delete only 50 pins at a time, and be careful to stay below 100 daily pin deletions or Pinterest may block you. You should also wait at least seven days before you delete a new pin. Deleting pins is a lot of work, but if you want to build a valuable Pinterest presence, it's a tactic you can't ignore. #2: Pin and Repin Based on Popularity It's very tempting to repin every amazing image, but if you pin indiscriminately, you'll end up with a collection of great images that offer little value to your audience. To curate a popular account with boards that give value to your followers, look a bit further to see how many repins each image actually has before you share it to one of your own boards. Joy Cho / Oh Joy! has an impressive 12.8M followers on Pinterest, and her account is a great example of what happens when you only repin popular pins to your account. Pro tip: It's good practice to check the link of each image before you repin to make sure you're not directing people to a broken link or dodgy website. Check your Pinterest stats to see which of your boards are most popular. This information isn't limited only to your owned boards, but also extends to any group boards you pin to. When you want to share a new original pin from your website or blog, pin it to one of your popular boards and make sure the pin is related to the theme of the board you choose. #3: Combine Pinterest Analytics With Google Analytics to Identify Traffic-Driving Pins It's important to have your website verified on Pinterest. Not only does this reinforce your credibility, but it also allows you to view your website stats. This makes it possible to see which of your original pins from your website or blog are the most popular on Pinterest. You'll want to cross-check this information with Google Analytics and use the combined stats to verify which of your popular pins are driving traffic to your website. To find out, sign into your Google Analytics account and then go to Acquisition > Referrals > Pinterest. Look at the Visits column to detect high-performing pins. Create similar pins to deliver more of what your audience likes, which will improve your pinning strategy. #4: Adjust Board Elements for Visibility in Search If you have a board that isn't getting the visibility you expect or isn't generating the repins you want, you can change your board title to see if the board's performance improves. First, click on the board you want to change and then click on the Edit Board button. Next, you'll see an edit screen where you can change a number of elements for your board, such as the name (or title), description,

5 Ways to Get More LinkedIn Leads

5 Ways to Get More LinkedIn Leads

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you struggling to build a pipeline of quality leads? Wondering how LinkedIn can help? With the right forms of targeting, pitching, and engagement, you can use your LinkedIn profile to secure warm leads for your business. In this article, you'll discover how to create an effective lead generation process with your LinkedIn profile. Listen to this article: #1: Use LinkedIn Search to Identify Prospects While getting more likes and followers for your company page is important, it doesn't necessarily generate leads. For lead generation, you need to connect with the right audience. Start by narrowing down the job roles you want to target; focus on the people who are most likely to understand the technical benefits of your product and have the authority to make a buying decision. You should consider talking to CMOs, CEOs, CTOs, COOs, or other heads of departments your product or service fits into. For example, if your product is a social listening tool that helps companies with brand mentions, crisis prevention, and other monitoring opportunities on the web, you would search for and connect with heads of marketing or digital marketing. After you connect with relevant people, pitch them with a soft sell. Introduce yourself and your company in a soft tone. Instead of trying to tell your new connection how amazing your company is with 500 words, ask to schedule a 10-minute call. It's also important to follow up on your pitch if you don't hear back. Follow up after a week and again after two weeks. Use Google Sheets and a good CRM to maintain the flow of leads and track each lead's stage in terms of conversion. #2: Connect With Website Visitors on LinkedIn When you add the following code to your website, you can see everyone who visits your website in the Who's Viewed Your Profile section on LinkedIn: These people are validated warm leads because they've shown some level of interest in your company. As you find people who fit your ideal lead, you can follow up with them via a LinkedIn InMail or an email from your personal business account. For example, your message could read something like this: Hi NAME, Hope you are doing well. My name is NAME and I am the DESIGNATION at COMPANY NAME. I just took a deeper look at your website and understand that your company might be looking for PRODUCT FEATURES OR SERVICE. At YOUR COMPANY NAME, we are SHORT DESCRIPTION OF YOUR PRODUCT FEATURES OR SERVICE. FEATURE 1/SERVICE OF YOUR COMPANY FEATURE 2/SERVICE OF YOUR COMPANY The companies that have been working with us for a long time include CLIENT 1 and CLIENT 2. I was wondering if we could schedule a call sometime this week to discuss this further? Regards, YOUR NAME DESIGNATION PHONE COMPANY NAME #3: Make Your LinkedIn Profile a Resource If you follow the lead generation process thoroughly, you'll form a significant number of connections over a short period of time. You'll need to engage your growing audience by sharing educational material that can help them. For example, if your product is solving problems in the hospitality industry and your leads are upper management of hotels, it's best to share content from your profile that talks about that topic. You should also consider publishing similar content on Pulse. The point here is to share valuable content that will help you build credibility with your target leads. To streamline this process, you can use tools like Hootsuite or Buffer to schedule content from your LinkedIn profile. #4: Share Advice in LinkedIn Groups One of the best ways to gain credibility, and by extension the notice of prospects, is to share your knowledge and insight with the very people you want to work with. LinkedIn groups offer a way for you to find these people and warm them up. If, for example, your company sells products or services related to the human resources industry,

How to Use Promoted Pins on Pinterest

How to Use Promoted Pins on Pinterest

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to get your pins in front of customers? Have you considered using promoted pins? Pinterest promoted pins can help you drive referral traffic and increase sales. In this article you'll discover how to create promoted pins on Pinterest. Listen to this article: Why Promoted Pins? Pinterest's promoted pins, which are now available to all businesses, are designed to increase visibility to a targeted audience. They help you get your products or location in front of people who are far along in the buying process and ready to make a purchase. Promoted pins are searchable, so you can add keywords to connect with users who are searching for content like yours. With promoted pins, you're paying to have your pins placed where users are most likely to notice and interact with them. The promoted pins that users see are based on their interests and activity on the site. Users can't turn off promoted pins, but they can hide specific promoted pins that they don't like. Here's how to get started with promoted pins for your business. #1: Understand Campaign Objectives Just like with other types of social media ads, you can run promoted pin campaigns based on specific goals and objectives. There are three objectives you can choose from: Engagement: Get engagement on your pins, such as repins, clicks, and close-up views of your pins. You pay per action taken. Traffic: Send traffic to your website when users click through your pins. In this case, you pay per click to your site. Awareness: Use promoted pins to introduce and expose your brand to a relevant audience. Awareness pins are currently available only to Fortune 500 companies who have a minimum monthly ad spend, but that may change in the future. Promoted pins, like other social media ads, work on a bid system, so keep this in mind when setting your budget. #2: Create a Promoted Pin To create and use Pinterest's promoted pins, you need to have a business account. If you don't already have one, you can either create a new account or convert your current Pinterest profile to a business account. Once your account is set up and ready to go, hover over Ads at the top left of the Pinterest home page and select Overview. You see an ads dashboard similar to Facebook's Ads Manager, where you can review and create new Pinterest ad campaigns. This article walks you through how to create an engagement promoted pin, but traffic promoted pins work exactly the same way. From the Ads Manager, click on the Promote button next to Engagement Campaigns. Next, select Boost Engagement With Your Pins. If you want a traffic campaign, you'd choose Get Traffic to Your Website. On the next page, name your campaign, select a start and end date (the end date is optional), and choose a daily budget. I recommend setting an end date, since you can only have daily budgets instead of lifetime budgets. If you don't set an end date, make sure you keep an eye on the campaign so you don't spend more than you intended. After you click Pick a Pin, you'll see a list of your pins. Select the pin you want to use for your campaign. If you want, you can search for a pin using the search box, or view the pin that's been most clicked or the most repinned in the past 30 days. After you select your pin, enter a name for your promoted pin and set a destination URL. Make sure that the URL goes to the specific page where you want users to land, not a generic homepage. In the next section, select relevant topics that will help you reach your target audience in their home feeds. You want your pin to be placed in the right Pinterest categories so users come across it while browsing. Make sure to choose only relevant interests for your pin, not random interests your audience might have (as you might do on Facebook). This step is about pin placement, so it needs to be accurate. Next,

6 Productivity Tools for Twitter

6 Productivity Tools for Twitter

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you struggling to keep up with your Twitter activities? Looking for a way to streamline your Twitter marketing? The right productivity tools will help you manage your Twitter marketing more effectively and free up your time for other tasks. In this article you'll discover six tools and techniques that will boost your productivity on Twitter. Listen to this article: #1: Manage Twitter Messages With AgoraPulse Keeping on top of your Twitter mentions and messages can take a huge amount of time each day. According to research from Brandwatch, retail brands receive an average of 821 mentions per day on Twitter, but only manage to respond to 40 of them. You can do better than that by using a social media management tool like AgoraPulse. It allows you to display your mentions, direct messages, and monitoring alerts in a social inbox so you can respond as you would with an email. When you review or reply to messages, they're archived, which makes it easy to see which messages you've dealt with. The social inbox for your Twitter account is split into an Inbox tab for your incoming mentions and messages and a Monitoring tab for retweets and search queries. Whenever you reply to or review a message, it's highlighted and archived. This feature is particularly useful to archive low-value or spammy direct messages. Have you ever received one of those automated “thank you for following me” direct messages or something similar? With the Direct Messages filter, you can quickly select all direct messages that don't need a reply and review them in one go, which is a huge time-saver. Once you review or reply to all of your mentions, you'll get that lovely inbox zero feeling. Go to the Monitoring tab to view all of your retweets and searches. This tab is for less urgent messages, while the Inbox focuses on the most actionable messages. Select the Type filter to show only your recent searches or retweets. You can then reply to or like them on an individual basis, or via a bulk review if no action needs to be taken. If you work with a team or have a virtual assistant, you can assign individual messages to team members. To do so, view the message, click the Assign button, and select the relevant team member. You can easily see which messages have been assigned to which team members. If you have a social media team, using a social media management tool is important from a security standpoint. With AgoraPulse, you'll get full control over your team members and avoid having to share your Twitter password. Set aside two or three fixed times every day to attend to your Twitter engagement. Make sure you cap the time for these sessions (for example 10-15 minutes) so you can spend the rest of your day focusing on other areas of your business. AgoraPulse also integrates with Facebook and Instagram and offers reports and publishing features. #2: Automate Blog Content Shares With missinglettr When you post an article to your blog, how many times do you share it on Twitter? It's unusual for people to send just one tweet out when they publish blog content. If you want to maximize the engagement potential for your blog posts, use a tool like missinglettr to set up a drip marketing campaign for them. It allows you to publicize each individual article regularly via Twitter over the course of a year. To get started, set up your free account and connect your blog's RSS feed. Once you do that, missinglettr will start checking for new blog posts. When it detects a new article, it analyzes the content and creates a Twitter marketing campaign for that article for the year. The campaign consists of a series of tweets linking to the article and can include summaries, quotes, images, and a call to action. missinglettr will notify you when the campaign is ready so you can review it. Click the Review link to review the campaign schedule for the article.

Four Must-Dos for Perfume Brand Design and Marketing

by Kelly Kovack @ BeautyMatter

How to keep the fragrance category fresh. Nick Vaus of Dew Gibbons + Partners provides his four musts-dos for perfume brand design and marketing.

The post Four Must-Dos for Perfume Brand Design and Marketing appeared first on BeautyMatter.

5 Ways to Improve Customer Loyalty With Social Media

5 Ways to Improve Customer Loyalty With Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to keep more of your customers? Looking for ways to nurture customer relationships with social media? Social media can play a pivotal role in building more meaningful connections with customers, so they stay with you longer. In this article, you'll discover a five-step plan to help you boost customer loyalty with social media. Listen to this article: #1: Listen to Customers In addition to monitoring brand sentiment, social listening can play an important role in customer retention. Specifically, you'll want to use social listening to find out: Where your customers congregate on social media Which of your products and services they talk about If they have consistent praises or complaints that you should encourage or address What types of content they consistently share; do they post a lot of photos or use specific hashtags? In this tweet, a Levi's customer praises the brand's 541 jeans with the hashtag #Commuter. Many social listening tools let you monitor for these data points. You can use this data to compile content ideas where social outreach might play a significant role post-purchase. #2: Outline an Engagement Plan Conversion activities are the next step in growing the customer relationship. This is where you proactively provide the value that your customers seek based on your listening. As you deepen customer relationships, a cycle begins where customers provide feedback, you fine-tune the value you provide, and so on. Once you establish a level of engagement, develop conversion activities that focus on building a deeper relationship with customers. Here are some key elements to include when you're trying to keep customers involved with your business on social media: Create a calendar for your content that ensures ongoing communication and reflects the needs of your business. Make sure that you account for business goals, such as driving in-store sales, promotions around new products, seasonal campaigns, and so on. (More on these ideas in a moment.) Define the content, offers, and/or rewards that you'll provide. Use what you've learned about your customers, what they value, and how you can encourage positive behavior while addressing common questions or concerns. Create conversion activities that are easy to participate in. With most social activity occurring on mobile, it's critical that any conversion activity you promote is simple to click through and complete, regardless of your consumers' device. Also, people like to remain in their current context, so the more your conversion activities take place in the social environment, the more successful you'll be. Identify the data you need to collect to track success, from which campaigns get the most interaction to who is participating. #3: Identify and Embrace Active Advocates For consumers, brand loyalty is tied to the perceived value they get from the relationship. At the same time, marketers know that loyal customers spend more on purchases and save companies significant customer acquisition costs. You can use social listening tools to identify social advocates you might target as social VIPs, and then infuse those relationships with value. As a first step, ask your loyal customers to self-identify in exchange for a reward of commensurate value (in their eyes) for engaging more deeply with you on social media. For example, offer inclusion in a social VIP club in which members are rewarded on an ongoing basis for their participation. In this Facebook post, supermodel Miranda Kerr offers customers a $25 gift card in exchange for joining the VIP program for her cosmetics line, KORA Organics. Because the rewards need to reflect value in your customers' eyes, use the feedback from your VIP base to develop those rewards. Second, proactively identify social VIPs. One way to do this is by "socializing" email. That is, send an email with an embedded social trigger to a targete...

How to Create Facebook Video Ads: A Step by Step Guide

How to Create Facebook Video Ads: A Step by Step Guide

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Interested in creating Facebook video ads? Looking for an easy-to-follow guide? Facebook video ads don't require a lot of time or money. All you need is a script and some basic gear. In this article you'll discover how to design and record your own Facebook video ads. Listen to this article: Why Create Facebook Video Ads? According to data from comScore, 64% of consumers are more likely to buy products after watching videos about them. You can use the power of video ads to get more leads and sales for your business. Here are some ways to use video ads: Introduce your brand. This can be the type of video you would normally have on your home page, in which you share your company mission and story. Give value upfront. Use a how-to or tutorial video as an ad. Or simply share great content and get people to click through to your website. Build your email list. Create a quick video introducing your free ebook or upcoming webinar. Share testimonials. If your customers record a video testimonial for you, ask them if you can use it in a video ad. This is a great way to retarget people who have visited your sales page. For these videos, use animated text and images, a recording of yourself (or other people) or a combination of both. All of these options can work well, depending on your business and the goals for your campaign. This article focuses on how to create your own video ad, with the goal of building your email list. Here's an example of what this video ad might look like in a fan's Facebook news feed. The goal of this video ad is to entice people to sign up for a free report, which is similar to the strategy that this article focuses on. Here's how to get started creating your own Facebook video ads. #1: Set Up the Equipment You don't need a lot of fancy equipment to create a great-looking video. The most important thing is to be authentic and relatable in your video. For the background, you can use a white wall or backdrop, or a nicely decorated room in your house, as long as it doesn't distract too much. The example below uses a brick wall backdrop. You can use your smartphone to record the video. If your phone isn't older than three years, you probably have some great HD video recording options. If you want to turn the quality up a notch (and have the money to invest), the Logitech C930e webcam is a great alternative. Good audio quality is essential for a great video. Consider using a Blue Yeti or Rode Podcaster USB mic. Lighting is also important; however, you don't need professional lighting equipment. Simply use lamps from your living room or home office to light the area. Or record your video in a room where steady sunlight is coming through the windows. Avoid direct sunlight though, as this can overexpose your video and result in unwanted shadow effects. #2: Practice the Script Next, you need to practice your script. If you haven't created one yet, follow the five steps to create the perfect script: grab attention, build interest, cultivate desire, create persuasion and end with a strong call to action. Here's a basic script example: Struggling to eat healthy? There's a new method that makes it easy. This free guide shows you exactly how. 79,894 people have already tried it. Click Download to get your free recipes. This script is a great starting point for a talking-head video ad, but you'll likely feel like a robot when you say these words on camera. To make it flow better, say the script out loud a few times, and add some words that make it feel more natural to you. Also, consider introducing yourself to add a personal touch, especially if you're targeting a new audience. After some tweaking, the basic script above looks like this: Hi, do you ever struggle with eating healthy? My name is …. and I'm the founder of …. I've created a new method that makes eating healthy very easy, and I'm offering a free guide that shows you ex...

Live Video: Creative Ways to Do a Live Show on Facebook

Live Video: Creative Ways to Do a Live Show on Facebook

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you broadcast live video? Have you considered hosting a regular show on Facebook Live? To discover creative ways to use Facebook Live, I interview Lou Mongello. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Disney expert Lou Mongello, author of multiple books and audio guides for visitors to Disney theme parks. He hosts the popular WDW Radio podcast and also broadcasts a live show on Facebook at Facebook.com/LouMongello. Lou explores how to start a show using live video. You'll discover easy ways to get creative with Facebook Live. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Live Video How Lou got into live video When Lou began his Disney blog and community in New Jersey, he realized everything he was doing, even his podcast, was a one-way conversation. In 2007, when Ustream became a lot more accessible, he decided to give it a try. Lou recalls the first night he did a live stream. He'd told his wife he was going to try it out and would be back in 10 minutes. Six hours later, he was still online with a couple of hundred people who were watching, chatting, and engaging. Since then, he's been broadcasting live video every week. Between his weekly shows and any ad hoc episodes, Lou believes he's done close to 1,000 shows to date. Lou says he moved from Ustream to Livestream, then was a day-two Meerkat user and a day-one Periscope user. He thought Periscope was the best of the bunch until he got his account verified by Facebook and received early access to Facebook Live. Lou simulcasted his show, using two different devices to compare the quality, engagement, and viewer experience of the two broadcasts. Very quickly, in late 2015, he let people know he was moving off of Periscope and going all-in on Facebook Live. Listen to the show to discover what Lou loves about the growth of live video. How Lou uses Facebook Live Lou does a live broadcast show every week. Most episodes are done from his home studio, and topics range from the week's most recent Walt Disney World news and simple Ask Me Anythings (AMAs) and Q&As to showing off things in his collections. He says his in-studio shows are more about the conversation, while the offsite shows (such as when he goes to a Disney park, on a cruise, etc.) are about conveying the experience. Watch & chat with me LIVE! Let's talk Disney, and Ask Me Anything! #tw Posted by Lou Mongello on Wednesday, June 29, 2016 For his Wednesday discussions of Walt Disney World news, Lou talks about what's going on, and also makes the audience part of the broadcast. If a new restaurant is opening, an attraction is coming, or something is changing, he flips it around to make it a question. For example, he'll ask, "What do you guys think?" or "What's your favorite place to eat on property?" Whatever you talk about drives engagement, Lou continues. He always has questions in his head to initiate a conversation, and instead of asking a question, letting people respond, and moving on to the next question, he reads every response in the comments so he can further the conversation with people. Lou stresses that it's important to acknowledge individuals during a live broadcast, because when someone's name is called, it means a lot to them. His AMA episodes allow the audience to ask him questions that are personal, business-related, or relate to an upcoming Disney trip. Lou tries to go through questions as quickly as possible, and normally does a lightning round at the end. He'll do two minutes of rapid-fire questions and answer as many as he can.

List Building With Social Media: How to Grow Your Email List

List Building With Social Media: How to Grow Your Email List

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to grow your email list? Wondering how social media can help you grow a list of prospects? To learn how to grow your email list with social media, I interview Amy Porterfield for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Amy Porterfield, co-author of Facebook Marketing All-in-One for Dummies. She's also the host of the new podcast Online Marketing Made Easy and she specializes in online training. She blogs at Amy Porterfield. Amy shares how Facebook marketing has helped grow her email list. You'll learn tactics that work for growing your list when it comes to using social media. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show. List Building With Social Media Amy's list-building story Although Amy focuses primarily on Facebook marketing, she has noticed over the years that social media is a great place to grow your leads. As an online marketer, her email list is really the heart of her business. Back in January 2010, her email list consisted of about 600 people. She realized she had to do something about it. From then on, she has made a conscious effort to focus on publishing content to attract leads. Today, she has an engaged list of around 50,000. Amy goes into detail on how she attracted online marketers, entrepreneurs and small business owners to her content to get them interested enough to sign up for free giveaways and thereby grow her list. Amy explains how her business model is creating info products for people to learn how to use Facebook to grow their businesses and get more traffic to their websites. Listen to the show to find out why having online information products is important. Is social media alone sufficient? Amy tells us although social media has become saturated, alone it isn't enough to get the exposure your business needs. You also need an email list. Social media is a great way to build relationships, make connections and sell your programs, products and services. But when you pair social media with an email list, you will expand your reach. It's a great combination for getting exposure and staying top of mind with your audience. Listen to the show to find out why our email list at Social Media Examiner is the core of our success. Some ways marketers can increase their list size Amy loves to create Signature Promotional Giveaways (SPGs). You'll discover how these giveaways work to your advantage and why they are so effective. Amy shares why she decided to create a webinar once a quarter as part of her strategy to grow her email list. When you opt in, you have access to a free 60-minute webinar and get live access to Amy. This gives you the opportunity to ask questions and at the same time get great content. Other free high-value pieces of content can be an ebook or a video series you've created. Make sure it's premium content you give in exchange for a name and an email. Amy shares one of the best tips she received from Derek Halpern of Social Triggers regarding using an opt-in on your blog. Hint: It's not just about them spending money with you. Listen to the show to learn how Social Media Examiner added 10,000 names to our email list with the 2012 Media Marketing Industry Report. Tips for using video and webinars to increase your email list Amy explains the reasons behind the 2-minute videos she makes to promote her future webinars. People's attention span on social media is very small,

10 Ways to Use Snapchat for Business

10 Ways to Use Snapchat for Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Wondering how to use Snapchat for your business? Want to create deeper connections with your followers? Snapchat can help you build an engaged following, increase loyalty, and boost your brand visibility. In this article, you'll discover 10 ways to use Snapchat for business. Listen to this article: #1: Stage an Influencer Reveal Global fast-food giant McDonald's (username: mcdonalds) isn't just about a famous redheaded clown selling toys with a meal. Professional athletes like LeBron James gave users a behind-the-scenes look at the rollout of the new bacon clubhouse sandwich. Although McDonald's didn't share the results of the promotion, it went well enough to continue. The promotion was pushed to Twitter where users were asked to follow back. To date, McDonald's has over 3 million followers on Twitter. Takeaway: You can apply this same philosophy with Snapchat to give your customers a look at what goes on behind the scenes at your company. Even if your marketing budget is only a fraction of what McDonald's is, buyers still like feeling as if they know the story behind your company. #2: Support an Account Takeover The popular young women's clothing retailer Wet Seal (username: wetseal) launched a Snapchat campaign, which was quickly taken over by a Snapchatter named MsMeghanMakeup. Meghan has over 300,000 followers and her influence was quickly felt as a halo effect over Wet Seal's campaign. The boost propelled the clothier to 9,000 connections in two weeks and over 250,000 views of the holiday "story." Wet Seal was named winner of the 6th Annual Shorty Awards, which honors the best in social media. Takeaway: To get your message seen, you can let an influential Snapchat user take over your account. You may not have connections with 300K+ followers, but even local authorities with hundreds or thousands of fans can improve your Snapchat reach. #3: Share Promo Codes Frozen yogurt chain 16 Handles (username: love16handles) used Snapchat's instant photo feature to amass followers and promote their frozen treats. They were also among the first brands to use Snapchat for coupon offers. The yogurt company earned new customers by promoting specific store locations and times, and when people snapped photos of themselves or their friends eating 16 Handles yogurt, they instantly received a coupon code for between 16% and 100% off. The catch: They only had 10 seconds to show the cashier. Takeaway: You can get your followers involved with Snapchat-exclusive coupon codes or other exclusive promos. Make it fun and your brand's reach is sure to grow! #4: Give VIP Access In the past, it took several weeks for photos from New York Fashion Week to trickle down from photographers to magazines, and then from newsstands to consumers. Now, with Snapchat, followers can watch the fashions unfold almost instantly. Lucky Magazine's editor-in-chief, fashion brand Refinery 29, and many others shared snaps of models strutting down the catwalk, allowing them to deliver images of the iconic fashion show to people in ways never dreamed of before. Takeaway: You can use Snapchat to give your followers a VIP look at your events and promotions that they'll likely never have a chance to attend in person. It's a fun, easy way to bring new life to established events. #5: Feature Your Followers Mobile and online food ordering brand GrubHub (username: grubhub) launched its first Snapchat campaign in 2013, becoming a finalist in the 7th Annual Shorty Awards. They featured their own weekly content, stories gathered from user-generated content, giveaways, and promotions. The results included a 20% increase in followers after the launch of the Snapchat giveaway. The campaign was one of many factors that contributed to its Wall Street debut in a public offering. Takeaway: Don't let your Snapchat feed become too self-serving. Make your feed about your followers, offer them value,

Best Cause Marketing Examples | Successful Campaigns

Best Cause Marketing Examples | Successful Campaigns


CauseGood

These best-in-class cause marketing examples are sure provide you the inspiration you need to launch a successful campaign of your own.

Explore 3 of 2017's Best Marketing Campaigns from Top CMOs

Explore 3 of 2017's Best Marketing Campaigns from Top CMOs


Sprinklr

Learn how three of 2017's Most Influential CMOs are using social media to fuel some of the year's best marketing campaigns.

Launching With Social: A Study of What Works and What Does Not

Launching With Social: A Study of What Works and What Does Not

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you planning to launch a new blog, product or service? Do you want to know how to organize and execute a successful launch with social media? To share ways you can use social media to launch or celebrate anything, this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast gives techniques and insights learned from the launch of My Kids' Adventures' Parenting Adventures podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, you'll learn how to plan your launch and what assets to include. You'll also find out what worked for us and what didn't. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Launching With Social Start the launch process The first thing I did was to prepare a PowerPoint presentation for people on the internal team. If you're a one person show, you can prepare the same ideas and present them to a friend or even to yourself. What's important is to go through the process below. First you need to identify the audience you want to target. As part of the annual survey for Social Media Examiner and My Kids' Adventures, we asked two questions.: "Do you listen to podcasts?" and "Are you a mom or a dad?". Based on the responses we were able to determine that dads listen to podcasts more than moms which helped us to resize our expectations. You then need to identify your biggest asset. Whenever you launch anything, you should use what I call tag-along marketing. You've built an audience somewhere - with a blog, a newsletter, an existing podcast. This asset you own is there for you to use. Piggyback some of the marketing efforts for your new venture on it. My biggest asset was the Social Media Marketing podcast. Next take a look at who you're up against. I looked at the Kids & Family category and identified Sesame Street, Adventures in Odyssey and other podcasts from established brands that have been around forever as competitors. You need to establish what your product is all about. To wrap everyone's heads around Parenting Adventures, I simply shared that it's a 30 minute interview show followed by a fun activity. Then choose your launch date. The Parenting Adventures podcast launched on Friday, June 13, 2014. Listen to the show to hear why this date was chosen to launch the Parenting Adventures podcast. Find the best way to launch One of my strongest assets are the relationships we've built. From these relationships, I was able to identify different "camps" of people we could reach out to for their support. One of the obvious camps was staff and contractors who work for our company. For the second camp, we identified allies from the bloggers and podcasters the My Kids' Adventures marketing team has been building relationships with for a year. Another camp included people who write for My Kids' Adventures and the last camp was made up of my personal friends. Listen to the show to find out other things we had in the launch pipeline. Leverage your website traffic When people come to your website to read an article, they might discover you have something more to offer. We added the Parenting Adventures podcast to the website navigation bar at the top of the page, to the sidebar and the About Us page. I also put together a 'help us spread the word' page to give people everything they need to promote the show for us. On that page I included a video to thank people for their participation. Listen to the show to discover how we are using this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast to promote Parenting Adventures. Make it frictionless

Relationship Marketing: How to Build Meaningful Connections that Lead to Business

Relationship Marketing: How to Build Meaningful Connections that Lead to Business

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to develop relationships that will lead to business? Are you wondering how you can use social media to build valuable connections? To learn about the importance of relationships in business, I interview Ted Rubin for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Ted Rubin, co-author of Return on Relationship. He's also the former chief social marketing officer for Collective Bias and OpenSky. Prior to that, Ted was the CMO for e.l.f. Cosmetics. Ted shares the best ways to start to grow your online connections via social media. You'll learn what you need to include in your profile and why return on relationship is the most important thing for a business or brand. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Relationship Marketing Recently I attended New Media Expo (NMX) in Las Vegas, where I was not only embraced by fellow podcasters, I was overwhelmed by the number of people who came up to me to thank me for this show. I'd like to take this opportunity to thank each and every one of you. Since I had a mission for this conference, I didn't announce that I would be attending. My hope is that you will be inspired by the story of why I did this, and that you will try it for yourself. How to build relationships in person, that often start online In my second book, Launch, I talk about the power of other people. I coined the phrase "Elevation Principle," which consists of great content plus other people minus marketing messages equals growth. For podcasters, the "other people" include listeners—a segment of whom I call "power users," or people with extreme influence. Without them, it's really hard to grow your business. I went to NMX with two purposes. I wanted to build relationships with the podcasting community and the parenting community, since I'm a newbie in both of these spaces. You'll discover why I only attended a few sessions, and made it a priority to hang around at the end of each session. One of the best places to meet the speakers is out in the halls, or where the speakers gather to network with each other. They don't seem to attend any sessions other than their own. It's an opportunity to have amazing conversations with influential people. You'll hear the types of questions I asked to get people engaged, which can develop into real relationships. This is one of the secrets to the success of my business, and it can be for you too. My take-home lesson is to get involved in real life through face-to-face encounters. One of the best places to do this is at a conference. Our upcoming conference, Social Media Marketing World, is a great place to start. Are relationships still important AND achievable with social media? Ted Rubin likes to say that "relationships are the new currency." With all of the different social media channels available, you can reach the world 24/7, without ever leaving your home. It used to be that you had to wait until you were at a company meeting or an event to meet people. The problem today is that when people click your name or check a box to follow you, they immediately think they have a real relationship with you or your brand. A lot of brands believe that they need to get as many likes and followers as possible so they can broadcast to them. It's not about broadcasting, though—it's about building relationships. Listen to the show to find out why building a relationship online is no different to a regular relationship offline.

OF COURSE DAPHNE NJIE WORE SPELL KOOTOR FOR HER BIRTHDAY

by Mammypi @ MAMMYPI FASHION BLOG

While celebrating her 28th birthday today, Cameroonian artist  Daphne Njie gets a beauty makeover and photoshoot from famous  entrepreneurial siblings The Asonganyi’s. The ‘Broken’ singer born on 20th September 1989  turned a year older  today with lots on her CV to be proud of. The superstar, who turns 28 (even though she doesn’t look a day over 25), opted for the look she’s known to wear best —a Spell Kootor dress. Daphne Njie’s Style Of course Daphne Njie’s birthday look pulled out all the stops for us. The hair, the makeup and the outfit. To say nothing of the vibrant shoulder pad crop top with pearls on the neckline would be a slap to Daphne’s manager Pearl Luma. Not only does Daphne look young and beautiful, it goes without saying the singer is one happy girl as she celebrates her birthday. Makeup: Anyi Asonganyi of OZI INTERNATIONAL Phot: Njie Asonganyi Dress: Spell Kootor Current Sales & Offers  PUMA  FRIENDS & FAMILY days with -30% off shop (HERE) Promocode-PUMAFAM17 Monsoon and Accessorize mid-season(HERE)  

The post OF COURSE DAPHNE NJIE WORE SPELL KOOTOR FOR HER BIRTHDAY appeared first on MAMMYPI FASHION BLOG.

Celebrities At Rihanna’s Third Annual Diamond Ball

by Mammypi @ MAMMYPI FASHION BLOG

Rihanna’s third annual  Diamond Ball Invite Included Beyoncé, Jay Z in aid of her Clara Lionel Foundation. Within the past week, Rihanna debuted her brand new beauty line Fenty Beauty. The lavish red carpet event last Thursday in New York attracted a star studded guest list including Lil Kim, Jamie Foxx and many other A-Listers. Read More About Rihanna’s Diamond Ball Rihanna wore a Ralph & Russo couture dress paired with Chopard jewelry posing with Dave Chapelle Jay Z and wife Beyoncé. All things considered, Beyoncé looks incredible  in a silky green dress as she flaunts her post baby body.In additionYoung Thug and Future came decked  in Dior Homme Fashion siblings Elisa John and EJ Johnson Monica BraithwaiteNext, Lil Kim shows off curves in a Balmain dress and black tigh high boots and gold choker La La Anthony dazzles in a Yousel Aljasmi silver dress.  Anthony in her glittering dress  just debuted her collection at Lord & Taylor. As a matter of fact LaLa has already amassed quite a cult celebrity following (including Kim Kardashian West).Imaan Hamman in a Brandon Maxwell red dress Riley Montana stands pretty in a Brandon Maxwell long sleeve cut-out dress Cardi is the belle of the ball in a Christian Siriano dress Victor Cruz Attends Rihanna’s Third Annual  Diamond BallWe spy you Jamie Foxx Doesn’t Yo Gotti  looks dapper in Giorgo Armani? Black Thought in Saint Laurent SHOP CELEBRITY DIAMOND BALL DRESSES Run Wild with the new Mid-Town Collection at White Stuff (HERE) Oliver Bonas SALE up to 70% off….don’t missread more

The post Celebrities At Rihanna’s Third Annual Diamond Ball appeared first on MAMMYPI FASHION BLOG.

6 Tips for Pinterest Marketing in Just Minutes a Day

6 Tips for Pinterest Marketing in Just Minutes a Day

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is your Pinterest marketing taking too much time? Are you ready for a better Pinterest marketing plan? Time-saving Pinterest marketing tactics can deliver more results with less effort. In this article you'll discover six tactics to help you market on Pinterest in minutes a day. Listen to this article: Get Started on Pinterest If you haven't already done so, set up your business on Pinterest. It's easy to get started. First, sign up for a Pinterest business account and complete your profile. Be sure to upload the proper profile image. Then verify your website with your Pinterest account. Next, add Pin It and Follow buttons, as well as widgets, to your website. Plus, enable rich pins, depending on your content type. Once this is done, you're ready to get moving on your Pinterest marketing. Here are six tactics to manage your time and be more productive on Pinterest. #1: Repin for a Few Minutes Each Day Take around three minutes each day to curate and repin to your Pinterest boards. Enter keywords for your niche or industry in Pinterest search. Based on your initial search, Pinterest will offer additional search term suggestions. Just click on any of the words under the search bar to add them. This will refresh the search, giving you new possible content, associated with the extra keyword, to repin. You'll easily find the best content to share. To get noticed on Pinterest, you need to pin and repin regularly. Just check the links on any pins to make sure they're active and relevant before you share them. If you spend 3 minutes a day (15 minutes a week) repinning, you will increase the number of repins on your boards significantly. Let's say you have 10 boards. Target 3 boards and repin 2 pins on each one every weekday. That's 6 pins a day and 30 pins a week. Time investment: 15 minutes a week. #2: Schedule Pins to Publish on Weekends To keep your Pinterest account active on the weekend, schedule pins. I recommend you do this for five minutes on Fridays, after you post your daily pins. Choose a scheduling tool for Pinterest such as Viralwoot, Tailwind or Buffer to post images at any time. I use Tailwind, which allows me to schedule pins on the platform or through a browser extension. Schedule at least six pins over two or three different boards to post throughout the weekend. #3: Follow Relevant Pinners For successful Pinterest marketing, you must follow pinners in your niche. You can find them with Pinterest search. Follow three to five new pinners every day. However, don't just follow anyone. Once you find potential pinners to follow, review their profiles and check their Pinterest activities to see if they'll add value to your Pinterest marketing. Spend 5 minutes a day searching for new pinners to follow, which totals 25 minutes a week. #4: Comment on a Pin a Day Keep your eyes open for relevant pins on which you can offer input. Sure, you can like as many pins as you want. However, if a pin inspires you, add something to the conversation. Aim for one comment a day. Your comments can be as short or as long as you'd like. Just make sure your comment is pertinent and not self-promotional. If you have newfound data to support your comment, that's great thing to add. I often comment on others' pins and leave a link to other content. This way, I add value to the pin by providing extra resources. Take 3 minutes a day to post one value-added comment, which is 15 minutes a week devoted to commenting. #5: Create Pinterest Images in Batches Create images of your own to pin to your Pinterest boards. These can be images to go along with blog posts or stand-alone graphics. Pinterest layout supports taller images than any other formats. Ideal size for a pin is 735 x 1102 pixels. There are tools such as Canva to help you create pins quickly and easily. For example, on Canva select the default Pinterest graphics layout and create your design.

7 Powerful Ad Campaigns That Showcase Female Empowerment - L&T Co.

7 Powerful Ad Campaigns That Showcase Female Empowerment - L&T Co.


L&T Co.

I am woman, hear me roar. Did you know that advertisements are far more likely to feature a man’s face, but a woman’s body? In recent years, a number of...

Content Creation Hacks: How to Quickly Produce Valuable Content

Content Creation Hacks: How to Quickly Produce Valuable Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you create content for your business? Looking for an easier way to make your content work for you? Discover easy ways to create and repurpose your content, courtesy of Nick Westergaard. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Nick Westergaard, host of the On Brand Podcast and chief brand strategist at social and content agency Brand Driven Digital. Nick is also the author of Get Scrappy: Smart Digital Marketing for Businesses Big and Small. Nick explores easy ways to create quality content. You'll also discover how to repurpose recent and historical material. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Content Creation Hacks Nick's story Westergaard Advertising began 35 years ago in Iowa when Nick's father and now business partner started what was a small, general, traditional advertising agency. Nick had worked with brands in the early days of online marketing, specifically for educational publishing companies when digital really started to grow. About 10 years ago, Nick started moonlighting as a freelancer for the family business. Eventually he would come in as a partner. In addition to changing the kind of work Westergaard Advertising specialized in, they morphed into brand-driven digital to help organizations build better brands online through social media and content marketing. Nick's book, Get Scrappy, came from a phrase he found himself saying often. Nick does a lot of public speaking, and says it was one of those experiences where he quickly dashed off a title for a new speech. Then when it came time to write it, the topic took root and excited him. Plus, he was able to draw on work he did with clients of all shapes and sizes. "Get Scrappy" was a common thread. Whether it's an entrepreneurial startup, solo small business, medium-sized business, or a larger marketing team, everybody's looking to get scrappy – to do more with less. For instance, Nick talks about working with nostalgic brand Schwinn Bikes, and how it's easy to think of them as a big brand, but they're really a small, scrappy team at the headquarters in Madison, Wisconsin. Nick talked with them about this idea of getting scrappy. Schwinn's social media manager Samantha Hersil summed it up best. "We could all use a few people and a few dollars more," Hersil said. That's really at the heart of the book. Listen to the show to discover how Nick's business has changed over the last 10 years. Why marketers object to creating content Content is a tricky animal, Nick explains, so it takes a content marketing mindset. Some of the obstacles marketers encounter are from lack of a sound content strategy. The Content Marketing Institute reports that many people fly blind when it comes to content strategy. It's both an obstacle and an internal objection, because companies are just jumping on the content marketing bandwagon. Both in terms of social channels and content, Nick thinks it's easy to fall into the trap of what he calls "checklist marketing." Marketers do everything they hear about: they have a presence on every network, create every form of content, and so forth. Nick thinks if people instead develop a strategy with a business objective, their content will be better aligned with their business. Content used to be driven by the written word, Nick explains. As people scoot up to that podcasting microphone and hit the Record button with video, they get scared. There's a ripple effect, as well. Subject matter experts may feel like they're not interesting enough, or else they believe they have interesting stor...

How to Use Social Media Insights to Improve Your Marketing

How to Use Social Media Insights to Improve Your Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you marketing on Twitter, Facebook or Pinterest? Do you know which type of posts your followers prefer? Social media analytics let you see who your followers are and what they like. In this article you'll discover how to use your audience insights from Twitter, Facebook and Pinterest to improve your social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Track Follower Preferences on Twitter Twitter provides a free analytics dashboard with key statistics about your account. You can measure your success in a variety of ways, ranging from the number of new followers to your most popular tweets. You can access the Twitter analytics dashboard here. After you log into your account, you'll see a 28-day summary of your profile. The summary shows the number of times you've tweeted, tweet impressions, followers and profile visits. Next to each number is an up or down arrow, representing the change over the previous period. The right side of the screen shows a summary of your analytics for the current month. If you scroll down, you can see summaries from previous months so you can compare and track your progress. What do you do with this information? Start tracking it from month to month. Create a table and list the number of followers you have at the end of the month. Then measure the monthly and overall percentage increases or decreases from the first column or month you started. If you want to see more detailed analytics for your profile, click on View All Tweet Activity. The page that appears shows a helpful and informative graph that lets you see the number of impressions that your tweets have earned over the last 28 days. On the right side of the page is an overview of your engagement rate, link clicks, retweets, favorites and replies. The 28-day range is the default setting, but you can change it to a more specific or broader range of dates. Make your selection from the drop-down menu on the right side of the page. Below the main graph on this page is a breakdown of all of your tweets within the selected date range. From here, you can see the number of impressions and engagements and the engagement rate for each tweet. Click on View Tweet Activity to see more information for a specific tweet. The report details how many people engaged with the tweet and the number of impressions. It also shows how many people clicked on your profile, favorited the tweet or retweeted it. Why is this information beneficial? Because it lets you see what content is working (what your audience likes) and what isn't. This helps you refine your content strategy to post about topics that your followers care about. #2: Discover Fan Insights on Facebook Facebook offers its own version of analytics called Facebook Insights (available after your page has received 30 likes). Use this information to make improvements to your content and determine the best times to post. To access these metrics, click Insights at the top of the page. From here, you can click these tabs to view a variety of analytics. Overview The Overview section provides the most important analytics. It lists page likes, post reach (the number of people who have seen impressions of a post) and engagement (the percentage of people who saw a post and liked, clicked, commented on or shared it). Scroll down the page to see your five most recent posts. For each post, view metrics on reach, engagement (broken down into post clicks, likes, comments and shares) and if applicable, how much money you spent promoting the post. Likes In the Likes section, you'll see a graph showcasing your page's growth in terms of audience. You can change the date range to see the total page likes for a certain range of dates or a particular date. For the time period you selected, you can also see net likes, which is the number of new likes minus unlikes and paid likes.

The Best How-to Advice from Content Marketing World 2017

by Heather Eng @ Insights

For many content marketers, Labor Day means that it’s time to pack our bags and head to Cleveland for Content Marketing World.  This year, NewsCred returned to the industry’s largest conference as a platinum sponsor, giving us the opportunity to fuel attendees with free, local, pour-over coffee and learn what issues are most pressing for content marketers […]

The post The Best How-to Advice from Content Marketing World 2017 appeared first on Insights.

3 Ways to Use Social Media to Increase Your Search Visibility

3 Ways to Use Social Media to Increase Your Search Visibility

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to improve your search ranking? Wondering how your social activities can support your SEO? In this article you'll discover three ways social media can improve your visibility in search results. Listen to this article: #1: Dominate Your SERP You probably see SERPs every day without giving them a second thought. Simply put, SERP stands for "search engine results page." Every time you search for a keyword or phrase, the search engine displays a SERP. If you claim your business name on the top social media profiles, it's more likely that you'll "own" the first page of results when people search for you. For example, the SERP from a search for the name "KlientBoost" shows the company's website followed immediately by their profiles on Twitter, LinkedIn, Facebook, and YouTube. KlientBoost owns the search engine results page for their business. To start owning the SERP for your business or brand name, use a service like KnowEm to check for the availability of your business name across popular social media platforms. This makes it easy to reserve your name on as many platforms as possible in a short amount of time. As you claim your social media profiles, you'll need to populate those profiles with your business information, branded images, and links back to your blog or website. While it's true that the links in most social media profiles are "no-follow" (meaning they don't actually pass on authority to your website), these links can help you build trust and credibility in your website's backlink profile with search engines, so make sure to include them. #2: Stand Out Visually With YouTube Video Because most search results are full of text, results that include a video stand out on the page. This means they're likely to gain more clicks even if they place lower on the page. To take advantage of this, create high-quality YouTube videos that answer questions your customers and prospects are likely to ask. Lawn care company LawnStarter posts videos on their YouTube channel that answer common questions people have about maintaining their lawns. The videos are entertaining and stand out in the search results like the one below for the search "how to mow wet grass." #3: Reach Influencers to Support Quality Backlinks When it comes to getting your website or blog to show up in search results for non-branded terms (such as a service you provide), the most influential metric to track is external links to your site. Backlinko analyzed 1 million search results and found that there's a significant correlation between organic search ranking and the number of quality external backlinks. By leveraging social media, you can extend the reach of your content to a larger audience, which will also likely increase the number of clicks and shares it receives. In basic terms, More Shares = More Backlinks = Higher Search Placement. Keep these points in mind to get more visibility and shares for your content: Long-form content gets more shares than short-form content. Having at least one image leads to a dramatic increase in social shares. Lists and infographics get more social shares. To take this one step further, you can pay to promote your content to influencers to generate quality backlinks. Whether you want backlinks from journalists, industry publications, or other influencers, paid campaigns on Twitter will help you get your content in front of them. Why Twitter? A lot of journalists and influencers use it to find trending stories to cover. Putting your best content in front of these people increases the likelihood that they'll use your content in a story. Depending on your business, you can also apply this tactic to Facebook and LinkedIn. Use a tool like BuzzSumo to identify the people who are best positioned to give your content a quality backlink by sharing it or covering it in a story. To get started, log into BuzzSumo and click on Twitter Influencers.

8 Ways to Optimize Facebook Ad Targeting

8 Ways to Optimize Facebook Ad Targeting

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Could your Facebook ad targeting use some refinement? Looking for new ways to reach your ideal audience with Facebook ads? Facebook's new targeting options help you improve the conversion rate of your Facebook ads. In this article you'll discover eight ways to optimize your Facebook ad targeting. Listen to this article: #1: Narrow Lookalike Audiences With Interests If you enjoy a high amount of traffic to your blog or have a wide list of existing customers, using lookalike audiences is a great tactic. Unfortunately, in many cases, lookalike audiences are too large. The minimum lookalike audience in the U.S., for example, is around 1 million users. To find a smaller and more focused audience for your ad, test your ads using different interests. When you find the right combination of lookalike audience and interest, you'll have a more targeted audience and reduce the cost per click/conversion. Here's how to combine interests with a lookalike audience. First, choose the lookalike audience you want to use. For example, in the image below I chose Lookalike (US, 1%) with 1.9M people. Then scroll down to Detailed Targeting and add interests one by one. Test the option above versus the traditional solo-flying lookalike audience, which is much broader. See if you're managing to hit the sweet spot inside what's already a well-defined audience. Refining Interests With Companies and Blogs Your options for defining an audience by their interests have changed significantly in the last year. In the early days of interests targeting, the interests you could choose were limited and usually on a high level (for example, Running, Marathons, Ironman Triathlon). Now you can define companies, blogs and even influencers as interests. Rather than use broad terms, you can choose interests like RunKeeper, Nike+ Fuelband, Jeff Galloway and Runner's World Blog. These kinds of interests typically perform much better than broad terms. If your audience is too small, try choosing dozens of companies, apps, influencers and blogs. Here's an example of an old high-level audience combination. Here's a recommended mix of smaller audiences. You can start out broad and work your way to more niche interests, or start small and expand. Whatever tactic you choose, make sure to give each method a chance to gain enough impressions to measure it accurately. #2: Expand the Age Range One common practice for defining your target audience is to choose the right ages based on your product definitions or Facebook Insights. For example, when building an ad campaign for college students, most advertisers will pick an age range of 18-22. A great way to lower your cost per conversion is to expand your age range. To test a wider age range, try one of these options: Choose an age range of 10 years (for example, 18-28) Choose an age range of 30-40 years (for example, 18-58) You may be surprised to see that Facebook still shows your ad mainly to your target audience while the cost goes down. #3: Use the Must Also Match Feature Last October, Facebook launched a new feature called Detailed Targeting. This allows you to choose "must also match" interests rather than just a group of interests. Several experiments in different categories and industries have shown that adding "must also match" interests leads to a more engaged audience and reduces click/conversion costs by up to 25%. For example, if you choose Twitter as an interest and Social Media Marketing as a "must also match" interest, it will work better than choosing both interests as usual or just one interest. To test what works for you, change the interest in the Must Also Match at Least One of the Following box. Try adding two or three interests, and keep close tabs to see if your conversion rates improve. If not, you went one interest too far. #4: Exclude Website Visitors

How to Create Quality Facebook Canvas Ads

How to Create Quality Facebook Canvas Ads

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to reach more mobile Facebook users? Wondering how Canvas ads might help? Facebook Canvas lets you create full-page, interactive mobile ads that work like landing pages for tablet and smartphone users. In this article you'll discover how to create quality Facebook Canvas ads. Listen to this article: Why Facebook Canvas? Facebook Canvas is a new tool for advertisers, built specifically for the mobile platform. Facebook users can scroll through Canvas ads to view photos, watch videos, and discover your company's story. Canvas is free to use beyond the standard Facebook advertising costs, and its drag-and-drop interface requires no coding knowledge. The ads are fully immersive, so there's nothing else on the page vying for users' attention when they're scrolling through or clicking on the content in your ads. And while interactive media is normally a concern because of loading times (long loading times drive people away in every corner of the web), Canvas ads load almost as soon as they're selected. This is because they're hosted on Facebook rather than redirected to an outside page. In fact, they can download up to 10 times faster than general mobile web pages. Here are some ways you can use Facebook Canvas to maximize the impact of video ads for your business. #1: Complement Videos With Text and Images To use Canvas effectively, you need to take advantage of everything it has to offer. The tool allows you to share much of the same content you can post on your website, such as articles, photographs, videos, and even products. You have the option to display photos in carousel format, which Facebook introduced last year. You can add up to five images with optional links in one Canvas ad. Facebook is slowly rolling out the ability to create a carousel of videos as well. While there may be an emphasis on video in Canvas ads, you should also consider using other content options to better tell your company's story, highlight your products, and pique consumer interest. A genuinely compelling multimedia Canvas ad will capture attention and engage your audience, which can translate to increased web traffic, more conversions, and more sales. You can also use your video content in a variety of ways. For example, you might create a video that highlights the core principles of your brand and then include a carousel of products. Alternatively, you might include a series of customer testimonials or behind-the-scenes highlights of your company. Tailor your video to your marketing goals, whether that's greater brand awareness or increased sales, to get the best results. Kit and Ace used this video in a Canvas ad to bring awareness to their brand and get their line of all-day technical performance apparel in front of their target market. . #2: Tell a Story With a Series of Video Clips Facebook allows a maximum of 2 minutes of video for your canvas, but you can split up the video content however you want. One tactic is to use a series of 15- or 20-second clips, as in this social media campaign for Evan Williams' Bourbon. . Not only are shorter clips more likely to hold your audience's attention than longer videos, but they also give you the freedom to explore different facets of your business or highlight individual customer experiences. This greater flexibility in storytelling allows you to truly guide your audience through the experience and direct them toward what you want them to see. #3: Draw the Viewer in With Immersive Content Videos let you harness the power of both visuals and words to tell your company's story. It's important, therefore, that you come across as genuine and sincere. Design your videos (and your entire canvas) to elicit some sort of emotion, whether it's funny, heartfelt, or exciting, and then tailor your words to that goal. Keep your language simple, but emotional. Never use business jargon or buzzwords in your video ads.

5 Psychology Tips to Improve Your Social Media Posts

5 Psychology Tips to Improve Your Social Media Posts

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you struggling to create social media engagement? Do you want tips to improve your posts? To get more social media engagement, you need to tailor your content to appeal to your audience on an emotional level. In this article you'll discover five psychology tips to improve engagement on your social media posts. Listen to this article: #1: Images Speak to Viewers Your image is your first call to action in your social posts. It's the front door to your content, so it needs to make an impact. It's important to choose an image that expresses what you're trying to say in your post. For example, Red Bull's Instagram images inspire their followers to enjoy life and seek new adventures. Good social images also stand out from the crowd and command attention in people's news feeds. The image in this Coca-Cola post draws the audience's attention with its use of vivid colors and an interesting pattern. Your images should also be relevant to your target audience. In this Facebook post, Zappos uses an image that appeals to their audience: women who are fashion-conscious and love to buy shoes. #2: Color Communicates Brands that make the best color choices are the brands that get the most engagement on social media. Before you start sharing your content on social media, you should choose a color that is synonymous with your brand. Your color choice not only represents your business but also impacts your followers on a psychological level. Rob Russo's visual branding stands out in his followers' news feeds and draws attention to what he's saying. That's the strategy you want to apply to your visual marketing. The Honest Company's signature color is used prominently on all of their social channels and in their posts. The color makes their posts instantly recognizable to their fans. Think about whether your brand color speaks to your target market. If you're using a consistent color for your brand but not getting the engagement you want, you may need to rethink your color choice. #3: Words Trigger Action After creating your first call to action with an image, it's time to focus on the description. The law of attraction states that "like attracts like," so start your description with words you know people want or like to hear. Six words that typically work well are who, what, when, where, why and how. These words spark an emotional response that grabs a person's attention. You can also try these trigger words to engage your audience. #4: Emotion Connects Connecting with readers on an emotional level, especially when it's something happy, can impact your social media posts. In this Facebook post, Adidas connects with their fans by sharing Flavia Pennetta's exhilaration at winning her first Grand Slam singles title. Whether you know it or not, you're prompting some sort of emotion with all of your social posts. Even if it's boredom, readers are feeling an emotion when they see your post. To make the most of this opportunity, share good things with your followers. Portray a friendly, happy brand that is helpful and generous, and people will be drawn to your posts. On Oreo's Facebook page, their posts project a fun and lighthearted personality. #5: Conversation Engages How you introduce conversation into the mix of your social media posts helps determine how much people will open up to you. The easiest, most effective way to spark communication is to ask for it. You might begin your post with a question or end with a question or a statement that prompts people to engage. In this post, Threadless engages their followers by asking them to submit a quip to use in one of their t-shirt designs. By establishing communication with your followers, you'll discover what they need and want and how you can give it to them. In the post below, Livescribe asks their followers to share stories about how the company's products have helped them in p...

How to Host a Blab From Your Smartphone

How to Host a Blab From Your Smartphone

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to broadcast live video from Blab with your mobile phone? Looking for tips to improve your mobile Blab broadcasts? Business owners and marketers can use Blab to interact with customers and prospects in real time, from anywhere. In this article you'll discover how to successfully broadcast on Blab from your smartphone. Listen to this article: What Is Blab? Blab allows anyone (businesses included) to have their own "show," where two to four people will be "on air." The show is a live broadcast that viewers can tune in to, participate in the conversation, and potentially join the discussion via video if there's an open seat. Using Blab feels similar to Google Hangouts and Facebook Live Video, with a little bit of Reddit thrown in. Blab emphasizes user engagement and is a platform that lets anyone chime in. As a live video discussion happens among multiple users, people can comment on the content right as it's happening. The average active user spends 65 minutes a day watching different blabs. Businesses and marketers currently use Blab to host after-shows, hold interviews, facilitate discussions, offer coaching and teaching (think webinar), and record podcasts. You can record blabs so users can view them whenever they want, giving marketers the ability to create permanent, valuable content. Blab From Your Smartphone To use Blab, you'll need an account. It's recommended that you log in with your Twitter account so it's easy to share your blab to your Twitter followers. Once you log in, you'll see some live blabs, a tab to see whom you're following, and the option to create your own blab. To start your own blab, click the grey and black "+" button in the center of the top navigation bar. When you create your own blab, you'll be asked to name your blab. You can also add tags. Tagging is one of the best things you can do for your blab, because it attracts a relevant audience not already connected to you. This helps a new audience find your blab as well as your business. Once you're hosting a blab, you can call in. You can also choose to lock the other seats to prevent anyone else from calling in or you can keep them open. To spread the word about your blab, click on the arrow in the options between the video and text. From here, choose any or all of the options to share your blab link on social media, in a message, or in an email. You'll be able to see who's joined the blab, as well as any conversations happening. To show their approval, viewers can give "high fives" to speakers by clicking on the hand symbols in the corner of the speaker's video. Get More Out of Blab Here are some tips to help your on-the-go broadcast go smoothly, get the most audience interaction, and increase viewership. Be Prepared Remember that Blab is live, which means there's no stopping, restarting, or editing things out. If discussions veer away, that's fine in many cases. If things fall stagnant, though, it's good to have a list of topics to get the conversation back on track. Keep an agenda in front of you with topics you want to cover during your blab. Add Value Being entertaining is always good when you want users to tune in, but providing high-value content will keep users both engaged and waiting for (or subscribing to) your next blab. One way to do this is to invite industry leaders to chime in on relevant topics. Another way to add value is to share a list of applicable resources in the comments during each blab. Be Ready to Respond to Users Anything that's live and allows for viewer participation has the risk of something going wrong. An angry customer may chime in, or chaos could break out in the comments among users. Keep an eye on the discussion as much as possible and watch out for discord from guests who video call-in with you. Finally, answer questions from people, and comment on the discussion. Promote Your Blab

New Research Reveals Paid Social Media Effectiveness

New Research Reveals Paid Social Media Effectiveness

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you know where to spend your social media marketing dollars? Wondering what works for other businesses? In this article you’ll discover recent insights on the effectiveness of paid social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Majority of B2C Marketers Find Promoted Social Posts and Ads Effective In fall 2015, the Content Marketing Institute (with MarketingProfs) surveyed 3,714 marketers from around the world about content and other digital marketing successes. While just 263 identified as B2C marketers and business owners, their insights are still instructive. As revealed in the chart below (from eMarketer), 76% of B2C respondents use promoted posts (for example, boosted Facebook posts and promoted tweets and pins). Sixty-one percent of these users found promoted posts effective, rating them either 4 or 5 on a 5-point effectiveness scale (3 is neutral). As for LinkedIn, Facebook, Twitter, and other ads (as opposed to the more editorial-style posts), 59% of respondents rate these 4 or 5 on the 5-point effectiveness scale (74% of those surveyed report using them). More interesting is the jump in marketers’ perception of effectiveness from Q4 2014 to Q4 2015. Perceived effectiveness stayed mostly even for offline promotion, online banner ads, and native advertising. Conversely, the number of marketers viewing social ads and promoted posts as effective leapt by 20% and 30% respectively for each tactic. Still, given the small sample size, smart marketers must explore the experience of B2B marketers and others when considering paid social ads. B2C marketers surveyed by the CMI also put Facebook at the top of the heap in terms of effectiveness, with YouTube coming in second. Key Takeaway: That only 263 of the CMI’s 3,714 survey respondents identified as B2C suggests that B2C lags behind B2B in adopting the more sophisticated social marketing tactics of promoted posts and social ads. These early adopters find them effective (worth 4 or 5 on the scale) at rates of 64% and 59%. A satisfaction rate 10% to 15% higher than what B2B companies report (see below) could reflect that the B2C space for these two marketing tactics is not as saturated. B2C is getting better results because with less competition, each campaign draws more eyeballs. #2: Fewer Than Half of B2B Marketers Find Promoted Social Posts and Ads Effective The CMI data came from one survey, but it divided the numbers into two reports. With the majority of its respondents in the B2B space (1,521), the Content Marketing Institute had a robust sample from which to draw insights for this vertical. Of the 93% of B2B marketers and business owners using paid social media, 52% use promoted posts and 51% use sponsored ads. Forty-eight percent of promoted post users and 45% of sponsored ad users rate these tactics 4 or 5 on the 5-point effectiveness scale (again, 3 is neutral). To compare tactics, B2B marketers pinpoint search engine marketing tactics like PPC or paid search advertising as the most effective paid marketing tactics, with 55% rating them 4 or 5. At the other end of the scale, traditional online banner ads disappoint with only 29% of respondents finding them somewhat or very effective. Breaking it down further, B2B marketers do have favorite social media platforms. A darling of the B2B world for years, LinkedIn has become the salesperson’s hunting ground. The platform has always enjoyed a more serious reputation than Facebook with its memes and fun apps that appeal to a diverse audience. Key Takeaway: When using social media channels, keep in mind that consumers go to Facebook and LinkedIn with different goals and mindsets. Facebook provides a fun and entertaining diversion from work. Marketers and companies that provide lighthearted content there generate goodwill with engagement following from that. B2B marketers, on the other hand, must recognize that LinkedIn users’ goals have more to ...

Twitter Ads: How to Advertise With Twitter

Twitter Ads: How to Advertise With Twitter

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you curious about Twitter ads? Want to discover the benefits of Twitter advertising? To explore what you need to know to get started with Twitter ads, I interview Neal Schaffer. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Neal Schaffer, author of Maximize Your Social and co-founder of the Social Tools Summit. Neal also runs PDCA Social, a social media agency. Neal explores Twitter ads and what marketers need to know. You'll discover some of the differences between Twitter and Facebook ads. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter Ads Why You Should Consider Twitter Ads Neal says that like many social media marketers, he's advertised on a number of different social networks, including Facebook and Twitter. When creating a social media strategy, Neal explains that marketers generally look to a consumer-facing platform. Most often this means Facebook, but could also include Instagram, Pinterest, or Snapchat. However, Twitter can go either way. It has a community of a few hundred million passionate people and is the place to connect with the media. Neal explains how he did A/B testing for a client with Facebook and Twitter ads that revealed it's more difficult to grow organically on Facebook than on Twitter. A majority of the budget was spent growing their Facebook community, while a smaller portion was dedicated to building a smaller Twitter community. After a few months, the Twitter audience had grown 30% to 40% (with no additional budget), but the Facebook audience wasn't growing because of the way EdgeRank works. Neal discusses the two different types of social networks for businesses: networks such as Facebook and LinkedIn where you can't engage with others as your business, and networks like Twitter, Instagram, and Snapchat that let you engage as your business. On the latter type, your company can do a lot more organically than it can from your Facebook or LinkedIn company page. If you've been putting all of your advertising eggs into one social media platform basket, Neal suggests doing A/B testing to explore other possibilities. Twitter has a lot of benefits, one of which is connecting with mass media and journalists since it's where people go to find news. Neal says that after three and a half months of primarily advertising and marketing on Twitter, The Dr. Oz Show reached out to feature his client. Listen to the show to hear more about the power of Twitter for live events. The Difference Between Twitter and Facebook Ads With both Twitter and Facebook, you advertise on the networks' real estate. On Facebook, ads appear in the news feed, and on desktop in the right-hand frame. Based on his and other Facebook marketers' experience, Neal thinks placing ads in the timeline is best. Comparatively, ads on the right-hand side don't seem as effective. On Twitter, ads only appear in the timeline, just like on Facebook mobile, and "Promoted" appears in the tweet box. Neal shares two things he finds interesting about Twitter advertising. First, since advertising space on Facebook and the newer networks is in high demand, there's less supply. That means it's more expensive to advertise on these networks. Because Twitter has a lot more ad inventory available to promote products and services, Neal believes it's a little more cost-effective. Second, Neal finds Facebook ads are always changing, and the interface can be very complex. In comparison, the Twitter dashboard and ad interface make it easy to create ads. There's one screen and you know where you are at a...

Twitter for Business: How to Use Twitter to Grow Your Influence

Twitter for Business: How to Use Twitter to Grow Your Influence

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Twitter for your business? Are you wondering how to use Twitter to grow your online influence? To learn how to best use Twitter for your business, I interview Joel Comm for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Joel Comm, author of numerous books including Twitter Power 2.0 and So, What Do You Do? He's also the host of The Joel Comm Show, a business podcast. Joel shares how he uses Twitter to grow his platform. You'll learn how to grow a quality Twitter following, and which types of content work best. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter for Business So, "What do you do?" Joel explains how he asks questions and helps people discover what their core is. This can include passions, talents, skills, abilities and personality, which are used to bring value to the world around them. This is how you find ultimate fulfillment. Listen to the show to find out the importance of starting a conversation. Why marketers should pay close attention to Twitter Joel explains how Twitter is still relevant. They have 200 million active users every day, which is really impressive when up against Facebook's 1 billion–plus accounts. The thing that made Twitter cool in the first place is its simplicity. It remains relevant because it's where people gather. Joel calls it the virtual water cooler. Twitter is a place for short conversations, which can be extremely powerful and relevant. Joel says that the water cooler strategy is to engage. You'll find out the two different ways that Joel engages on Twitter and why significance is so important. The most essential part is to be authentic. You can connect in the moment, which can be greater than you might imagine. Joel describes how pictures are an excellent use of Twitter. He likes to tweet from Instagram and can post from his Instagram account to Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr and Foursquare, all at the same time. Twitter only allows 140 characters, so when you use pictures, it can be a lot of bonus words. Even mundane pictures can get a lot of interaction. Listen to the show to hear an example of a picture that Joel used that made him realize there's a lot of power in mundane tweets. How Joel uses Twitter today to grow his platform  Joel has started to check out more of what people on his stream have to say and then reshares their content. He does this more than tweeting his own original content. It's the giver mentality. A couple of Twitter's strengths are the retweet and the favorite. They're great opportunities to focus on the value that others bring. There are days when Joel doesn't tweet at all. Other days, he can get 5 or 6 tweets in. It all depends on what's happening that particular day. You should never just tweet for the sake of tweeting. When it comes to a tweeting strategy, you'll discover why it's important to be true to yourself and be aware of the types of businesses Twitter works best for. Listen to the show to find out why Joel generally uses the standard retweet over a customized retweet. How to grow a quality Twitter following Joel advises starting with absolutely nothing. If you are new on Twitter and don't know where to begin, Joel recommends you start with a hashtag that is in an area of interest. The next step is to discover people who are talking about your personal or business interests. As entrepreneurs, there is typically an overlap of the two. Once you start to follow people,

5 Ways to Use Fan Content to Improve Your ROI

5 Ways to Use Fan Content to Improve Your ROI

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to increase the ROI for your social media campaigns? Have you considered fan content? Using fan photos in your marketing is an effective way to highlight your brand, products and customers at the same time. In this article you'll discover five ways to drive ROI with user-generated content campaigns on social media. Listen to this article: Why User-Generated Content Campaigns? With the proliferation of online channels in addition to those of traditional marketing, you're in a constant battle for your audience's attention. Rather than rely solely on your creative team to produce content, consider turning to your customers. Putting in the time and effort to develop customer relationships typically means that your social media program will consume a large share of your marketing budget. For this reason, you may be asked to justify spending by providing concrete social media ROI. It's true that it's difficult to measure the business value of a like or a shared post, but you can successfully run social marketing campaigns and see real returns for your efforts. Take a look at how these five brands have launched and managed user-generated content campaigns across Facebook, Instagram and Twitter. #1: Turn Fans Into Product Models Charlotte Russe ran an exceptional social media marketing campaign to showcase the #CharlotteLook (how influencers were styling their clothes). Instagram users were asked to upload their favorite Charlotte look and use the campaign hashtag in their posts. The company selected the most on-brand user-generated content from the campaign and displayed it on their homepage. Charlotte Russe linked each winning photo to the product pages of the items that were featured in the photo. This tactic resulted in viewers who engaged with the customer photos being 28 times more likely to end up on a Charlotte Russe product page. #2: Reward Your Fans 6 Pack Fitness launched their #LeadThePack campaign with a weekly bag giveaway. They asked users to submit a photo for a chance be featured on the website and win a bag of their choice. 6 Pack Fitness's social media marketing strategy included displaying the best customer photos featuring their bags on the company's product pages. The company saw an immediate impact on their ecommerce performance. Customers who interacted with one of the customer photos on their product pages were 2.7 times more likely to make a purchase and had 12% larger order sizes. #3: Build on Local Pride The Breckenridge Colorado Tourism Office ran a successful social media campaign that asked: Why do you love Breckenridge? Fans were asked to share their thoughts on Twitter, Instagram and Facebook. Under the tagline #BreckBecause, fans formed an online community that showcased the authentic Breckenridge experience. As a result of this campaign, GoBreck.com increased web traffic from social media by 841% and increased Instagram followers by 93%. #4: Celebrate Customer Stories Ahnu has a customer base of active adventurers who wear their shoes. The brand launched its #Ahnu campaign to collect photos of cool things their fans were doing and interesting places they were visiting. The company displayed #Ahnu campaign submissions on their Facebook page, and viewers could vote on their favorite content. The users who engaged with these customer photos were 12 times more likely to end up on the Ahnu website. #5: Tap Into Customer Lifestyles California Natural Products wanted to increase brand awareness about their Svelte protein shakes on social media. Under the hashtag #DrinkSvelte, they asked fans to post photos of themselves and their Svelte drinks. The best photos were displayed on the Svelte website, and the photos generated more than 2 million impressions online. How to Leverage Your Own User-Generated Content The brands featured in this article went above and beyond just collecting content.

5 Ways to Use Storytelling in Your Social Media Marketing

5 Ways to Use Storytelling in Your Social Media Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to use storytelling in your social media marketing? Are you looking for inspiration? Building your social media campaigns around stories helps you stand out from other brands, and grab the attention of consumers. In this article you'll discover five ways to use storytelling in your social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Pay Attention to Story Structure Freytag's pyramid is a powerful storytelling framework used in a variety of creative works from Aesop's Fables to Shakespeare's plays. This structure splits the story into five narrative arcs, evoking various emotional reactions from your audience. These arcs include the inciting moment, the complication or rising action, the climax (or turning point), the reversal or falling action and the moment of release. In your storytelling you can follow the steps in Freytag's pyramid or use them in parts, but the approach helps you make an emotional connection with your consumers. In 2014 Jaguar launched a high-suspense campaign with David Beckham in China, targeting local social networks WeChat and Weibo. Before revealing Beckham as the brand ambassador, the campaign asked consumers to guess Mr. Jaguar's identity. Jaguar released street interviews and videos to build suspense. They also dropped hints throughout the campaign to get consumer traction. The exercise was highly successful and drew 50,000 reposts when it started. An additional 30,000 reposts came in after David Beckham was introduced as the ambassador. #2: Sequence Your Ads to Create Stories According to the recently published The Power of Storytelling from Facebook IQ, online storytelling on social media can have a direct impact on in-store purchases. As an experiment, Refinery29 tested Facebook ads that were sequenced like stories. Overall, the experiment yielded a 56% conversion lift and an 87% rise in view-throughs. Refinery29 also saw a 7% increase in in-store purchases and a 10% increase in online purchases. Deliver sequenced Facebook ads that combine quality content with a strong call to create a social media-led storytelling campaign like this one. #3: Align Your Story with Audience Values A belief ecosystem allows you to move away from product-oriented branding to a more lifestyle or customer value-oriented branding. This is a natural fit for social media where businesses need to define a niche target group (the first believers), develop a brand communication strategy (giving consumers a simple and clear reason to believe) and create online and offline spaces for brand reach and to share stories. This approach is effective because it allows you to sharpen your brand identity, creating strong competitive differentiation and higher price flexibility. This, in turn, has a direct impact on your bottom line. In 2014 Daimler's smart division launched a campaign for the FOR lifestyle brand. As Daimler explains, "'FOR' stands for a constructive, positive and optimistic outlook that can change the world." The company set up a special portal to aggregate social content for the #WhatAreYouFOR campaign hashtag. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SB_0vRnkeOk Another component was an offline campaign centered on pedestrian safety. A key element was the Dancing Traffic Light Manikin, which entertained and asked customers, "What are you for?" This approach helped solidify smart's positioning as a consumer lifestyle choice: a green city car that cares about the world. The customer experience was the central pull for smart's campaign. This was in stark contrast to the pre-2013 online positioning of smart cars that talked more about product features than value. The FOR brand campaign also clearly differentiated smart cars from Daimler's performance-oriented cars. #4: Tell Local Stories With powerful social media reach (1 in 7 people in the world are on Facebook) and democratization of the narrative,

10 Women Empowerment Campaigns You Need To Know About

10 Women Empowerment Campaigns You Need To Know About


Her Campus

It’s 2015, and women are really making their mark on the world. See what major companies are doing to help increase #GirlPower

Sharing: The Art and Science of Social Sharing

Sharing: The Art and Science of Social Sharing

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you create content for your business? Want to encourage people to share it? To explore the art and science of social sharing, I interview Bryan Kramer. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Bryan Kramer, a social strategist and founder of PureMatter, a social media agency. His first book is Human to Human and his newest book is Shareology: How Sharing is Powering the Human Economy. Bryan will explore social sharing and what marketers need to know. You'll discover the different types of people who share, as well as mistakes people make when sharing. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Sharing Why Bryan wrote Shareology Bryan explains that he started working on Shareology before he wrote Human to Human. "H2H was a surprise baby," Bryan says. He set Shareology aside and continued with the other, because the Human to Human philosophy seemed to resonate more. Plus, he says, Human to Human provides the best platform used for sharing and not the other way around. Shareology, which is two years in the making, is the study of how, what, where, when and why people and brands share. As a self-proclaimed anthropologist, Bryan has a lot of interest in the subject. Bryan says he always asks his audience what class they took on sharing. In kindergarten, kids learn how to share their toys, but that's about it. It's a skill people learn on top of school, and is part of some classes, like communications, but is not a focus. Social sharing comes in many different flavors, he explains. Meerkat and Periscope are new flavors, but there are so many more. Shareology focuses on the evolution of sharing: the past, present and future. Listen to the show to learn how people shared articles before social media. Why people share For the book Bryan did more than 250 interviews with executives, marketers and social media people, as well as professors of linguistics, psychology, sociology and so on, with the question "why people share" in mind. The answer came down to one thing: connection. People all have the desire to reach out and connect with other people, whether it's through sharing content and having someone reply back or by sharing other people's content and helping them out. These are the six types of people who share: Altruist: Someone who shares something specific about one topic all the time. Careerist: Someone who wants to become a thought leader in their own industry, so they can see their career grow. Hipster: Someone who likes to try things for the first time and share it faster than everyone else. Boomerang: Someone who asks a question so they can receive a comment only to reply. (This can be a troll, but not necessarily. It can be a positive or a negative situation.) Connector: Someone who likes to connect one or more persons to each other. Selective: This is the observer, which some people call a lurker. The majority of the internet observes and then selectively picks pieces to direct or private message other people. Bryan says, while people ebb and flow between different types, we all tend to lean toward one. For example, tech evangelist Robert Scoble is primarily a Hipster, but it doesn't mean he isn't a Careerist or a Selective too. Bryan also touches on the future of sharing. Bryan interviewed the chief scientist of Watson Analytics and learned the computer system Watson (the computer that defeated the other players in Jeopardy!) will be able to tweet in such a way that you'll never know if it's a person or a computer.

The 10 Best Online Masters in Social Media Marketing Degree Programs

by Merrill @ Best Marketing Degrees

 The field of marketing is extremely dynamic, influential, and constantly evolving so many companies find themselves having to expand or create positions in digital and social media to keep […]

The post The 10 Best Online Masters in Social Media Marketing Degree Programs appeared first on Best Marketing Degrees.

5 Tools to Measure Social Media ROI

5 Tools to Measure Social Media ROI

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you struggle to determine an accurate ROI in social media marketing? Wondering which of your social media campaigns are most profitable? It's important to know whether the money you've invested in your social media marketing has provided a return that's worth what you've put in. In this article, you'll discover five tools to help you accurately and completely measure your social media ROI. Listen to this article: #1: Kissmetrics Kissmetrics is an analytics platform designed to optimize marketing success and ROI. It lets you track individuals, groups of similar individuals, and your users as a whole throughout their visit to your site. People are tracked anonymously on their first visit all the way through multiple visits and conversions, and even after they've left and come back. It's a great tool to evaluate customer behavior and ROI. The stand-out feature of Kissmetrics is that it notes when users leave and come back, and what they do when they return. You can track ROI coming from Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, or any website, and attribute the conversion credit to the correct social media channel, allowing you to track your entire customer lifecycle more accurately. This, in turn, provides valuable information about ROI, and lets you see which paid advertising sources are actually working and converting. A free trial of Kissmetrics is available when you first sign up. After that, plans start at $120 per month. A/B testing reports are available with the Power Plan, which is currently $600 per month. #2: Customer Lifetime Value Calculator While plenty of social media campaigns prioritize sales or on-platform engagement, social media is frequently used to connect with new audiences and generate new leads. If that's your goal, it's a good idea to calculate your approximate customer lifetime value (CLV). You can use the Customer Lifetime Value Calculator to find out not only what a new lead is costing you, but also whether it's worth it. With this tool, you can create CLVs for each of your different customer groups. For example, a jewelry store can calculate the value of customers who make big, one-time, high-value purchases like wedding rings, as well as customers who buy a much less expensive charm bracelet, but who come back an average of six times to add charms to the bracelet. By knowing an estimated CLV, you can quickly determine how much you're willing to spend on lead generation or engagement campaigns on social media. The Customer Lifetime Value Calculator is free and fast. #3: RJ Metrics' Cloud BI For a more in-depth analysis of CLV, try RJ Metrics' CloudBI. The tool not only automatically calculates CLV, it will even break the CLV down to show the social media channel that sent you the customer in the first place. RJ Metrics also offers amazing features like churn analysis that gives you insight into your customers' behaviors, and analysis about marketing ROI as it pertains to customer acquisition cost. In addition, RJ Metrics will show you the all-time value based on the acquisition source and repeat order profitability from different sources. This helps you decide which social ad platforms are working for you and which to invest in. You can even have reports sent to you on a regular basis. #4: Cyfe Cyfe is an all-in-one reporting tool that provides an insane amount of information about how your content is shared across social media and the impact it's having on your overall ROI. You can use widgets to create multiple customized dashboards where you can see the reporting on Facebook ads, Twitter engagement, Shopify orders and sales, or Google Analytics. The categories of widgets to choose from include advertising, blogging, email tracking, social media, and more. Cyfe has some really interesting social tracking features, combined with detailed ROI and analytics reporting, like their Twitter Mentions widget.

These Were the Best Viral Campaigns of 2016

These Were the Best Viral Campaigns of 2016


Small Business Trends

As 2016 comes to a close, it’s a great time to look back on all the different marketing campaign...

17 Tips for Successful Facebook Contests

17 Tips for Successful Facebook Contests

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you planning a Facebook contest? Want to make sure it's a success? An easy-to-follow checklist of tips and best practices will help you launch Facebook contests your audience will love. In this article I'll share 17 tips to make your Facebook contest a success. Listen to this article: #1: Review Facebook's Terms of Service Facebook periodically changes its rules and regulations about contests and other promotions. Be sure to check the Facebook Guidelines page before you launch your contest. #2: Set a S.M.A.R.T. Goal A S.M.A.R.T. goal is one that's specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, and timely. Make sure you clearly define your contest's goals before you start planning. Do you want to promote a new product? Grow your email list? Perhaps you're looking to gather a bunch of user-generated content such as photos and videos. To set your Facebook contest up for success, focus on one or two attainable goals. #3: Choose the Contest Type Consider running caption, photo-vote, video-vote, and sweepstakes contests, which are always popular on Facebook. Sweepstakes are the easiest to enter and the key to driving lots of entries is to pick the right prize. Del Mar Fans & Lighting's straightforward Facebook giveaway requires entrants to simply vote on which lighting product they prefer. Once they vote, they're entered. When the contest ends, a company rep will choose a winner at random. Remember, you need to develop a contest that will help you reach your goals. Try a photo- or video-vote contest if your goal is to collect user-generated content. #4: Select the Right Software Figure out what software you need to run and manage your contest. Look for software with built-in voter verification features, so everything is on the up and up. If you want to collect email addresses or other contact information, use third-party software that will help you organize all of the data you collect. If you'd like to increase engagement, run a Facebook timeline contest. Choose a comment/like importer tool that allows you to collect a Facebook user ID number and name from everyone who engages with your post. Whatever type of contest you choose, remember you can use the information you collect for future marketing efforts.  #5: Set a Time Frame Decide how long your contest will run and let your audience know. Companies offering valuable prizes, like a trip to Paris for two, tend to let contests run for longer periods of time than those offering smaller or local prizes, like a meal or a one-night stay in a hotel. Some companies even do a weekly or monthly giveaway. Palmer's Canada recently ran a "Celebrate the New Year Giveaway," during the month of January. At the top of the rules document, the contest period is listed, right down to the time zone. How long your contest runs is up to you. Just make sure you share the time frame in all of your promotions. #6: Create Rules Write a description of how the winner will be chosen, such as randomly or by community vote. For example, BroadStreet Publishing hosted a 21 Days of Love Valentine's Day giveaway. In the rules they state that "a winner will be chosen at random," among other considerations. Consider including a rule that says voting is only part of the process, and a judge or panel of judges will determine the final winner. Make sure to include a line stating that if you suspect fraud, you have the right to determine the winner. #7: Determine Who Can Enter Are you a local business hoping to increase foot traffic to your store or restaurant? Consider limiting entries to people who live within a 50-mile radius of your business. You can also specify age ranges and even gender in your contest rules. KLIM, a company that makes technical outdoor apparel, is looking for women to model its clothing. In the contest rules, they specify that they want family-friendly images and "No duck face selfies."

Jamie Kern Lima, Co-Founder And CEO IT Cosmetics, Calls for Beauty Industry Change

by Kelly Kovack @ BeautyMatter

If you want to know what makes indie beauty brands tick, it's founders like Jamie Kern Lima who trust their gut. It cannot be substantiated by research, it doesn't come wrapped in a box with a nice bow, sometimes it's messy, and it's often not "investable," but when entrepreneurs trust their gut and they're right, they create industry-changing brands. 

The post Jamie Kern Lima, Co-Founder And CEO IT Cosmetics, Calls for Beauty Industry Change appeared first on BeautyMatter.

Instagram post by SWIPECAST • Feb 15, 2017 at 1:45pm UTC

Instagram post by SWIPECAST • Feb 15, 2017 at 1:45pm UTC


Instagram

126 Likes, 3 Comments - SWIPECAST (@swipecast) on Instagram: “Here are all the beauty campaigns shortlisted in the category Best Beauty Campaign Women. Check out…”

15 ad campaigns that made marketing history

15 ad campaigns that made marketing history


Typeform blog

Whether it’s down to a heartfelt message, a canny script, or clever branding, 15 marketing professionals share the one campaign they'll never forget.

Launch Strategy: A Case Study in How to Move People to Action

Launch Strategy: A Case Study in How to Move People to Action

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you planning to release a book, podcast, or other product? Want to make your launch a success? To discover how he launched his latest bestselling book, I interview Michael Hyatt. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Michael Hyatt, author of Platform and co-author of the new book, Living Forward. He's also the host of the This Is Your Life podcast and he blogs at MichaelHyatt.com. In his prior life, Michael was the CEO and chairman of book publisher Thomas Nelson. Michael explores how he launched his latest Wall Street Journal and USA Today bestseller, Living Forward: A Proven Plan to Stop Drifting and Get the Life You Want. You'll discover how to create a launch plan for any project. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Launch Strategy Why write a physical book in the digital age? Michael has Living Forward available as an audio book, an ebook, and a print book. Since everyone talks about digital books, you'd think physical books are obsolete, Michael says. The truth is ebooks are only 25% of the market; the other 75% are physical books. Publishing only in digital format would mean missing the vast majority of the potential market. Furthermore, as of now, you don't really have a chance to reach any of the major bestsellers lists unless you publish a traditional book, he adds. The New York Times has an ebook bestsellers list, but those are really only for digital editions of physical books. You also don't have much chance of getting any major media unless you publish a physical book, because most of the gatekeepers in traditional media want to see a print book. Finally, an ebook doesn't have the same cultural authority as a traditional hardcover book. There are a lot of reasons to write a book, but Michael doesn't know of anything that can give you more authority in your niche than having a published book. An ebook is better than nothing, but it's not as good as a traditionally published hardcover book, he says. There are other benefits to being a bestselling author. If you're a speaker, you can be introduced with that moniker. It also enables you to increase the prices of whatever you're selling and helps with distribution. There's a limited amount of shelf space in conventional bookstores. They are risk-averse in what they order, because they get stuck with books they can't sell. Even though they can return unsold books to the publisher, it's just a hassle, he says. Once your book gets on the bestsellers list, the retailers that didn't initially order your book have to have it all of a sudden. Listen to the show to learn more about Michael's 35-year background in publishing. About Living Forward Michael says Living Forward is about creating a life plan. Michael wanted to help people stop drifting through life, become intentional, and start designing the outcomes they want. He learned these things when he started working with an executive coach around 2000. After he became a divisional manager at Thomas Nelson, Michael and his team were working like crazy to build up the division. They got to number one in 18 months, but the cost was life balance. When Michael told his friend, author John Maxwell, that he was looking for a coach, John introduced him to Daniel Harkavy, the CEO of Building Champions. Daniel became his coach for a decade, as well as a good friend. One of the first things Daniel taught Michael was how to create a written life plan. His life plan was so transformational that Michael began to write about it on his blog. A while later,

Selling With Social Media: A New Direction for Businesses

Selling With Social Media: A New Direction for Businesses

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use social media to grow your business? Are you wondering how social media can help you sell more products and services? To learn about why you need to rethink the sales process in this social age, I interview Tom Martin for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Tom Martin, author of The Invisible Sale: How to Build a Digitally Powered Marketing and Sales System to Better Prospect, Qualify and Close Leads. His agency is Converse Digital. Tom shares the concept of painless prospecting and propinquity. You'll learn how to succeed in the changing social media sales landscape, and how your business can embrace these new strategies. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Selling With Social Media How the online world has changed the way businesses sell Tom believes it's more about how buyers buy than the way businesses sell. With the Internet, people can hide behind the anonymity of Google search. You can do all your pre-purchase research without having to talk to a salesperson. You only have to talk to a person once you've made a short list of companies you are interested in and want to close the deal. Today's buyer prefers this process, as it's easier and more efficient. With this in mind, companies have to adjust. In the early days, the power was with the salesperson, but with the knowledge available online today, the power is in the hands of the consumer. Tom says as a business, you have to stop thinking about how you sell because you don't really sell anymore. Instead you help buyers make a buying decision. When they make their decision, hopefully it will be in your favor. Although it won't always be the case. You'll discover how your system needs to be set up properly and the approach you need to consider. If you have a really good product or service, more often than not, you will win the conversion. Most people are turned off by people selling to them. The best way is to show them that you're willing to help and that you always have their best interests at heart. Listen to the show to find out more about how the approach to sales has changed. An example of a business that has embraced new ways to sell Tom talks about a camera store called Adorama based in New York that he used as a case study in his book, The Invisible Sale. Adorama only has one store, but does business in all 50 US states and 5 countries. Adorama has two sides to their business, B2C and B2B. Regardless of which side you look at, they approach it the same way. Their philosophy is to sell by sharing original educational content. Even though it's a photography store, they sell more than just cameras. They've built a Learning Center that includes Adorama TV, which is one of their huge content pieces. The Learning Center is a treasure trove of educational content. Although their approach is to educate, when you watch one of their videos, you'll notice easy-to-follow links to products below the video. You'll find out how they used YouTube to allow people to reach that product. In 2010, they saw a general growth curve, mainly due to the educational content they provide. The moral of the lesson is that if you can make your buyer smarter and better because they are doing business with you, then Tom believes you will succeed in selling more to that buyer. Listen to the show to hear why Tom relates it to fly-fishing and how it's the same with modern content marketing.

How to Create a Promoted Pin Campaign on a Budget

How to Create a Promoted Pin Campaign on a Budget

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to add Promoted Pins to your marketing mix? Are you wondering how to budget for a Promoted Pin campaign? You don't have to spend a lot of money on Promoted Pins for them to be effective. Because they have long-term visibility, they're a sound addition to your Pinterest marketing. In this article, I'll share how to build an effective, affordable promoted-pin campaign on Pinterest. #1: Start With Effective Pins While promoted pins are an excellent way to get the most visibility for your advertising dollar, it all starts with crafting a great social media image. Based on your business specialty or niche, create images that speak to your audience. Listen to this article: Also, use tall images to make sure your pins get noticed. They stand out better and command the attention of Pinterest users. Give yourself a selection of images and pin them ahead of time, so you have choices if you decide to test out various types of visual content using different small budgets. Once you decide what image you want to use, here's how to craft an ad for your promoted pin. Note: Promoted pins are still rolling out in the United States. If you don't have access yet, join the waitlist. #2: Choose Your Objective Go to your Pinterest profile and click the settings button next to Edit Profile to get to promoted pins in the drop-down menu. Once you click the Promote button, you'll see that Pinterest offers you two choices: Boost Engagement or Get Traffic. To get maximum benefit from your promoted pin ad campaign, choose Get Traffic to Your Website. Keep in mind this is a future strategy that does the promotion backwards. While you tell Pinterest that you want traffic to come to your website, what you really mean is that you want engagement for your pins. #3: Create the Campaign Give your campaign a name and then decide on what date or dates you want your promoted pin to be seen. Since the budget is low, you don't want to stretch it out too long. If it's your first time promoting a pin, use Saturday as your day. The more you use promoted pins, the more likely you'll find the best day for your brand. Keep fine-tuning this aspect of your campaigns. Now, decide how much money you would like to spend each day. I recommend spending $10 for one day or spread $10 over two days ($5 per day). #4: Select Keywords for Visibility The next step is to pick which pin you would like to promote. Then use keywords to tell Pinterest where you would like it to be seen. This is one of the most important things you can do to get your pin noticed. Keywords should include everything that anyone searching for what you have to offer would think of. So make sure you hit all of the right niche-specific terms for your pin. Depending on your niche, you can see an estimate of how many weekly impressions your pin may get. #5: Determine the Cost Per Click After you set your keywords, decide how much money you're willing to spend for each person who clicks on your pin to be directed to your website. This is where you may think you need a large budget to get good traffic. However, we're not after traffic right now. We want the engagement in the form of repins. Come up with a low cost-per-click (CPC) number. I usually offer 15 to 25 cents per click. A low CPC ensures you won't run out of money if people get click-happy. #6: Review Campaign Results Once your campaign is complete, review the results and wait for the resulting traffic. For example, I only spent $5 on the campaign below. It received a lot of engagement and impressions at the time, and I'm still getting traffic from it today. The point of this whole strategy is to turn small amounts of money into traffic generators for your website in the future. The 42 people who repinned this pin will show it to their followers. When their followers repin it, it opens up new reach for you on Pinterest.

How to Host and Promote a Twitter Chat

How to Host and Promote a Twitter Chat

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Twitter to market your business? Have you thought about hosting chats? Twitter chats are a great way to connect with customers and prospects, build authority and gain exposure for your business. In this article you'll discover how to prepare, promote and host a Twitter chat. Listen to this article: #1: Define the Objective Always start by defining the objective of your Twitter chat. Find a topic that will appeal to your target audience. The chat needs to provide value to your audience to be successful. Don't make it just about your company; tailor it to how you can help your community. For example, if you're in the photography industry, invite guests to discuss photo editing tips, black-and-white photography, photography inspiration, etc. An added benefit is that you can repurpose all of the chat contributions into a future blog post. Those who participated in the chat will appreciate having a summary of it, and readers who missed it will enjoy the insight. #2: Identify Similar Chats Once you've established an objective for your chat, find at least five Twitter chats similar to yours to gather ideas. You can find Twitter chats with tools like TweetReports and Gnosisarts. Learn how these chats work. Observe how the host controls the flow of conversation and directs topics. Also find out which guests are invited, how many questions are posed, what times the chats are held and how they're promoted. Be sure to participate as well. Answer questions and engage with others. This allows you to build your expertise and gives you insight into what it's like to participate in a Twitter chat. #3: Set the Date and Time Choosing the date and time for your chat is important. Typically the best times to hold Twitter chats are between the hours of 6 pm ET and 10 pm ET. However, avoid scheduling your chat at a time that would clash with other popular chats. Write down the times that you won't be able to hold a chat. Next, list the scheduled times for the five Twitter chats that you followed earlier. Then search for a time slot that won't clash with them. #4: Choose a Hashtag Now comes the fun part: naming your Twitter chat. Typically every chat hashtag ends with "chat" (for example, #mediachat, #influencerchat and #blogchat). Adding the word "chat" signals to people that it's a Twitter chat instead of a regular hashtag or an event. When choosing a hashtag, make sure it fits your brand. Also, check that it's not a Twitter username and hasn't been used as a hashtag previously. Brainstorm at least 15 chat names and then pick the best one. You might want to seek input from your co-workers. After you select a hashtag, make sure that you register the Twitter username. You can use this account to hold your chats. #5: Invite Guests Next, make a list of at least 20 guests you want to invite. Start securing guests at least two weeks prior to your chat. If it's your first Twitter chat, make sure you have a commitment from at least four guests a month in advance. Guests are often busy, so you need to secure them in advance. Ideally, you want someone who has experience being a guest and is interested in holding Twitter chats. If you have an influential user who loves your company, consider inviting that person to be a guest, too. #6: Prepare Questions Once you have everything in place and have secured at least four guests in advance, start preparing questions. You'll need about 7 to 10 questions for your guests. Send these questions to them at least 72 hours prior to the chat so they can prepare their responses. During the chat, spread out the questions about 6 to 8 minutes apart. Ask your last question about 10 minutes before the end of the chat to allow time for the community to discuss it. #7: Promote the Chat The key to making your Twitter chat stand out is to promote it. Here are some ways to do that: Partner With Other Chats

Blogging Tools: Apps to Better Manage Your Blog

Blogging Tools: Apps to Better Manage Your Blog

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have a blog? Want to improve the content development, publishing and promotion processes? To discover how to streamline your blogging with the best tools, I interview Ian Cleary. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Ian Cleary, the social tools guy. His blog, RazorSocial.com has placed in our Top 10 Social Media Blogs 3 years in a row. He's also the founder of the Digital Influencer Club. Ian will explore marketing tools for bloggers. You'll discover tools for your editorial calendar, search engine optimization, social media, email marketing and more. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Blogging Tools How Ian got into blogging Ian talks about the social media training company he had in Ireland. He says his blog failed because he wasn't particularly passionate about it; he was blogging because people said he should. Ian thinks that's the trap a lot of people fall into. Ian shares how reading Launch helped him realize what he'd done wrong with his blog, so he decided to focus on the tools and tech side of social media. Listen to the show to hear about Ian's first encounter with Mike. Editorial tools and plugins Ian says it doesn't matter if you have a team of one or ten, you still need to plan your blogging. He explains how he and his team use the Status feature of a WordPress plugin called Edit Flow to move posts from Ian to his image person, and then to the editor. Once the editor is finished, the post is ready to publish. Ian also keeps rough ideas for future blog posts in EditFlow under the Pitch status, so he has post ideas ready to write anytime he goes to the blog. CoSchedule is another excellent calendar tool Ian is excited to try. Regardless of the tool you choose, you need a good editorial process, Ian says, even if you use Microsoft Excel to track things in the short-term. Listen to the show to discover some of the limitations of Edit Flow. SEO and research tools Even if you don't know a lot about SEO, Ian explains how the Yoast SEO plugin helps you optimize your content for search in an easy way. If you're creating a piece of content and want to see if there's a way to improve it, Ian suggests using BuzzSumo or Uprise. Both are research tools that let you view lists of content from across the web based on a keyword you search for. The lists show which posts received the most shares, and Ian tell listeners how to review them to make their own content better. Ian explains the process of using Ahrefs to find links to high-ranking articles that are similar to yours but are out of date. He shares how bloggers can reach out to these authors or websites to link to their newly published content instead. Ian also mentions a predictive content analytics tool called InboundWriter. The tool lets you put in the keywords you want to rank for, then gives you a green or a red status to show your chance of getting organic traffic to your content based on those keywords. Finally, Ian shares how bloggers can use SEMrush to see which keywords their competitors rank for in Google search results. He says that when you see what words your competitors are ranking for, you can pull traffic from them by writing better articles based on those keywords. Listen to the show to hear more about InboundWriter. Social promotion tools When you include influential people who are relevant to your niche in your content, there's a good chance they will share that content, which will drive shares and traffic. Ian says Topsy is a great way to find relevant,

How to Create a Twitter Chat: 4 Success Tips

How to Create a Twitter Chat: 4 Success Tips

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Ready to host a Twitter chat? Do you want to improve your chances of success? Making sure you have a few basic building blocks in place will help you start your Twitter chat off with an audience that's ready to participate. In this article you'll discover four tips to help you start a successful Twitter chat. Listen to this article: #1: Choose Your Time Slot With Care If you want lots of people to show up, you need to schedule your Twitter chat at the optimal time for your audience. The more people who are available to chat, the greater your chances for engagement. Use a tool like Followerwonk to figure out when your followers are most active, so you'll know the best time to host your chat. After you log in, click on the Analyze tab, enter your Twitter handle and click Do It. You'll see an hourly breakdown of when your followers are most active. Look at the chart to discover the optimal times to host your Twitter chat and get the most engagement from your audience. There's no point in hosting a chat when the majority of your followers aren't online. Reduce Scheduling Conflicts In addition to knowing when your Twitter followers are most active, you'll also want to take into account the times during which other popular chats are scheduled. To reduce scheduling conflicts, be sure to consult the Twitter chat schedule from TweetReports. This is a helpful resource which shows the times and days other popular Twitter chats are scheduled to take place. Checking this document will help you avoid scheduling your chat during the same time as another chat your audience (or you) might be interested in attending. You might also want to review the Twitter chat schedule from Twubs. It shows you an active list of upcoming Twitter chats. By consulting the schedules of other popular Twitter chats, you'll ensure that your chat doesn't conflict with them. That way you don't run the risk of people not attending yours. If you're just starting out, this can be very beneficial. #2: Invite Relevant Guests and Influencers to Participate To maximize your reach and overall engagement, make a point to invite special guests and relevant people to participate in your chat. For example, SEMrush invites special guests to their Twitter chats and sends direct tweets to influential people inviting them to participate. You can identify influential people using Followerwonk. It allows you to find and connect with influencers in your niche, making it the perfect tool for finding relevant guests to join your Twitter chat. To identify influencers, click the Search Bios tab. Next, you will want to search for a keyword that is relevant to your niche or the topic of your chat. Enter your search term and select Search Twitter Profiles from the pop-up menu. If needed, click the More Options button to see more filtering options like location and minimum followers. Then click Do It. Followerwonk shows you a list of relevant people for your topic of choice. All you have to do is decide which people you want to target from the list, and invite them to be special guests or ask them to participate in your chat. #3: Incorporate Eye-Catching Visuals When you promote and run your own Twitter chat, you'll want to get as much engagement as you can. Visual content might provide the extra boost you need to connect with your audience. There are several ways you can incorporate visuals into your Twitter chats. You can use images to promote your upcoming chats, ask questions during the chat and recap answers to all of the questions that people asked during the chat. Here are a few tips to help you design more appealing images for your Twitter chats: Pick an attractive color palette using a site like COLOURlovers. Ensure there's adequate contrast between the background and text in your images. If you need help identifying contrasting colors, consult the Adobe Color Wheel.

Medium for Business: The Complete Guide for Marketers

Medium for Business: The Complete Guide for Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Have you considered publishing your content on Medium? Are you looking for a way to distribute your ideas to a larger audience? In this post you'll discover what marketers think about Medium, along with a step-by-step guide to using Medium. Listen to this article: Why Medium? Jay Baer, a New York Times bestselling author and well-known keynote speaker, has been posting on Medium for over a year. He uses Medium for "...posts (sometimes original, sometimes repurposed) that are more opinion-based or take a stronger stand." He defines Medium as "...LinkedIn's cool younger brother who wears concert T-shirts all the time, but also checks the Dow Jones average on his iPhone." Who can be successful on Medium? Baer explains, "I think businesses can have success on Medium, but perhaps more so as individuals rather than as businesses per se. In essence, what I do there is on behalf of Convince & Convert, through me. The same can work for other companies who have 'thought leaders' willing and able to take the time to post content on Medium that solicits a response." Mitch Joel, president of Mirum Agency, also adds, "It's not just a place to publish, but an impressive platform for content distribution. As an infovore, it's also an amazing place to discover new voices and content -- probably more powerful than just picking up a link from Facebook or Twitter." He plans to add Medium to his publishing schedule soon. With those things in mind, here are some of the benefits of using Medium as your platform for publishing insightful content: Medium received an estimated 35 million visitors in November 2015, with 36.78% from the United States, according to SimilarWeb. When new users join, they automatically follow Medium's account. Their current number of followers is 726K, so there are at least 726K users on Medium. Medium allows you and your readers to focus on one thing: the content you create. When you join Medium with your Twitter or Facebook account, you get a built-in audience because all of your Twitter followers and Facebook friends who use Medium will automatically become followers of your Medium account. As your Twitter followers and Facebook friends join Medium, they will automatically follow you as well. Why It Might Be Time to Completely Change Your #SocialMedia #Strategy on @Medium https://t.co/P6AZ8MoD44 #smm — Jay Baer (@jaybaer) November 24, 2015 Medium users receive an email digest with the latest stories (posts) by the people and publications they follow delivered to their inbox. Thus, all of your followers from Twitter on Medium will get notified of your latest stories (based on their settings). If your stories are recommended by Medium users who have large followings, your stories will be shown to their followers on the Medium homepage as well as in their followers' email digest (based on their settings). If your stories become popular, they have the chance of being featured as a Top Story to the entire Medium community or as a Medium Staff Pick sent in the email digest. Those are some pretty exciting stats and benefits for marketers looking to reach new audiences through content. What results can you expect? Kiki Schirr, co-founder of Fittr, posts to her Medium regularly. She has found that "The great thing about using Medium is also its biggest downside: Medium comes with an automatic audience that is easily tapped, but difficult to transfer. If you're writing a post that needs 10,000 views, Medium is by far the best tool for capturing them. However, if your goal is to build an audience or brand, you should at the very least be cross-posting your content to a private domain. By posting a small piece each day I was able to reach 10,000 subscribers to my publication in 66 days. I think that's an exciting prospect for marketers." Now, let's look at how to use Medium. #1: Sign Up for Your Medium Account To get started,

Story as Strategy: How Social Storytelling Leads to Business

Story as Strategy: How Social Storytelling Leads to Business

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use storytelling in your business? Are you wondering how to use stories in your social strategy? To learn how you can use stories to sell, I interview Gary Vaynerchuk for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Gary Vaynerchuk, author of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy. He's also the CEO of VaynerMedia. His newest book is Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook: How to Tell Your Story in a Noisy World. Gary shares why storytelling is important for your business. You'll learn how to discover deeper data and why analytics are an essential part of your social strategy. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Story as Strategy The story behind Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook Gary explains how he had an epiphany that he might have let people down by over-indexing the act of giving in The Thank You Economy. Although he knew his readers would understand that to give is great, they wouldn't necessarily understand that at some stage you have to ask. The book title, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook, stands for Give, Give, Give, Ask. You have to remember to give value, which eventually leads to putting out a good call to action, which leads to business. Gary says that even some of the best social media people don't know how to ask for business. The idea behind the book was for it to be a utility for people. It looks at individual pieces of content as case studies. You'll hear why Gary wanted to write a how-to book and why the title is a boxing metaphor. Listen to the show to find out why Gary looks at social media as a science. What boxing teaches us about social media marketing Gary explains that it's the crossroads of the analytics and being creative to create business results. He feels like a lot of social media experts don't put enough effort into analyzing data. Gary didn't put in the effort either until he started VaynerMedia. Now he has seven full-time analysts. This has given him a much deeper insight into the black-and-white of it all. There are also people who think it's all algorithmic. They underestimate the value of the human touch and creative, which is the art. Analysis is the science. It's the crossroads of the two. Most social media marketers don't look deep into their analytics because of time or capacity. Most are consumed by speaking, consulting and selling content. Gary feels that it's time and money that hold most people back. This is why he wanted to share his ideas. Gary recommends that you use Facebook analytics to test for deeper data. It's a great tool that has a ton of uses. You need to think about and test what you put on your Facebook page and Twitter. Listen to the show to find out why Gary likes to isolate himself into 'doing' versus 'consuming.' Common traps marketers fall into when it comes to social media Gary advises that you need to be careful and be able to back up what you say. He believes that he gets away with a lot of stuff because of the huge success he has had with Wine Library TV. Plus VaynerMedia is an eight-figure business already, where the number of employees has grown from 25 to 300. You'll find out why self-awareness is important and what else you need to consider when you want to help people. Listen to the show to find out why execution matters. Why storytelling is important Gary says that storytelling matters because stories are powerful and everlasting and they are what turn a commodity into a business.

6 Steps to Updating Your Social Media Profiles During a Rebrand

6 Steps to Updating Your Social Media Profiles During a Rebrand

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you need to update your social identity? Are you looking for a simple way to make sure all your social channels are consistent? In this article you’ll discover a checklist that will help you rebrand your social media profiles. Listen to this article: #1: Give Your Audience a Sneak Preview Some companies purposefully keep their rebrand under wraps until the last minute. While this shock-factor approach will likely generate press, it can be risky if people react badly. To stay on the safe side, give your audience a sneak preview of your rebrand. To do this, post something from your new company (your new logo or images from a new marketing campaign, for example) on social media. Announce the change and ask people what they think. This makes your audience feel like you value their opinion and allows you to gather feedback before launching the rest of your rebrand. It also gives your audience time to adjust to the idea, and you'll generate anticipation and excitement for the launch. In the example below, Cultures for Health uses a sneak preview photo that offers enough information to generate excitement, without giving it all away. Once you've launched a new visual identity, it's a good idea to get feedback on what your audience thinks about it. This isn't about whether people like your logo; it's about more tangible things that can affect revenue. Is your new blog easy to navigate? Does your audience relate to your brand story on social media? You can post a quick survey on Twitter or Facebook to ask these questions and then use the results to make improvements. #2: Update Your Social Media Profiles Have you designed a sleek, modern visual identity to accompany your rebrand? Great! Now it's time to show it off. Be sure to update your profile photos and hero photos on all of your social media accounts or add them to new accounts if you've completely scrapped the old ones. This isn't just about profile photos. It's about making sure your social media sites visually represent your company's new identity. For example, you may need to change your Twitter theme to match your new colors. Or you may want to create a new Pinterest board showcasing elements such as your packaging design or imagery. In addition to standard social media profiles like Facebook and Twitter, make sure you edit review sites such as Yelp, Foursquare and TripAdvisor. If you don't have a presence on these sites, now is your chance to create one. If you're a B2B company, you might have reviews on sites like Capterra or G2 Crowd. You also might have a presence on directories like Angie's List, so it's important to be thorough with this search, no matter your industry. It will only add to your brand consistency and boost awareness. You also need to update your social media profile handles. This seems like a no-brainer, but you'd be surprised how many companies get this wrong. When creating new social media usernames, here are two important points to keep in mind: Choose a handle that's spelled correctly and arranged sensibly. This makes it easy for users to locate your new accounts. It also makes your account names more memorable, which means your audience will be more likely to engage with you. Create a consistent social media name across all channels. Before you do this, make sure your desired handle is available on each social platform. You don't want to change half of your usernames only to find out another company already owns it on one channel. #3: Revamp Your Google Business Page If you don't have a complete Google Business profile, you could be missing out on opportunities for new customers. Make sure your Google Business page is up to date with your most current information so local customers can easily find you. The first thing you want to do is create a customized URL. Then add photos or images and include information about your company such as your address,

3 Social Image Tools That Increase Exposure and Engagement

3 Social Image Tools That Increase Exposure and Engagement

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Wondering how to improve the impact of your social media images? Looking for tools to optimize your visual content? In this article you'll discover three little-known tools to analyze the effectiveness of your visuals before you use them in your social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Optimize for Conversion Bannersnack is an online app that makes it easy to create banner ads. You can adapt its behavior-based analytics feature to optimize the images you use on your social channels. First, you'll want to create a banner image using the tool's handy online editor. Then grab the embed code and add the image to your blog. After some time has passed, look at the heat map in Bannersnack to see where people clicked when engaging with that image. Tweak your image until the heat map registers a high amount of activity. When you're happy with the engagement your image is receiving, download it and use it on all of your social media channels. #2: Optimize for Visual Impression VAS (Visual Attention Software) uses its science-based algorithm to simulate which parts of the image will likely draw people's attention during the first 3-5 seconds of viewing. It also will predict the path that viewers' eyes are likely to travel when looking at the image. With the insights from VAS, you can enhance visual properties (such as edge and color contrast, brightness contrast, and faces) to draw attention to important areas of your image. Again, when you're happy with the predicted results, you can use your optimized image in your social media marketing. Tip: It's a good idea to use VAS in tandem with Bannersnack until you identify industry-specific patterns to apply to your own visuals. #3: Optimize for Accessibility The Color Contrast Analyzer extension for Google Chrome not only will analyze color contrast on your web pages, but will also assess text within images and report on how well your text overlay can be seen. This is especially important for people with poor eyesight. To use this tool to optimize your social media images, load your visuals to your blog so you can view them in a Chrome tab. Then use the Color Contrast Analyzer extension to adjust the design until you're happy with the results and add the final versions of the images to your visual marketing library. Where to Find Engagement Metrics for Visual Content Now that you have some tools to help you optimize the design of your images, it's time to put them to the test. After you use visuals in your social media marketing, you'll need to measure the results to be sure you're hitting the mark. Use the platform-specific metrics below to identify images that trigger engagement. Twitter Media Engagements On Twitter, media engagement is the metric that shows you the number of clicks to your image. It's hidden behind the Tweet Activity link, so you won't see it on the main Tweets section of your Twitter analytics dashboard. To access it, open your Twitter Analytics and click on the Tweets tab at the top of the page. Then click on View Tweet Activity under the tweet you want to review. You'll see all of the tweet activity metrics, including media engagements. Facebook Photo Views After you attach a visual to a Facebook post, you can click on that post in Facebook Insights to see the number of views that image attracted. Pinterest Clicks, Impressions, Repins, and Likes All of the data from Pinterest is image-specific because there's not much there to analyze beyond images. You can see which images have generated the most clicks, impressions, repins, and likes with Pinterest analytics. Use what you learn to identify which types of images work best for you on the platform. Instagram Likes and Comments Instagram analytics is on the rise with many tools being launched. However, there's not much to analyze beyond likes and comments. There are no clicks here and I don't think Instagram r...

Facebook Ads: Creative Application to Help Your Marketing

Facebook Ads: Creative Application to Help Your Marketing

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you been pondering using Facebook ads to promote your business? Did you know you can target your website visitors with Facebook ads? To learn how you can use Facebook ads to market your business, I interview Rick Mulready for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Rick Mulready, who is the host of the Inside Social Media Podcast—a show where he interviews successful social media marketers. Rick also teaches courses on Facebook ads. Rick shares creative and inexpensive ways to use Facebook ads to market your business. You'll discover useful ways to use remarketing, how to add the remarketing pixel to your website and tools to help manage your Facebook ads. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Ads Creative ways businesses can use Facebook ads Rick shares that the common assumption that businesses have to spend a lot of money to run successful Facebook ad campaigns is a myth. He says businesses can be successful even if they spend as little as $5 or $10 a day. As examples, Rick mentions using Facebook ads to guide people into a giveaway to build your email list, or to geographically target people to let locals know about a discount, offer or promotion. You'll hear why Rick personally likes to use Facebook ads to promote his webinars. As marketers, we have to be aware that people aren't on Facebook to be sold to. Listen to the show to discover what type of freebie you should include in your offer. How remarketing works on Facebook Facebook came out this year with Website Custom Audiences, which are another form of retargeting or remarketing. Rick explains that you use these audiences by placing a Website Custom Audience (or remarketing) pixel on your website. The pixel tracks website visitors who are also Facebook users and builds an audience from them, so you can serve ads to them on Facebook. This is great. It lets you serve ads to warmer leads because they're already familiar with your business. Listen to the show to hear Rick's thoughts on using Facebook ads to grow page likes. About boosted posts If you boost a post, you're stuck with the preset levels for the ad spend and limited targeting. Rick says if you want more people to see a specific post, you're better off turning the post into a page post ad. To do that, you have to use the Ads Creator or Power Editor, but you'll have better control of your ad spend budget and deeper targeting options. Listen to the show to hear why Rick recommends that you don't boost posts. Exciting things businesses can do with Facebook ad targeting When most people think of targeting on Facebook, they think of interest targeting—for example, targeting people who like pages similar to your business page. Rick believes the really exciting stuff is Website Custom Audiences or uploading your email list to Facebook to create a custom audience that lets you target those people with your Facebook ads. You can take it a step further and create a lookalike audience of Facebook users from your own custom audience. These types of audiences are made up of Facebook users who share attributes similar to those in a custom audience you designate. Listen to the show to learn how including custom elements in your ad copy leads to a higher conversion rate.  Why pay Facebook to reach your email subscribers Rick explains this concept is the same as remarketing to your website visitors on Facebook.

5 Facebook Marketing Hacks for Your Website

5 Facebook Marketing Hacks for Your Website

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Is your website using Facebook to the fullest? Are you wondering how you can get the most out of Facebook for your business? To learn how to use Facebook to your advantage, this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast goes deep into the subject. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, you'll discover 5 Facebook hacks you can employ on your website to help drive more traffic and exposure. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Marketing Hacks #1: Use the Correct-Size Images on Your Website You have probably noticed on Facebook that some posts have large images at the top, and underneath there is a URL, the website name and a small description. If you have content on your website that you want seen in the news feed, then you can alter the size of the image, which will lead to more exposure and click-throughs to your website. Facebook queries all of the actual images that are on your website and will choose to display the image with the largest dimensions. Facebook only allows users to select three images. To see how this works, check out my friend Jon Loomer's guide on Facebook Link Thumbnail Image Dimensions. The aspect ratio of your image is the critical factor. The aspect ratio is 1.91:1. This calculates out to about 1200 pixels wide by 627 pixels deep. The ideal size is 400 pixels wide by 209 pixels deep. You need to make sure that at least one of your images inside the article is larger than all of the others. It should be in the 1.91:1 aspect ratio. Listen to the show to find out what happens when an image is deeper than it is wide and how it can appear in the Facebook news feed. #2: Implement Facebook Open Graph Tags Facebook has its own language called Open Graph. This allows you to tell Facebook certain kinds of attributes, which include the image it should use as a default on a page, where it should pull text from and what the description should be. This kind of information helps your content appear more appropriately in the news feed. You can discover all of the data behind Open Graph and find everything you need to know about how it works. It's a great guide even for the non-techie. If you are on WordPress, Open Graph is easy to implement with a plugin called WP Open Graph. It allows you to set data on a macro-level and on a post-by-post basis. It's a great way to control what shows up when people share your articles on Facebook. The best way to keep your shared content up to date on Facebook is to use Facebook's Debugger. It's a great tool to stop Facebook from pulling in information that's no longer relevant. Listen to the show to find out how the Debugger tool works, and how it will help you with your Open Graph. #3: Add a Facebook Share Button to Your Website When you add a Facebook Share button to your website, you need to make sure that you use the code from Facebook or the WordPress plugin, which was developed by Facebook. It doesn't matter if your website is WordPress or not, you can visit here and paste in the URL you want to share and choose the different layouts for your button. You'll discover the best Share button to use for social proof on your website. If you use WordPress, it's easy to use their default plugin. This plugin allows you to do the same as the Facebook one, but it does everything automatically for you. When it comes to the placement of the Share button on your website, many people like to put it at the top of a blog post. This way,

The Top Must-See Ad Campaigns of Fall 2017

The Top Must-See Ad Campaigns of Fall 2017


InStyle.com

See what's happening in fashion this coming season.

Marketing Partnerships: How to Extend Your Reach With Content Collaboration

Marketing Partnerships: How to Extend Your Reach With Content Collaboration

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you create great content other businesses might find interesting? Have you considered collaborating with other brands? To learn how to create marketing partnerships with content, I interview Andrew Davis. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Andrew Davis, author of Brandscaping: Unleashing the Power of Partnerships. He's also a popular speaker. Andrew explores the why and how of marketing partnerships with content. You'll discover the importance of creating marketing partnerships, as well as how to find the best partners and the keys to a successful collaboration. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Marketing Partnerships What led Andrew to write a book on marketing partnerships Andrew studied TV and film at Boston University, and got a job right out of school producing two public affairs programs. From there he freelanced as a producer for programs, such as the Today Show and Weekend Today. After the first dot-com boom, Andrew followed the path of some of his friends into the marketing world. While working at startups, Andrew realized that if you created great content, like television producers did, you actually would inspire people to buy stuff. He figured if he could apply those principles in the marketing world, he could really be successful. He then partnered with James Cosco, a journalist, who also went to BU. They started an agency called Tippingpoint Labs, and grew it until 2012, when Andrew sold his share in the business and wrote Brandscaping. Andrew has since been traveling the world, speaking and helping people find the right kinds of partnerships and rethink marketing. Listen to the show to hear about Andrew's background as a producer, and how the skills he developed prepared him for work in marketing. The meaning of brandscaping Andrew says that brandscaping is leveraging the audiences of others for the benefit of both partners. In the digital age everybody has an audience, whether it's on social media or through email. If you partner with other brands and create valuable content that they would want to proactively send to their audience, then there is no need to buy access to the media. Listen to the show to find out how our podcast is a brandscape.  The benefits of partnering Andrew explains that there are three simple benefits to partnering: it's better, faster and cheaper. It's better. As marketers, we can create better content if we're willing to partner with others who know the audience perhaps even better than we do. It's faster. Most content marketing is a slow-grow strategy. But brands that partner with other brands see much more rapid success with the content they create. It's cheaper. It's much less expensive to share with other audiences than it is to advertise. If you're nervous about partnering with a brand, Andrew suggests you find a person who is a known talent and who already has access to your audience. Listen to the show to discover how to partner with talent. Examples of content collaborations Andrew shares examples of some great marketing partnerships. When Converse (the athletic shoe company) was trying to rebuild their brand, their CMO Geoff Cottrill realized they got the most traction when celebrities wore their shoes and they ended up in a magazine. Since it was too expensive to buy access to celebs, Geoff figured they should look for the next big thing. So he partnered with Guitar Center, because they have access to wanna-be musicians. They built a studio in Brooklyn,

How to Connect With Traditional Media Influencers

How to Connect With Traditional Media Influencers

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you seen as an expert in your industry? Want to develop relationships with the media to become a go-to expert? To explore what marketers need to know to connect with traditional media influencers, I interview Josh Elledge. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Josh Elledge, a consumer advocate and founder of SavingsAngel.com, a site dedicated to consumer savings. He's a weekly syndicated newspaper columnist and has made more than 1,000 TV and radio appearances. Josh is also the founder of UpendPR.com and host of the Savings Angel Show. Josh explores how to connect with traditional media influencers. You'll discover how to develop and build relationships with media via Twitter. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: How to Connect With Traditional Media Influencers Josh's Story Out of high school, Josh joined the United States Navy and became a journalist. He says it was a great way for an 18-year-old to participate in producing video news stories for the Navy and Marine Corps. About 9 1/2 years ago, Josh started a membership-based website called SavingsAngel. SavingsAngel pursues their mission to end hunger, lack, and need in communities by helping consumers cut their grocery bills in half; Josh's company charges customers $3.99/week. Since he had no money for advertising, he was forced to look for other ways to get exposure. Josh shared the mission of SavingsAngel with every media influencer he could get to pay attention to him. His outreach wasn't about promoting SavingsAngel to make a lot of money, it was about finding a way to work with others to achieve what he wanted to do in his area. With print publications, Josh knew to ask for remnant space, or the unsold ad space publications typically fill by running ads for themselves. Josh suggested an alternative to 20 media outlets; they could do a revenue share based on a 1/4- or 1/8-page ad. Several of those outlets made suggestions and he quickly learned what was possible. For radio, Josh developed a segment in which he shares the best 3 to 5 grocery deals in the area (he currently lives in Orlando, Florida). This segment has now become his syndicated newspaper column. He's also been doing a TV segment for the last 5 1/2 years. It's a very popular segment. He gets great feedback on it, and his local FOX affiliate absolutely loves the content he provides each week. Listen to the show to hear what Josh did after the Navy and before he started SavingsAngel. What Marketers Need to Understand About Traditional Media Josh explains that it's very important to understand that you're asking the media to give you publicity and to take a chance on you. You have to pitch them with a great concept for education or entertainment content as part of a segment or in a news story. PR is all about the long game. It's incredibly important not to use any kind of sales language. This opportunity is not about you selling your thing. Josh says the media will be sensitive to you trying to sell to their audience. If you try, you won't be invited back, or worse yet you could be blacklisted. Trust that the influencer will credit you, and give them the space to do that. It's okay for you to mention your brand in passing, but it's absolutely not okay to give calls to action. What is the long game with PR? Become the reliable source and subject-matter expert that the media contact can go back to time and again. Josh says he has been quoted in the Chicago Tribune close to a dozen times and has done his TV segment on FOX 35 close to 300 times.

How to Use Twitter Buy Buttons and Pinterest Buy Buttons

How to Use Twitter Buy Buttons and Pinterest Buy Buttons

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to sell your products on Twitter and Pinterest? Have you considered using Buy buttons? Adding Buy buttons to your tweets and pins lets people purchase your products right from their social feeds. In this article I'll share how to add Twitter Buy buttons and Pinterest Buy buttons to your products. Listen to this article: Twitter Buy Now Buttons Although it was announced a year ago, Twitter finally made the Buy Now button available on the platform to businesses in the United States. Retailers of all sizes can add a Buy button to their tweets. The price of the product or service is also displayed, and consumers can make purchases without leaving Twitter. "The goal [is to] make it as easy as possible for businesses to connect directly with, and sell to, customers on Twitter," says Nathan Hubbard, Twitter’s head of commerce. "With Buy Now, businesses can drive more conversion and remove much of the friction in the mobile purchasing process." Implement Twitter Buy Now Buttons Twitter has made it easy to get started with their Buy button. If you use Bigcommerce, Demandware or Shopify, follow the appropriate link to discover how to integrate the Buy button with your platform. Here, I'll share how to set up the Twitter Buy button on your products using Stripe Relay. First, create a Stripe account, if you don't already have one. Now, connect your business Twitter account to your Stripe account. You can do that in your Stripe Relay settings, as shown below. Just go to Apps, sign in with Twitter and click Enable. The next step is to set your shipping and tax policies. Shipping can be free or a flat rate. Tax can be included or a percentage. Go to Relay Settings to put in your preferences. These costs will be automatically factored into purchases. Once all of the basics are complete, you're ready to create products. Go to your products page and simply click "Create your first product." Next, fill in all relevant information. Now that your product is set up, you'll see a tweetable URL for that product on your Stripe dashboard. Use that URL in a tweet and the "Buy Now" button is automatically added to your tweet. Twitter users will then be able to purchase your product right from the platform. Whenever an order is created, you will receive an email through your Stripe account that you can view in your Stripe dashboard. Twitter's Buy button is still in the beginning stages of use, so we can expect to see numerous changes in the near future. However, with major brands such as Best Buy, PacSun and Adidas all signing on, it's clear the impact on the social commerce space is just starting. Pinterest Buy It Buttons Over the summer, Pinterest introduced a blue Buy It button for pins. Since 93% of pinners have the intent to purchase, this is the ideal platform for a brand that wants to expand their online business. These buyable pins fit right into the news feed, and allow browsers to purchase from pins without leaving the platform. Buyable pins are currently only available on Apple devices in the United States with payments processed through Apple Pay or any major credit card. The good news for businesses wanting to try buyable pins is that Pinterest is not taking a portion of sales. Pinterest's hope is that they can monetize from an increase in promoted pins. Big brands such as Macy's, Nordstrom and Michael's have already jumped on board. Homemade goods shop Madesmith says that 7% of their sales are coming from buyable pins. "Pinterest has been the most effective discovery platform for Madesmith since we launched in 2013," explains co-founder Nadia Rasul. Implement Pinterest Buy It Buttons As of now, companies need to use Demandware, Bigcommerce, Magento, IBM Commerce or Shopify to implement the Pinterest Buy It button. Your ecommerce platform will walk you through the specific process of adding buyable pins through their site.

Facebook Mobile for Business: What You Need to Know

Facebook Mobile for Business: What You Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you take Facebook with you on your mobile device? Turns out 543 million people access Facebook while out and about! To explore the marketing implications of mobile Facebook users, I interview Mari Smith for our new Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This New Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a brand-new show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this premier episode, I interview Mari Smith, author of The New Relationship Marketing and co-author of Facebook Marketing: An Hour a Day. Mari shares insights into Facebook mobile and the opportunities this new mobile environment gives businesses today. You'll learn about how to get your Facebook content seen by the large mobile audience and you'll also discover the best Facebook advertising options. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Mobile for Business What are the mobile marketing opportunities? Businesses need to understand why mobile users are important on Facebook. 543 million people use Facebook mobile each month 300 million photos are uploaded to Facebook each month Mobile is critical on Facebook because of the number of users and also because mobile users are twice as active on Facebook. Listen to the show to learn about the opportunities Facebook mobile users offer businesses and discover how mobile marketing has become an integral part of their social experience. How can Instagram and the Camera app on Facebook give you more options? Mari shares how Facebook is now positioned to take advantage of this mobile opportunity after acquiring the solely mobile app Instagram. She also brings up the possibility of Facebook rolling out Instagram.com profiles and the rumors of Facebook entering the hardware market and coming out with a phone. Mari also gives you a quick review of mobile apps and how they work. Listen to the show to learn more about what to expect in the future mobile environment. How should you adapt your marketing for mobile Facebook users? Mobile users consume content mainly through their Facebook news feed. With this in mind, here are some marketing tips for businesses to ensure visibility in these mobile news feeds: Post succinct content of 160 characters or fewer Make use of photos Ask short-and-sweet questions Be humorous and entertaining if appropriate Add calls to action Facebook Offers are popular with local businesses from a mobile standpoint. But if you don't use Offers, take advantage of your updates and post something like: "Are you on a mobile phone? Come in and get a free coffee." Listen to the show to understand how to adapt your marketing to reach mobile Facebook users.  What are the best paid advertising options on Facebook? Since going public, Facebook has made changes in the reach of content posted on Facebook and their advertising options. Many businesses are frustrated with Facebook now asking them to pay to get higher visibility for their content. Some businesses are finding value with Promoted Posts. Mari advises businesses to take the time to test Promoted Posts when their page has a low number of fans or has plateaued with a low engagement rate. Also, given the nature of the Facebook mobile app, Promoted Posts will get more visibility on mobile Facebook apps. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1f7G4bVVqO0 Listen to the show to discover other tactics to get your content in front of a larger portion of your audience. Survival Tip: Critical Blog Plugin A while ago, I experienced a nightmare blogging scenario. This is why I use the two WordPress security plugins Secure WP and WSD Security.

Facebook Professional Services: How Your Local Business Can Rank

Facebook Professional Services: How Your Local Business Can Rank

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you have a local business page on Facebook? Want to reach more local customers? Facebook recently launched Professional Services, a directory that helps consumers find the best local businesses and services to fit their needs. In this article I'll share how to use the Facebook Professional Services feature to boost visibility with local customers. Listen to this article: What Is Facebook Professional Services? Facebook Professional Services is a directory inside Facebook for local businesses. The goal is to help customers find local businesses with the best Facebook reviews and ratings. Facebook expert Mari Smith doesn't see it as making "... a huge dent in Yelp... at first." But, she continues, "Over time, as more and more businesses become savvy with their Facebook marketing, and really promote their page activity, the Services Directory and Places could be more of a first choice for consumers." Customers can use the search box to find businesses in the area based on keywords specific to the products or services they need. They can also browse the top local business categories. Within search results or specific category selections, customers see basic details about local businesses, such as their description, address, phone number and ratings. One of the nice parts about Facebook Professional Services is that it's not limited to the United States. People can search for local businesses worldwide. While there are no specific guidelines as to how the Facebook algorithm determines which local businesses to show, after several searches, you can determine it's based on the following: Where the local business is located Matching keywords in the local business page's name, description and category The overall average star rating of the local business The number of ratings the local business has received The recency of the latest review The number of check-ins for the local business Previous interactions between the local business page and the customer Connections between customers and people who check in, rate and review the local business Mobile users can access Facebook Professional Services from their device's browser. The search works the same, but the categories presented are much more limited. Inside the Facebook app, Nearby Places is the best alternative. iPhone users will find this under the More menu. There, they can search for businesses based on location and category. Search results and category pages will show similar information as presented in Facebook Professional Services on the desktop. Based on Facebook's tendency to create individual apps for different features, one could assume that if Facebook Professional Services takes off, it will become a stand-alone app similar to what Yelp offers. But Facebook Professional Services is still in its earliest stages, so only time will tell. Now that you know what Facebook Professional Services is and a little bit about how it works, here are some tips to help you boost your local business's visibility in the new local directory. #1: Choose the Correct Category and Subcategories for Your Local Business Page To ensure that customers find your local business in search or a category listing page, be sure that you've selected the appropriate category and subcategories for your local business. To start, search for the keywords or categories that customers would use to find you and see what Facebook suggests. Then go to your local business Facebook page and enter them in Page Info on the About tab. #2: Enter Your Business Details All of these fields (found in Page Info on the About tab of your local business Facebook page) appear in search results on Facebook Professional Services. Hence, you'll want to be sure the short description, contact info and business hours fields are filled in on your local business Facebook page.

14+ Tools for Bloggers

14+ Tools for Bloggers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you a busy blogger? Looking for new, unique tools to help you work smarter? The right tools will help streamline and improve your blogging. In this article, you'll discover more than 14 tools to help bloggers quickly, efficiently perform common tasks. Listen to this article: #1: Source Free, Quality Images A picture is worth a thousand words. You want them to be the right ones. Unsplash and Foter help tell your story. With Unsplash you get access to a bank of 50,000+ free-to-use photos. No attribution is required. If there's nothing suitable on Unsplash, Foter allows you to choose from a whopping 229 million images. Here's how: type in the search term and click Commercial Use. Next, click on your image. Then download whatever size image you want. Finally, cut and paste the picture attribution into your post. #2: Compress Images to Improve Page Load Speed The load speed of a page is a key ranking factor. Images are usually to blame for lengthy page loading times. That's where Compressor.io comes in. It will reduce image sizes by up to 90%, with no loss of quality. Here's how: just drag and drop your image, watch it compress before your eyes, and then download it. #3: Do More With Screenshots If you write a lot of blog posts you'll need a reliable screenshot grabber to gather illustrative images. To save time, install Save to Google Drive and Awesome Screenshot. Save to Google Drive is a super-speedy browser extension that helps you save web pages. Click the Google Drive icon in your browser extensions bar and it saves the entire web page to your Google Drive in seconds. Alternatively, use Awesome Screenshot if you want to crop the page or annotate it. Click on the Awesome Screenshot extension and you'll get a drop-down where you can choose your options. When you're done, save and store your screenshots in Awesome Screenshot and you can access them from anywhere. #4: Research Competitor Web Traffic When you're competing for a target audience, it's helpful to find out where a competitor's traffic comes from, what their referral sources are, or what their top organic and paid keywords are. SimilarWeb is an unbelievable resource that can help you find this information. The browser extension works best, but you can get the same stats from the SimilarWeb website, too. #5: Run an SEO Audit Want to do a basic SEO audit on your blog, but don't know where to start? Screaming Frog SEO Spider Tool, a small desktop program that acts as a website crawler, will check your blog for broken links, title tags, duplicate pages, redirects, the length of all your meta descriptions, and more. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AOzOffh9HIE #6: Monitor Keyword Rankings What's My SERP is a free tool that will track up to 25 keyword phrases across 20 domains for you and up to three competitors. You can even export the data after each report. Just sign up, input your keyword phrases, and click Check All Keywords. If you want enhanced features, try the multi-functional Monitor Backlinks. Its keyword ranking tool monitors up to 500 keywords, as well as those of your competitors. #7: Optimize Posts and Pages for Search Yoast SEO is a WordPress plugin that makes it easier for bloggers to optimize blog posts to rank on Google. Simply fill in the fields and tweak your entries until you get a green traffic light. A useful feature for bloggers who use social media is the ability to set the title, description, and featured image for shares to top social networks. #8: Search for Email Addresses by Domain Are you doing influencer outreach? Do you pitch to journalists? This tool will find anyone's email address. Email Hunter offers 150 searches with the free plan. For most people, that's plenty. Type in the domain name of the company the person you want to contact works for. If a specific email address isn't located,

50 Best Content Marketing Brands of 2017: NewsCred's #ThinkContent Awards

50 Best Content Marketing Brands of 2017: NewsCred's #ThinkContent Awards


Insights

The best content marketing brands push the boundaries and inspire us to rethink our own content. Here, 50 best content marketing examples of 2017.

How to Use LinkedIn to Connect With Prospects

How to Use LinkedIn to Connect With Prospects

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use LinkedIn to find business opportunities? Are you looking for tips to reach new leads? LinkedIn has a number of features that make it easy to develop relationships with the right prospects for your business. In this article, you'll discover four ways to use LinkedIn for business. Listen to this article: #1: Identify Warm Prospects With over 420 million global members, LinkedIn is the best social media platform for businesses to find and connect with potential prospects. It provides an effective way to bypass gatekeepers and directly access your ideal clients. Finding and connecting directly with these decision-makers will not only save you time and energy, but will also make you more successful in your prospecting activities. The best place to start is with warm prospects, and here's where to look for them. Who's Viewed Your Posts If you post on LinkedIn Publisher, you can find warm prospects on the Who's Viewed Your Posts page. Look below the graph and demographics for each post, and you'll see a list of every person who has interacted with the post. You can view them by Likes, Comments, and Shares, and you can even see what they said in their comment or share. Not only are these people familiar with you, but they've also had a positive interaction with your content. If you find someone who matches your target client, send a personalized connection request mentioning their comment or share. Followers Look at the top of your followers list to see the people you're not connected to. These people like your content and posts so much they've chosen to follow you and receive notifications about you, even though you're not connected to them. Be sure to do a little research and look for a good reason to connect when you send a personalized connection request to them. Updates On your Updates page, you'll find every piece of content you've interacted with, whether you posted it or just engaged with it. Scroll through your most recent interactions. In each post, look at the people who posted or commented. If you hover over their name, you'll be able to see if you're connected with them. If you aren't connected and would like to be, go to their profile page and send a connection request that references the post. Who's Viewed Your Profile The people listed on the Who's Viewed Your Profile page are people who have visited your profile. If you have a free account, you can look below the graph at the top to see the last five people who've viewed your profile. If you have a premium account, you'll have access to the entire list for the last 90 days. If you see anyone you're not connected to and connecting would be a benefit, consider sending a connection request. When personalizing it, find another reason he or she would find value from connecting; not just saying, "I saw you viewed my profile." If seeing your profile was a good enough reason to connect, that person would have already sent you a connection request. #2: Create Trust It doesn't help you to simply "collect connections." Once you've found and connected with potential prospects or partners, it's important to build a relationship with your connections. There are a number of ways that you can strengthen your relationships and stay top of mind. Comment and Share An easy way to interact and get on the radar of your connections is to comment on or share their status updates and Publisher posts. Ensure that you tag them when appropriate, as this both alerts them to your share or comment and also gives them exposure to your network. In the case of both comments and sharing, always make sure that your engagement with your connection makes sense and doesn't come across as spammy or unprofessional, and that you only post content that will be of real benefit or interest to your network. Make Introductions Few things leave as strong an impression as when someone gives witho...

9 Time-Saving Tools for Social Media Marketers

9 Time-Saving Tools for Social Media Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you need to spend less time on repetitive social media tasks? Are you looking for tools that let you balance automation with a personal touch? In this article, you'll discover nine tools to help marketers save time while maintaining a human presence on social media. Listen to this article: Relationship-building Tools Just like any relationship, connecting on social media starts with finding the right people and reaching out in a human way. Here are some automation tools to help you do that. #1: Notifier Linking to other people's amazing content not only helps establish your own authority, but is also one of the best ways to make meaningful connections. If you're smart about leveraging those connections, you'll reach out directly every time you include someone else in your own work. With Notifier, simply enter the URL into an article you've published (whether on your own site or as a guest contributor) and the tool will pull out all of the people mentioned in the post, tag them based on their Twitter handles, and queue up those shares via Buffer. Here's what a recent article pulled in. Notifier then lets you select how many mentions you want to include in each share and will schedule them to drip out over a chosen time frame. #2: Leadfeeder Visitors pass through your digital presence every day by browsing on your website, looking at your product or services pages, or maybe even consuming your content, all without submitting their information. This means that most of the time you have no digital record that those visitors even exist (outside of raw Google Analytics traffic counts). Leadfeeder is especially valuable to B2B organizations, because it will connect your onsite Google Analytics with your visitors' off-site social profiles so you can see who's coming to your site, which company they're from, and what they're interested in. Once you've identified your visitors, you can easily assign visitors to a campaign, customize your automated responses based on what they've shown interest in, and then measure the results. #3: Socedo Many marketers overlook the bottom-line benefits of lead generation on social media because they haven't found the right tool to automate prospecting and report key metrics like testing. Similar to Leadfeeder, Socedo is another great tool that helps you zero in on your ideal prospects via Twitter and LinkedIn, so you can collect their profile information and add them to your sales pipeline and CRM. Most notably, Socedo's analytics provide robust reporting that links directly to platforms like HubSpot. This allows you to see exactly how specific campaigns have paid off, both on engagement and ultimate conversions. Having a system in place that treats social leads differently from more heavy-handed email campaigns is vital, especially if you want to stay human. Commerce Tools When it comes to advertising, selling, and customer service on social, things get even more inhuman than merely connecting with new leads. Here are three tools that strike an excellent balance among making the sale, supporting current customers, and being genuinely social. #4: Yotpo User-generated marketing in the form of reviews and recommendations is one of the most powerful purchase drivers online. While many websites feature reviews and testimonials, they drop the ball when it comes to sharing those same golden nuggets natively on social media. Enter Yotpo. Yotpo will incentivize reviews by offering bonuses or coupons to your existing customers. It will collect your reviews in a centralized database for easy access and allow you to instantly "push" your reviews both to your website and your social streams. Take Nest Bedding, for instance. Using Yotpo, Nest Bedding was able to integrate user-generated content into a host of their social selling platforms, most notably Facebook. Why this relentless "customer-centric" focus? Easy. Because,

Measuring Social Media: What Marketers Need to Know

Measuring Social Media: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you understand how to measure social media activities? Do you know how to gather the right data to help you achieve your business goals? To explore how you can measure social media activities, I interview Lutz Finger for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Lutz Finger, who is the director of data analytics at LinkedIn and co-author of the new book, Ask, Measure, Learn: Using Social Media Analytics to Understand and Influence Customer Behavior. Lutz shares why he's so interested in social analytics. You'll discover why Lutz believes social media analytics will have a bigger impact than the onset of the Internet did. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Measuring Social Media Why do so many businesses struggle with measuring social media activities? Lutz talks about the trial-and-error phase of social media measurement and how we've moved beyond that phase in some areas but are still learning in others. He says the promise of social media analytics has a lot of misconceptions around it. With easy access to data on trending content, followers, Klout scores, etc., businesses are trying to find a way to use the data. Lutz explains why this approach often leads to a negative outcome and why businesses should approach using data with a goal or question first. Lutz shares why it's important to understand how a metric is built and points to the Influencer metric as an example. He says that while there are at least 10 different Influencer metrics that have to do with reach, not every influencer can help fulfill every goal. He explains why he would consider Social Media Examiner an influencer if he wanted to put a new social tool in front of people who work with social media, but not if he wanted to sell clothing. Listen to the show to learn what influencer reach must be combined with to move people from awareness to intention. The difference between viral and contagious content Lutz says the term viral, when used to describe social media content, is wrong because something that's viral is equally infectious at every stage. For example, a story that is liked by 1 in 10 people the first time it's seen will be liked by 1 in 10 people in the future. He explains that when something is contagious, it gains weight as long as it travels. The more people who believe in it, the more trustworthy the story becomes, regardless of whether it's true. Listen to the show to find out how people convince an algorithm that something is contagious and how that's affected things like the New York Times Bestseller List. How social media data can empower a business Lutz states there isn't good or bad data, there's just useful and useless data. He explains that data is only useful when a business has the right question. He shares that many organizations start by asking what data they have and how they can measure it. Then they try to find something in the data to help their business. Lutz says you need to start with a question or goal, and then figure out how to capture the data that will help answer that question instead of using data to come up with a question you didn't have in the first place. He illustrates how a sales department can use data to answer the question, "How can we find new clients?" Listen to the show to discover why sentiment is an especially difficult metric to measure. How marketers can start measuring social media activities Once you have the question,

How to Make Instagram Ads That Stand Out

How to Make Instagram Ads That Stand Out

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to advertise on Instagram? Ready to take your Instagram ads to the next level? Instagram has quietly rolled out some great features to help advertisers grab attention and drive traffic. In this article you'll discover four features you can use to create Instagram ads that stand out. Listen to this article: #1: Drive Traffic to Your Website Until recently, Instagram ads only supported the objectives of mobile app installs, video views, and reach/engagement. Now you can choose from two additional ad objectives: Clicks to Website and Website Conversions. This is the first time businesses have been able to send users to their site from individual posts, rather than just through their sole profile link. This could be a game-changer in making Instagram a stronger sales tool. You can use both of these objectives in photo, video, and carousel ads, so you'll be able to use every type of ad format for both clicks and conversions. Viewers will see a sponsored ad with an image, a description, and a clickable call-to-action button that will take them to your site. Call-to-action buttons include the options you're already familiar with from Facebook, including Book Now, Contact Us, Shop Now, and Learn More. To create these ads, choose either Send People to Your Website or Increase Conversions on Your Website for the objective. Next, you can add a pixel to your campaign. If you choose Increase Conversions on Your Website for the objective, you'll be asked to choose what type of conversion to optimize for. Now continue to create the ad as usual, and make sure that you select the appropriate call to action. The call to action is the only clickable part of the ad, so it needs to be appealing and match your offer. #2: Stand Out With Landscape Images Previously, the images and videos you shared on Instagram had to be cropped into a square format. While that option is still available, you can now use landscape and portrait formats as well. These formats allow you to make your images taller or wider than the square format allows. This gives you more cropping options to ensure your images show everything you want in them. Plus, the unusual formats help your posts stand out in Instagram's feed. When creating an Instagram ad, you choose the format of your image in the creative section. Once you upload or select your image, you'll see an option to crop it. When you click the gray button and select Instagram, the cropping window gives you two options for cropping your image. Click Original to crop it based on the image's original format (landscape or portrait), or click Square to crop it as a square. In the image below, you can see how different cropping options affect what users see in the feed. Keep in mind that carousel ads are currently only available in square formats. #3: Tell a Story With Carousel Ads To create image carousel ads for Instagram, you need to connect your Instagram account to Facebook. This is easy to do if you haven't done it already. Facebook carousel ads are well-known and frequently used, and they're also available for Instagram ads. Businesses typically use Facebook carousel ads to feature multiple products or benefits in one ad, in an effort to increase sales. However, one of the best uses for Instagram's carousel ads is storytelling. Although Instagram can be used as a selling platform, businesses use it more often for engagement, building brand rapport, and increasing followers. Telling a story or narrative through multiple images can help you accomplish all of these goals. You can create a carousel ad in the creative section of the ad setup process. As soon as you get to the creative page, you're asked how you want your ad to look. You can choose a single image, a video, or multiple images in one ad. For carousel ads, choose the Multiple images in one ad option. Next,

Social CRM: How Marketing Can Benefit From Social Media and CRM

Social CRM: How Marketing Can Benefit From Social Media and CRM

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to know more about your customers and prospects so you can serve them better? Are you wondering what social CRM is and how your business can benefit from it? To learn how social CRM can help marketers, I interview Kyle Lacy for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Kyle Lacy, director of global content marketing and research at Salesforce ExactTarget Marketing Cloud. He's authored numerous books, including Twitter Marketing for Dummies and Social CRM for Dummies. Kyle shares why social CRM is important for marketers. You'll discover some of the best CRM solutions available, what their basic functions are and how social CRM can help with social media ROI. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Social CRM The difference between customer relationship management (CRM) and social CRM Kyle states that customer relationship management (CRM) and social CRM are combining. CRM manages all of your customers' data, and when you add the word social, it takes in all of the social data too. Whether you want to sell to customers or retain them, social CRM just adds those social data points. This can be a Facebook profile, Twitter account, etc.—basically anything that has to do with social media. It's the ability to manage all of your data points around the customer within a single software source. Listen to the show to find out why Kyle doesn't distinguish between the two. The definition of CRM systems Kyle explains that a CRM system is software that allows you to manage every single touchpoint you have with your customers. For example, their email address, what they bought previously from you, their Twitter handle, and so forth. It's really based on what level of business you have. So if you're an enterprise company, then the CRM solution would be Salesforce. However, if you're a smaller company, Nimble would be a great alternative. CRM systems are anything to do with a customer interaction. This can be either in a store or online. Listen to the show to discover why these people aren't just customers, but prospects too. Why social CRM is important for marketers Kyle refers to Mary Meeker's State of the Internet report that was released at the end of May this year. He thinks that we have reached a point where social media has hit maturity, and for us to realize the true value of it, we have to be able to connect it to our customers who are already in our systems. For example, if a retailer has 1000 customers within their CRM solution, they need to be able to find the social pieces of data that connect them to these existing customers. As a business, you want to turn these customers into advocates. To do this, you need to manage your data around the customer. Kyle believes that from a social standpoint, it allows you to recognize the true value of social and you can use it to communicate more effectively. You'll discover how you can drive more sales when you combine customer email addresses with their social networks. One of the biggest things that Kyle sees right now is marketers who use the one-click sign-on using Facebook on their website. When a customer visits your website and signs in through Facebook, you get all that customer's information. There is so much data you can pull when you connect with customers on a social network. Listen to the show to find out how social CRM can improve your advertising effectiveness while reducing your customer servic...

Viral Videos: How to Create and Promote Videos People Love

Viral Videos: How to Create and Promote Videos People Love

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you struggle to create and promote videos? Are you wondering how to make videos that go viral? To learn about the creative process of coming up with video ideas and making them happen, I interview Mark Malkoff for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Mark Malkoff, a comedian and filmmaker. Mark shares his love and passion for creating videos and several amazing stories behind his viral videos. You'll learn about his process for creating video and how to get traction. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Video Creation and Promotion Mark has created several viral videos and has been featured on many television shows. You'll hear about the stories behind these videos and what he accomplished to get this media attention. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CwYxuV2dVzw Mark shares how he grew up in love with comedy, the path he took before he started making videos and how he started making viral videos. Mark describes himself as a comedian at heart and the biggest comedy nerd. He feels that his love for comedy shines through in his work. The stories behind Mark's videos You'll hear the story behind Mark's first very successful video: the 171 Starbucks mentioned above. This is when he visited and consumed purchases at all 171 Starbucks locations in Manhattan in less than 24 hours. Just after this 171 Starbucks story, Mark approached IKEA with a project of living and working in an IKEA store for a week. And after 2 months of being persistent, they agreed. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z9q0sB_Xp6A Mark's IKEA story brought the most publicity in the USA in the history of IKEA as a company. And IKEA ended up winning the PR Week of the Year Award for the campaign. But to Mark, it was all about the video content and his videos on this project got 1.8 million views. Listen to the show to discover the secrets behind his success. The goals behind Mark's videos You'll learn how Mark's goal is simply to do things that make him laugh and challenge him. Sometimes brands are involved and sometimes they aren't. Mark tells the story of when he got carried across New York City by 155 individuals, 9.4